C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 1

F

*Fabergé, Peter Carl] Peter Carl Fabergé, Goldsmith and Jeweller to the Russian Imperial Court. His life and work (by Henry Charles Bainbridge), London 1971 Faccani, Remo and Umberto Eco (ed.), I sistemi di segni e lo strutturalismo sovietico , Milano. vol. L, Idee nuove Fairley, Irene R., E. E. Cummings and Ungrammar: a study of syntactic deviance in his poems , New York 1975 (with author’s inscription) *Fakulteitenreeks, Den Haag no.2, S. Dresden, Wereld in woorden 1965 (two copies) Falk, Knut-Olaf, Dneprforsarnas namn i kajsar Konstantin VII Porfyrogennetos’ de administrando imperio , Lund 1951. Avd. 1, Bd.46, no.4, Lunds Universitets arsskrift N.F. Slaviska och baltiska studier, 1 *Fanger, Donald, Dostoevsky and Romantic Realism : a study of Doestoevsky in relation to Balzac, Dickens and Gogol , Chicago 1967 Fant, Gunnar, Acoustic Analysis and Synthesis of Speech with Applications to Swedish , marked “to be published in Ericsson technics no.1, 1959" (with author’s inscription) Fant, Gunnar, Acoustic Theory of Speech Production : with calculations based on x-ray studies of Russian articulations , ‘s-Gravenhage 1960. no.II, Description and analysis of Contemporary Standard Russian Fant, G., Modern Instruments and Methods for Acoustic Studies of Speech , 1957. report no.8, The speech transmission laboratory, the royal institut of technology, division of telegraphy - telephony. mimeograph Fant, Gunnar, Modern Instruments and Methods for Acoustic Studies of Speech , Oslo 1958. no.1, Acta polytechnica scandinavica (with author’s inscription) Fant, Gunnar, On the Acoustics of Speech , Stockholm 1958. Ph.D. dissertation (with author’s inscription) Fant, C. Gunnar M., Roman Jakobson and M. Halle, Preliminaries to Speech Analysis : the distinctive features and their correlates , Cambridge, Mass. 1951 (?), 1961 (two copies), 1969 (paperback; two copies) Fantastika - o chem ona ? (by Ju. Smelkov), Moskva 1975. no.12/1974, Novoe v zhizni, nauke, texnike, “Znanie” *Farago, Ladislas, The Game of the Foxes : the untold story of German espionage in the United States and Great Britain during World War II, New York 1972 Farnsworth, Beatrice, William C. Bullitt and the Soviet Union , Bloomington, Ind. 1967. in Indiana University international studies Fasske, H. and S. Michalk, Spohla, Kreis Hoyerswerda , Bautzen 1963. no.1, Sorbische dialekttexte The Fate of Admiral Kolchak (by Peter Fleming), London 1963 Faust, George P., Basic Tenets of Structural Linguistics , from College composition and communication, vol.IV, no.4, December 1953, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.19, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Fedin, Konst., Poxishchenie evropy : roman , Leningrad 1935 (vtoraja kniga) Fedorov, A., O xudozhestvennom perevode , Leningrad 1941 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 2

[Fedorov, I.] Ivan Fedorov’s Primer of 1574 : facsimile edition with commentary by Roman Jakobson and appendix by William A. Jackson , Cambridge, Mass. 1955 *Fedotov, George P., The Russian Religious Mind , Cambridge, Mass. 1946 (two copies) *Feibleman, James, An Introduction to Peirce’s Philosophy : interpreted as a system (foreward by Bertrand Russell), New York - London 1946 Feldman, Sylvia D., The Morality-patterned Comedy of the Renaissance , The Hague 1970. no.12, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Feldzamen, A. N., The Intelligent Man’s Easy Guide to Computers , New York 1971 Feleszko, Kazimierz, Skladnia genetiwu i wyrazen przyimkowych z genetiwem w jezyku serbsko-chorwackim , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1970. no.21, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Fenomenov, M. Ja., Sovremennaja derevnja : opyt kraevedcheskogo obsledovanija odnoj derevni , Moskva - Leningrad 1925. chast 1, Proizvoditel’nye sily derevni in Biblioteka obshchestvovedenija Ferdinandy, Georges, L’oeuvre hispanoaméricaine de Zsigmond Remenyik , The Hague 1975. no.86, De Proprietatibus Litterarum *Ferguson, Charles A. and Moukhtar Ani, Lessons in Contemporary Arabic, Lessons 1-8, Washington, D.C. 1960. (two copies) *Ferguson, Charles A., with Moukhtar Ani et al., Damascus Arabic , Washington, D.C. 1961 (two copies) Ferguson, Thaddeus, A History of the Romance Vowel Systems through Paradigmatic Reconstruction , The Hague 1976. no.176, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Fermi, Laura and Gilberto Bernardini, Galileo and the Scientific Revolution , Greenwich, Conn. 1965. no.R269, Science and discovery series, Fawcett premier book Ferrante, Joan M., The Conflict of Love and Honor : the medieval Tristan legend in France, Germany and Italy , The Hague 1973. no.78, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Ferrell, James, On the Problem of Unity in Stanzaic Poetry with especial reference to Tjuchev’s solutions , München 1966. offprint from Orbis Scriptus, Festschrift für Dmitrij Tschizhewskij zum 70. Geburtstag Ferrell, James, Some Observations on the Form of the Nominative and Vocative singular of the O- and Io-stems in Common Slavic , Copenhagen. offprint from Scandoslavica, tomus XI Fet, A. A., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat. B. Ja. Buxshtab), Leningrad 1959. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ Fet, A. A., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. B. Buxshtab), Leningrad 1953. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija *Feydit, Frédéric, Manuel de langue arménienne : arménien occidental moderne , Paris 1948. no.III, Les langues de l’Europe orientale Fyes, Robert, Modal Logics (ed. Joseph Dopp), Louvain - Paris 1965. IV, Collection de logique mathématique, série B, Monographies réunies par M. J. Dopp FF Communications : edited for the Folklore Fellows, Helsinki vol. LXX 2, no. 174, Austerlitz, Ob-ugric Metrics : the metrical structure of ostyak and vogul folk-poetry 1958 vol.LXXXVII 1, no.205, Felix J. Oinas, Studies in Finnic-Slavic Folklore Relations 1969 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 3

Fisk, August, Geras. Abhandlungen zur Indogermanischen Sprachgeschichte August Fick , Göttingen 1903 The Field of Yiddish : studies in Yiddish language, folklore and literature (ed. Uriel Weinreich), New York 1954. no.3, Publications of the linguistic circle of New York. published on the occasion of the bicentennial of Columbia University The Field of Yiddish : studies in language, folklore and literature , The Hague. third collection (ed. Marvin I. Herzog, Wita Ravid and Uriel Weinreich) Fifteen Modern Polish Short Stories : an annotated reader and a glossary (by Alexander M. Schenker), New Haven 1970. in Yale linguistic series Filin, F. P., Obrazovanie jazyka vostochnyx slavjan , Moskva - Leningrad 1962 Filin, F. P., Proisxozhdenie russkogo, ukrainskogo i belorusskogo jazykov : istoriko- dialektologicheskij ocherk , Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (seven copies) Filip, Jan, Keltové ve stredni evrope , Praha 1956. tomus V, Monumenta archeologica Filipec, Josef, Cheska synonyma z hlediska stylistiky a lexikologie (Prispevek k poznani systemu v slovni zasobe) , Praha 1961. no.V, Studie a Prace lingvisticke sekce jazyka a literatury, ChAV Fillenbuam, Samuel, Syntactic Factors in Memory ? , The Hague 1973. no.168, Janua Linguarum, series minor Fillmore, Charles J., Indirect Object Constructions in English and the Ordering of Transformations , The Hague 1965. no.1, Monographs on linguistic analysis Filologicheskija nabljudenija nad sostavom russkago jazyka (by G. Pavskij), Sanktpeterburg. (photocopy) vols 1 & 2 1850 vols. 3 & 4 1850 Filologicheskij sbornik (red. I. P. Ivanov, and A. V. Rusakov), Leningrad 1969. in Leningradskij ordena Lenina i ordena trudovogo krasnogo zameni gos. univ. im. A. A. Zhdanova Filologicke studie (sbornik pedagogicke fakulty university Karlovy), Praha I 1969 II (venovano prof. dr. L. V. Kopeckemu, DrSc., k petasedmdesatym narozeninam) 1970 Filoloshki fakultet Beogradskog univerziteta, monografije, Beograd kn.I, Vlado Drashkovic, Infinitiv iza predloga a i de kao dopuna finitnom glagolu u francuskom jeziku 1966 kn.XX, Dragutin J. Mirkovic, Govoricheha u slavoniji (daruvar i okolini) 1968 Filonov, Andrej, Russkaja xristomatija, s primechanijami , S.-Peterburg [reprint The Hague] tom 4 proza 1867 [1970], no.246/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Filosofia della scienza (collana diretta da Ludovico Geymonat), Milano vol.10, Maria Luisa Dalla Chiara Scabia, Modelli sintattici e semantici delle teorie elementari 1968 Filosofskie voprosy teoreticheskoj lingvistiki (by S. K. Shaumjan), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Filov, Bogdan, Geschichte der altburgarischen Kunst bis zur Eroberung des albulgarischen Reiches durch die Türken , Berlin - Leipzig 1932. in Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 4

Filov, Bogdan, Geschichte der bulgarischen Kunst unter der türkischen Herrschaft und in der neueren Zeit , Berlin - Leipzig 1933. in Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte Filozofski fakultet na univerzitetut Skopje, Katedra za juzhnosovenski jazyki, Skopje vol.1, Bozho Vidoeski, Porechkist govor 1950 vol.3, Milica Koneska, Mariovskiot govor 1951 Findra, Jan, Viliam Marchok, Frantishek Miko, Nora Krausova, Segmenty a kontext , Bratislava 1973. no.XV, Litteraria Finkel’, A. M., and N. M. Bazhenov, Kurs sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka , Kiev 1965 *Finkel’, A. M., Proizvodnye prichinnye predlogi v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke iz vozniknovenie, razvitie, znachenie, upotreblenie , Xar’kov 1962 (two copies) Finkelstein, Dorothee, The Celestial Origin of Elpheta and Algarsyf in Chaucer’s Squire’s Tale , Napoli. in Euroasiatica : folia philologica aion-sl, suppleta 1970:4 Finn *laukas e *valka-/*välkä (by Eeva Uotila), Napoli. in Euroasiatica : folia philologica aion-sl, suppleta 1970:7 *Finnish-deutsches wörterbuch (Pekka Katara), Porvoo - Helsinki 1939 Finnisch-ugrische Forschungen : Zeitschrift für finnisch-ugrische Sprach- und Volkskunde nebst Anzeiger unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen (ed. E. N. Setälä, Kaarle Krohn, Yrjö Wichmann), Helsingfors vol.XVIII, no.1-3 1927 *Firdousi, Shax-name : kriticheskij tekst (red. E. E. Bertel’ska), Moskva. no.II, Pamjatniki literatury narodov vostoka teksty, bol’shaja serija tom.I 1960 tom II 1962 Firsov, G. P., Nabljudenija nad zvuskovoj i intonacionnoj storonoj rechi na urokax russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1959 [Firth, J. R.] In Memory of J. R. Firth , London 1966 *Firth, J. R., Selected Papers of J. R. Firth 1952-59 (ed. F. R. Palmer), Bloomington - London 1968. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics (three copies) *Firth, J. R., Modes of Meaning , from Essays and Studies, vol.4, The English Association, 1951. reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.20, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Firth, J. R., Papers in Linguistics 1934-1951 , London 1954 Fischer Bücherei, Bücher des Wissens, Frankfurt/Main - Hamburg no.86, Hegel 1955 no.340, Die Welt der Slawen, I 1960 *Fischer, F. F. C., Vocabularium op Caesaris bellum gallicum (herzien : J. de Jong), Groningen - Den Haag 1931 *Fischer, George, Russian Liberalism : from gentry to intelligentsia, Cambridge, Mass. 1958 *Fischer, Rudolf, Wir lernen tschechisch sprechen , Leipzig 1967 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 5

*Fischer-Jørgensen, Eli, The Communication Test and its Application to Phonemic Analysis , from For Roman Jakobson 1956, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.22, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics [Fischer-Jørgensen, Eli] Form and Substance : phonetic and linguistic papers presented to Eli Fischer-Jørgensen (eds. L. L. Hammerich, Roman Jakobson and Eberhard Zwirner), Copenhagen 1971 Fjalor i shkurter shqip-rusisht (R. D. Kochi, A. Kostallari i D. I. Skendi), Moskva 1951 Fjalor rusisht-shqip (red. A. Kostallari), Moskë 1954 Flajshhans, V., Nejstarshi pamatky, jazyka i pismictvi cheskeno , Praha dil.I Prolegomena a texty 1903 *Fleisch, Henri, Introduction à l’étude des langues sémitiques éléments de bibliographie , Paris 1947. no.IV, Initiation à l’islam Fleksja rzeczownikow w gwarach mazowsza (by Maria Grad-Mucowa), Warszawa 1970. no.16, Prace mazowieckiego osrodka badan naukowych *Fleming, John, Hugh Honour and Nikolaus Pevsner, The Penguin Dictionary of Architecture , Middlesex, Engl. 1966 Fleming, Peter, The Fate of Admiral Kolchak , London 1963 Fletcher, Banister, A History of Architecture on the Comarative Method , New York 1963 Fletcher, Harvey, Speech and Hearing (introd. H. D. Arnold), Toronto - New York - London 1950 Fletcher, Richard M., The Stylistic Development of Edgar Allan Poe , The Hague 1973. no.55, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Fleury, E., Précis de phonétique grecque , Paris 1944 Flier, Michael S., Aspects of Nominal Determination in Old Church Slavic , The Hague 1974. no.172, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Flier, Michael (ed.), Slavic Forum : essays in linguistics and literature , The Hague 1974. no.277, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Flores, Ivan, Computer Software : programming systems for digital computers , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1965. in Prentice-hall series in applied mathematics *Florinsky, Michael T., Russia : a history and an interpretation , New York 1959. two volumes Florinskij, Timofej, Lekcii po slavjanskomu jazykoznaniju , Kiev [reprint The Hague] chast 1, I. Vvedenie II.Jugo-zapadnye slavjanskie jazyki (bolgarskij, serbo- xorvatskij i slovinskij) 1895 [1970], no.181/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 2, Severo-zapadnye slavjanskie jazyki (cheshkij, slovackij, pol’skij, kashubskij, serboluzhckij i polabskij (vymershij)) 1897 [1970], no.181/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Florovskij, A. V., Cheshkaja biblija v istorii russkoj kul’tury i pis’mennosti , Praha 1946. pt.IV, Sbornik filologicky XII Florovskij, A. V. (ed., introd., explanatory notes), Status modernus magnae russiae seu moscoviae (1690) (by Georgius David, S.J.), The Hague 1965. no.LIV, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Florovsky, Georges] The Ecumenical World of Orthodox Civilization : essays in honor of Georges Florovsky (ed. Andrew Blane), The Hague C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 6

vol.III, Russia and Orthodoxy 1974. no.260/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Focillon, Henri Das Leben der Formen , Bern 1954. vol.305, Dalp-taschenbücher Focus on Meaning : psycholinguistic papers (by Charles E. Osgood) [carbon copy of manuscript] Fodor, Istvan, The Rate of Linguistic Change : limits of the application of mathematical methods in linguistics , The Hague 1965. no.43, Janua Linguarum, series minor Fodor, Jerry and Jerrold J. Katz, The Structure of Language : readings in the philosophy of language , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1964 Fofanov, K. M., Stixotvorenija i poèmy (vstup. stat. G. M. Gurkova), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Fokker, A. A. and E. Smolikowska, Anatomy of a Word-class : a chapter of Polish grammar , The Hague - Warszawa 1971. no.254, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Fokker, A. A., Nouns from Verbs : a contribution to the study of present-day Polish word- formation , Amsterdam 1966 Fol’klor kak iskusstvo slova (ot. red. N. I. Kravcov), Mosvka 1966 Folklore, Nationalism and Politics , (ed. Felix J. Oinas), Columbus, Ohio 1978. vol.30, Indiana University folklore institute monograph series Folomkina, S. and H. Weiser, The Learner’s English-Russian Dictionary (with foreword and article on orthography by Morris Halle), Cambridge, Mass. 1963 *Follett, Wilson, Grammar is Olsolete , from The Atlantic Monthly, Feb. 1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.23, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Follett, Wilson, Sabotage in Springfield - Webster’s third edition , from The Atlantic Monthly, Jan. 1962, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.24, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Fonétika (by Laziczius Gyula), Budapest 1944 Fonetika sovremennogo russkogo jazyka (by L. L. Bulanin), Moskva 1970 Fonetika sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyika. narodnye govory , Moskva 1968. in Russkij jazyk i sovetskoe obshchestvo - sociologo-lingvisticheskoe issledovanie (red. M. V. Panov) (two copies) *Fonetika : univerzitetska predavanja (by Aleksandr Belic), Beograd 1960 (two copies), 1972. vol.I, Osnovi istorije srpskoxrvatskog jezika Fonetyka zapozyczen osmansko-tureckich w jezyku serbsko-chorwackim (by Stanislaw Stachowski), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1973. no.23, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN *Fonologija sovremennogo russkogo jazyka po osnove teorii mnozhestv (by T. P. Lomtev), Moskva 1972 Fonoloshki razvoj hrvatskoga jezika (by Milan Mogush), Zagreb 1971. in Matica hrvatska, biblioteka “znanje” (two copies) Fonvizin, D. I., Brigidir. Nedorosl’ , Moskovska 1953 Fonvizin, Denis Ivanovich, Novo-najdennyj avtograf Pushkina : zametki na rukopisi knigi P. A. Vjazemskogo “Biograficheskie i literaturnye zapiski o Denise Ivanoviche Fonvizine” (podgot. teksta, stat’ja i kommentarii : V. E. Vacuro and M. I. Gillel’sona), Moskva - Leningrad 1968. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka (Pushkinskaja komissija) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 7

Fonvizin, D., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume I (vstup. stat. G. P. Makogonenko), Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Fonvizin, D. I., Sobrannie sochinenij , Moskva - Leningrad 1959. two volumes Foote, I. P., Verbs of Motion , Cambridge 1967. no.1, Studies in the modern Russian language *Forbes, Nevill, G. A. Birkett, Raymond Beazley, Russia from the Varangians to the Bolsheviks , Oxford 1918 Forchhammer, Jörgen, Die Grundlage der Phonetik : ein Versuch, die phonetische Wissenschaft auf fester sprachphysilogischer Grundlage aufzubauen , Heidelberg 1924. vol.6, Indogermanische Bibliothek, III, Abteilung : Untersuchungen Ford, Gordon B., Jr., The Old Lithuanian Catechism of Baltramiejus Vilentas (1579) : a phonological morphological and syntactical investigation , The Hague 1969. no.71, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Forelesninger over russisk sprakhistorie (by Chr. S. Stang), Oslo - Bergen 1969 del 1, historisk lydlaere del 2, historisk formlaere The Forked Tongue : a study of the translation process (by Burton Raffel), The Hague 1971. no.14, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Formacje czasownikowe z przedrostkiem o-(ob-) w jezyku polskim (by Aleksandra Krupianka), Torun 1969. tom XX, zeszyt 2, Prace wydzialu filologiczno filozoficznego, towarzystwo naukowe w Toruniu The Formal Analysis of Natural Languages : proceedings of the first international conference (ed. Maurice Gross, Morris Halle, Marcel-Paul Schützenberger), The Hague 1972. no.62, Janua Linguarum, series maior Formal Aspects of Phonological Description (by C. Douglas Johnson), The Hague 1972. no.3, Monographs on linguisitc analysis Formale und transzentale Logik : Versuch einer Kritik der logischen Vernunft (mit ergänzenden Texten heraus. v. Paul Janssen) (by Edmund Husserl), Den Haag 1974. band XVII, Husserliana Formal Grammars in Linguistics and Psycholinguistics (by W. J. M. Levelt), The Hague 1974 vol. I, An Introduction to the Theory of Formal Languages and Automata. no.192/1, Janua Linguarum, series minor vol.II, Applications in Linguistic Theory , no.192/2, Janua Linguarum, series minor vol.III, Psycholinguistic Applications , no.192/3, Janua Linguarum, series minor On Formalization and Formalistic Philosophies of Mathematics (by Richard E. Grandy). 1967 Princeton dissertation *Formal Logic and Linguistics (by Ernesto Zierer), The Hague 1972. no.102, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Formal Semantic Analysis (ed. E. A. Hammel), Menasha, Wisc. 1965. pt.2, vol.67, no.5, Oct. 1965, American anthropologist. special publication Form and Realism in Six Novels of Anthony Trollope (by Joan Mandel Cohen), The Hague 1976. no.87, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Form and Substance : phonetic and linguistic papers presented to Eli Fischer-Jørgensen (ed. L. L. Hammerich, Roman Jakobson and Eberhard Zwirner), Copenhagen 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 8

*The Formation and Expressive Use of Diminutives (by B. V. Bratus), Cambridge 1969. no.6, Studies in the modern Russian language Formation et aspects du vocabulaire politique français XVIIe - XXe siècles , Paris pt. I, Colloque du Centre de Lexicologie Politique, E.N.S. de Saint-Cloud 1968 no.13, Cahiers de lexicologie pt.II 1969. no.14, Cahiers de lexicologie pt.III 1969, no.15, Cahiers de lexicologie Formele grammatica’s in linguïstiek en taalpsychologie (by W. J.M. Levelt), Deventer. in Psychologische monographieën deel II, Toepassingen in de taaltheorie 1973 (three copies) deel III, Toepassingen in de taalpsychologie 1973 (three copies) Form in the Menschheitsdämmerung : a study of prosodic elements and style in German expressionist poetry , (by Robert P. Newton), The Hague 1971. no.7, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Form und Sinn : sprachwissenschaftliche Betrachtungen (by Roman Jakobson), München 1974. band 13, Internationale bibliothek für allgemeine linguistik Forschungsberichte, Wiesbaden no.5, Erstes Kolloquium über Syntax natürlicher Sprachen und Datenverarbeitung, Saarbrücken 29.-30. April 1963 (ed. Hans Eggers) 1964 *Forschungen zur griechischen und lateinischen Grammatik (heraus. Paul Kretschmer und Jacob Wackernagel), Göttingen heft 2, Stamatios B. Psaltes, Grammatik der byzantinischen Chroniken 1913 Forschungsprobleme der vergleichenden Literaturgeschichte : internale Beiträge zur Tübinger literarhistoriker-Tagung, September 1950 (mit einer Einführung herausgegeben von Kurt Wais), Tübingen 1951 *Fortunatov, F. F., Izbrannye trudy (red. M. N. Peterson, P. S. Kuznecov, A. N. Robinson), Moskva 1956-57. two volumes [Fortunatov] Lekcii po sravnitel’noj fonetiki Odrin. Prof. Fortunatova chitannyja v 1898 godu , Moskva Fortunatus (k vydani pripravil a uvod napsal Josef Hrabak), Praha 1970. ChSAV, Pamatky stare literatury chedske, sv.32, zalozhila matice cheska Forum der letteren (red. S. Dresden et al.), Leiden issue February 1962 Forum slavicum (ed. Dmitrij Tschizhewskij), München vol.I, Tschizhewskij, Russische Literaturgeschichte des 19. Jahrhunderts : 1. Die Romantik 1964 Fougeres, R. G., Modern Russian Adjectives Correlative with the Past Passive Participles , Ann Arbor. xerox of 1972 Univ. of Pittsburgh dissertation *Fought, John and Dell Hymes, American Structuralism , The Hague 1981. no.102, Janua Linguarum, series maior. Foundations for an Adequate Criterion of Paraphrase (by Rita Nolan), The Hague 1970. no.84, Janua Linguarum, series minor Foundations of Point Set Theory (by R. L. Moore), Providence, R. I. 1962. vol. XIII, American mathematical society colloquium publications C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 9

Fowler, Harld North (ed.), The Menaechmi of Plautus , Boston 1911. in the Students’ series of Latin classics Fowler, Roger, An Introduction to Transformational Syntax , London 1971 Fraenkel, Ernst, Die baltischen Sprachen : ihre Beziehungen zu einander und zu den indogermanischen Schwesteridiomen als Einführung in die baltische Sprachwissenschaft , Heidelberg 1950. in Indogermanische Bibliothek, III. Reihe : Untersuchungen Fraenkel, Ernst, Litauisches etymologisches Wörterbuch , Heidelberg 1955-1965 Lieferung 1 - 8, 10 - 19 (two copies, no.8) Fraenkel, Ernst, Syntax der litauischen Postpositionene und Präpositionen , Heidelberg 1929. no.19, Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Le français à l’école élémentaire (by Frank Marchand), Paris 1972. no.13, Langue francaise *Francis, David R., Russia from the American Embassy : April 1916 - November 1918 , New York 1921. inscribed by author Francis, E. D., Greek Disyllabic Roots : the aorist formation. University microfilms xerox of Yale University dissertation. *Francis, W. Nelson, Revolution in Grammar , from The Quarterly Journal of Speech, vol.40, October 1954, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.25, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Francis, W. Nelson, The Structure of American English , New York 1958 Francuz’ko-ikrajin’skij slovnik (uklali O. O. Andrievs’ka and L. A. Javorovs’ka), Kijiv 1955 Franke, S. L., Biografija P. B. Struve , N’ju-Jork 1956 Frankfurter wissenschaftliche Beiträge, Kulturwissenschaftliche Reihe, Frankfurt am Mein vol.9, Victor Leontovitsch, Geschichte des Liberalismus in Russland 1957 Franse afleidingsmanoeuvres (by Wiecher Zwanenburg), Leiden 1971. Rede uitgesproken bij het aanvaarden van het ambt van hoogleraar in the franse taalkunde en de franse letterkunde der middeleeuwen aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht op 1 november 1971 Frantowé a grobiani z mravokarnych satir 16. veku v chechach (byd. prip. Jaroslav Kolar), Praha 1959. no.22, Pamatky stare literatury cheske, sekce jazyka a literatury, ChSAV Frazeologicheskij slovar’ russkogo jazyka (red. A. I. Molotkov), Moskva 1967 Frchek, Jan, Zadonshtina starorusky zhalozpev o vojirusu s tataru r.1380. rozprava literarne dejepisana. kriticke vydani textu , Praha 1948. no.XVIII, Prace slovanskeho ustavu v Praze Free Association Behavior and Human Language Processing: a theoretical model (by Jeffrey Katzer), The Hague 1976. no.194, Janua Linguarum, series minor French Epic Poetry in the Sixteenth Century : theory and practice (by Michio P. Hagiwara), The Hague 1972. no.16, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior French Kinship : structure and history (by Pierre Maranda), The Hague 1974. no.169, Janua Linguarum, series practica French Phonology and Morphology (by Sanford A. Schane), Cambridge, Mass. 1968. no.45, Research monograph, M. I. T. press C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 10

French Reflexive Verbs : a case grammar description (by Weber D. Donaldson, Jr.), The Hague 1973. no.194, Janua Linguarum, series practica The French Speaker’s Skill with Grammatical Gender: an example of rule-governed behavior (by G. R. Tucker, W. E. Lambert and A. A. Rigault), The Hague 1977. no.8, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Freudenthal, Hans, Exacte Logica , Haarlem 1967. no.67, tweede reeks, Volksuniversiteits bibliotheek Fried, Vilem (ed.), Selected Papers in Structural Linguistics: contributions to English and general linguistics written in the years 1928-1978 (by Bohumil Trnka) . Afterward by Roman.Jakobson, The Hague 1982. no.88, Janua Linguarum, series maior Frielender, G. M., Poètika russkogo realizma : ocherki p russkoj literature XIX veka , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Friedberg, Maurice, The Jew in Post-Stalin Soviet Literature , Washington, D. C. 1970 Friedrich, Paul, On the Meaning of the Tarascan Suffixes of Space , Baltimore 1969. memoir 23, IJAL, vol.35, no.4, supplement Friend, Joseph Harold, The Development of American Lexicography 1798 - 1864 , The Hague 1966. no.37, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Fries, Charles C. and Kenneth L. Pike, Coexistent Phonemic Systems , from Language, vol.25, 1949, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.26, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Fries, Charles C., Meaning and Linguistic Analysis , from Language, vol.30, no.1 (pt.1), Jan.- Mar. 1954, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.27, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Fries, Charles Carpenter, The Structure of English : an introduction to the construction of English sentences , New York 1952 Le Frioulan à partir des dialectes parlés en Roumanie (by Maria Iliescu), The Hague 1972. no.184, Janua Linguarum, series practica Frolov, K. D.-- vydajushchijsja russkij texnik XVIII veka (by V. S. Virginskij), Moskva 1950. in Vsesojuznoe obshchestvo po rasprostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij Fromkin, Victoria A. (ed.), Speech Errors as Linguistic Evidence , The Hague 1972. no.77, Janua Linguarum, series maior *From Symbolism to Structuralism : Lévi-Strauss in a literary tradition (by James A. Boon), New York 1972. in Explorations in interpretative sociology *Fruin, J. A. , De Nederlandsche Wetboeken zoals zij tot op 15 december 1958 zijn gewijzigd en aangevuld … , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959 Frumkina, R. M., Verojatnost’ èlementov teksta i rechevoe povedenie , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija *Frye, Northrop, Anatomy of Criticism : four essays , Princeton, N.J. 1957 Fuchs, Anna, Morphologie des Verbs im Cahuilla , The Hague 1970. no.87, Janua Linguarum, series practica [Fulda, Friedrich Karl] The Linguistic Work of Friedrich Karl Fulda (by Joann Vogt), The Hague 1974. no.199, Janua Linguarum, series minor Functor Analysis of Natural Language (by John Lehrberger), The Hague 1974. no.197, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Function of the Lexicon in Transformational Generative Grammar (by Rudolf P. Botha), The Hague 1968. no.38, Janua Linguarum, series maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 11

A Functional Analysis of Present-day English on a General Linguistic Basis (by Vilem Mathesius) (ed. Joseph Vachek), The Hague - Prague 1975. no.208, Janua Linguarum, series practica Functional Load : descriptive limitations, alternatives of assessment and extensions of application (by R. S. Meyerstein), The Hague 1970. no.99, Janua Linguarum, series minor Fundamentals of Logic (by Arthur Smullyan), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1962 Fundamentals of Phonetics (by H. Mol), The Hague II, Acoustical models generating the formants of the vowel phonemes 1970. no.26/2, Janua Linguarum, series minor Funk & Wagnalls Standard Dictionary of Folklore Mythology and Legend (ed. Maria Leach), New York vol.I A - I 1949 vol.II J - Z 1950 Funkcje skladniowe polskich zaimkow odmiennych (by Krystyna Pisarkowa), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow. no.22, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN, oddzial w Krakow Funkcje syntaktyczne bezokolicznika w gwarach zachodniocieszynskich (studium na tle porownawczym) (by Edward Lotko), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1964. no.4, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN, oddzial w Krakowie *Funke, Otto, Studien zur Geschichte der Sprachphilosophie , Bern 1928. no.6, Neujahrsblätter der literarischen Gesellschaft Bern, neue folge Über die Funktion der Copula : eine Untersuchung der logischen und sprachlichen Grundlagen des Urteils (by Albert Grote), Leipzig 1935 Furdal, Anton, Rozpad jezyka praslowianskiego w swietle rozwoju glosowego , Wroclaw 1961. seria A. no.70, Prace wroclawskiego towarzystwa naukowego Furnée, Edzard J., Die wichtigsten konsontantischen Erscheinungen des Vorgriechischen : mit einem Appendix über den Vokalismus , The Hague 1972. no.150, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Furness, R. S., Expressionism , London 1973. no.29, The critical idiom series *Furst, Lilian R. and Peter N. Skrine, Naturalism , London 1971. no.18, The critical idiom series *Furst, Lilian R., Romanticism , London 1969. no.2, The critical idiom series

G von Gabain, A., Alttürkische Grammatik mit Bibliographie, Lesestücken und Wörterverzeichnis, auc Neutürkisch , Leipzig 1950. no.XXIII, Porta linguarum orientalium Gabinskij, M. A., Ocherki po osnovanijam grammatiki , Kishinev 1972. in AN Moldavskoj SSR, Institut jazyka i literatury Gabuchjan, G. M., Toerija artiklja i problemy arabskogo sintaksisa , Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut vostokovedenija, institut stran zaii i afriki pri MGU Gadolina, M. A., Istorija form lichenyx i vozvratnogo mestoimenij v slavjanskix jazykax , Moskva 1963 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 12

Gai salvisti crispi de catilinae conivratione (the conspiracy of Cataline as related by Sallust) (rev. ed. J. B. Greenough and M. G. Daniell), Boston 1901 *Le Galliot, Jean and Simone Lecointre, Le changement linguistique , Paris 1973. no.32, Langages Gair, James W., Colloquial Sinhalese Clause Structures , The Hague 1970. no.83, Janua Linguarum, series practica Galabov, Galab D., Turska gramatika , Sofija 1949 Galdon, Joseph A., Typology and Seventeenth Century Literature , The Hague 1975. no.28, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior “Galileo”, Milano vol.14, Silvio Ceccato, ed., Corso di linguistica operativa 1969 *Galileo and the Scientific Revolution (by Laura Fermi and Gilberto Bernardini), Greenwich, Conn. 1965. a Fawcett premier book (R269) in Science and discovery series Galkina-Fedoruk, E. M., Bezlichnye predlozhenija v sovremennom russkom jazyke , Moskva 1958 Galkina-Fedoruk, E. M., Vyrazhenie neopredelennosti v russkom jazyke neopredelennymi mestoimenijami i narechijami , Moskva 1963. offprint, V. mezhdunarodnij sezd slavistov (Sofija) Gallereja russkix pisatelej (red. Val I. Ignatov), Moskva 1901 Gallis, Arne, Etudes sur a comparaison slave : la syntaxe de la comparaison d’inégalité en vieux-slave ecclésiastique et dans les autres dialectes slaves méridionaux du moyen age , Oslo 1946. no.3, 1946, II. Hist.-Filos. klasse; skrifter utgitt av det norske videnskaps-akademi i Oslo Gallo, Ernest A., The Poetria Nova and its Sources in Early Rhetorical Doctrine , The Hague 1971. no.10, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior *Galmiche, Michel, Sémantique générative , Paris 1975. in collection “langue et langage” (two copies) Galmiche, Michel and Françoise Dubois-Charlier, La sémantique générative , Paris. no.27, Langages Galton, Herbert, Aorist und Aspekt im Slavischen : eine Studie zur funktionellen une historischen Syntax , Wiesbaden 1962. in Bibliotheca slavica Galton, Herbert, The Elvolution of Bulgarian Syntax : a phenomenological study of “analytism” , Sofija 1967 Galton, Herbert, The Main Functions of the Slavic Verbal Aspect , Skopje 1976 Gamal-Eldin, Saad M., A Syntactic Study of Egyptian Colloquial Arabic , The Hague 1967. no.34, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Game of the Foxes : the untold story of German espionage in the United States and Great Britain during World War II (by Ladislas Farago), New York 1972 *Gamkrelidze, Th. V. and G. I. Machavariani, The System of Sonants and Ablaut in Kartvelian Languages : a typology of common Kartvelian structure (Sistema sonantov i ablaut v kartvel’skix jazykax, tipologija obshchekartvel’skoj struktury) , Tbilisi 1965 Ganev, Venelin, Zakoni soudnyj ljud’ma : pravno-istoricheski ipravnoanaltichni prouchvanija , Sofija 1959. in Izvori za istorijata na balgarskoto pravo *Ganich, D. I. and I. S. Olejnik, Russko-ukrainskij slovar’ , Kiev 1974 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 13

Ganshof, F. L., Feudalism (transl. Philip Grierson, foreword F. M. Stenton), New York - Evanston 1961. no.TB 1058, Harper torchbacks, the academy library Gasiniec, R., Metrificale marka z opatowca i traktaty gramatyczne XIV i XV wieku , Wroclaw 1960. vol.VI, Studia staropolskie Ganz, Joan Safran, Rules : a systematic study , The Hague 1971. no.96, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Garbe, Richard (ed.), Otto Böhtlingk’s Sanskrit-Chrestomathie , Leipzig 1909 *Garbe, Richard (ed.), Sanskrit-Chrestomathie (by Otto Böhtlingk), Leipzig 1909 *Garbell, Adolf, Das russische Zeitwort (Konjugation - Betonung - Rektion) , Berlin 1901 Garde, Paul, L’Accent , Paris 1968. no.5, Le Linguiste Garde, Paul, Histoire de l’accentuation slave , Paris 1976. two volumes. no.VI/1 & 2; Collection de manuels de l’Institut d’études slaves Gardiner, Alan, The Theory of Speech and Language , Oxford 1951 Gardiner, Duncan Buchanan, Czech Sentence Intonation. copy of 1975 Indiana University dissertation Gardiner, S. C. German Loanwords in Russian 1550-1690 , Oxford 1965. no.XXI, Publications of the philological society Gardner, Faith F., An Analysis of Syntactic Patterns of Old English , The Hague 1971. no.140, Janua Linguarum, series practica Garibjan, A. S. and A. Garibjan, Kratkij kurs armjanskogo jazyka : pusobie dlja samostojatel’nogo izuchenija , Erevan 1965 Garibjan, A. S. (glavnyj redaktor), Russko-armjanskij slovar’ , Erevan 1954-1958. four volume set Garkavi, A. Ja., Skazanija musul’manskix pisatelej o slavjanax i russkix (s poloviny VII veka do knoca X veka po R. X.) , Sanktpeterburg 1870 [reprint The Hague], no.96, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Garrard, J. G., Mixail Chulkov : an introduction to his prose and verse , The Hague 1970. no.116, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Gartner, Theodor, Darstellung der rumänischen Sprache , Halle a.d. S. 1904. III, Sammlung kurzer Lehrbücher der romanischen Sprachen und Literaturen Garvin, Paul L. and Bernard Spolsky, eds., Computation in Linguistics : a casebook , Bloomington, Ind. 1966. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics *Garvin, Paul L., An Informal Survey of Modern Linguistics , offprint from American Doctumentaiton, vol.16, no.4, October 1965 Garvin, Paul L. (ed.), Method and Theory in Linguistics , The Hague 1970. no.40, Janua Linguarum, series maior Garvin, Paul L., On Linguistic Method : selected papers , The Hague 1964 (two copies), 1972. no.30, Janua Linguarum, series minor Garvin, Paul L., On Machine Translation : selected writings , The Hague 1972. no.128, Janua Linguarum, series minor Garvin, Paul (ed.), A Prague School Reader on Esthetics, Literary Structure and Style (selected and transl. Paul Garvin). with appendix : a critical bibliography of Prague School writing on esthetics, literary structure and style , Washington, D.C. 1955. no.1, publications of the Washington linguistic club. (with editor’s inscription) Gashparikova, Zhelmira and Adolf Kamish, Slovensko-chesky slovnik , Praha 1967 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 14

*Gastmaal der Eeuwen, Arnhem vol.6, C. Serrurier, De Hoofse Gaadenier 1950 vol.10, H. Brugmans, De Révolte van het Gemoed 1951 vol.11, E. J. Dijksterjhuis, Het Wereldbeeld vernieuwd 1951 vol.12, J. H. Waszink, Bloesemtij der lettern Petrarca 1951 vol.15, W. van Ravesteyn, Satyre als medicijn - Swift 1951 vol.16, Beuken, Heilige dronkenschap 1951 vol.21, Blanken, Glorie der griekse middeleeuwen 1953 vol.23, T. Eekman, Tussen twee oevers-Herzen 1953 vol.24, A. Mellink, Het europese socialisme v.a. negentiende eeuw - Friedrich Engels 1954 The Gate to Vergil (by Clarence W. Gleason), Boston 1898 *The Gate to the Anabasis : with colloquia notes and vocabulary) (by Clarence W. Gleason), Boston 1894. in School classics Gazov-Ginzberg, A. M., Byl li jazyk izobrazitelen v svoix istokax ? (svidetel’stvo prasemitskogo zapasa kornej) , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut narodov azii (two copies) Geanakoplos, Deno J., Byzantine East and Latin West : two worlds of Christendom in middle ages and renaissance. Studies in ecclesiastical and cultural history , New York - Evanston 1966. Harper TB 1265, the academy library Gebauer, Jan, Historicka mluvnice jazyka cheskeno , Praha dil.I, Hlaskoslovi 1894 dil.III, Tvaroslovi II chasovani 1909 (three copies) dil IV, Skladba 1929 Gecheva, Rada and Vena Marinova, Frenskite predlozi : sluzhba i upotreba , Sofija 1962 Geckeler, Horst, Strukturelle Semantik und Wortfeldtheorie , München 1971 *Geers, G. J., Van het barokke leven , Baarn 1957 *Geerts, G., Genus en geslacht in de gouden eeuw : een bijdrage tot de studie van de nominale klassifikatie en daarmee samenhangende adnominale flexievormen en pronominale verschijnselen in hollands taalgebruik van de zeventiende eeuw , Tongeren 1966. vol.X, Bouwstoffen en studien voor de geschiedenis en de lexicografie van het nederlands van der Geest, T., R. Gerstel, R. Appel and B. Th. Tervoort, The Child’s Communicative Competence : language capacity in three groups of children from different social classes , The Hague 1973. no.202, Janua Linguarum, series minor van der Geest, Ton, Evaluation of Theories on Child Grammars , The Hague 1974. no.193, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Geiger, Bernhard, Tibor Halasi-Kun, Aert N. Kuipers, Karl H. Menges, Peoples and Languages of the Caucasus , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959. no.VI, Janua Linguarum, series minor Die geistige Seite der Sprache und ihre Erforschung (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf 1971. XV, Sprache der Gegenwart *Geist und Gesellschaft. Texte zum Sudium der sozialen Engwicklung, Wien - Frankfurt - Zürich Adam Schaff, Sprache und Erkenntnis 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 15

Gej, N. K., Iskusstvo slova : o xudozhestvennosti literatury , Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kogo *van Gelder, H., Leerboek der oude geschiedenis : voor de hogere klassen van gymnasia en lycea (bewerkt voor : D. Cohen and Elizabeth Visser), Groningen 1963 van Gelderen, Duits Woordenboek (door J. H. Beckum), Groningen - Djakarta pt. 1 duits - nederlands 1939 pt. 2 nederlands - duits 1949 *Het geloof der kameraden : kort overzicht van de communistische wereldbeschouwing (by Karel van het Reve), Amsterdam n.d. Gemoede dichters van Gérard Nerval tot en met Antonin Artaud : een bloemlezing uit de poètes maudits (samengesteld en ingeleid door Paul Rodenko), Den Haag 1957. no.63, Ooievaar *Generaal in Nederland : memoires H. J. Kruls , Bussum 1975 General Anthropology (ed. Franz Boas, et al.), Boston 1938 *Die generative Grammatik (by Bengt Sigurd), Tübingen 1970. no.15, Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik (two copies) A Generative Syntax of Luangiua, a polynesian language (by Anne Salmond), The Hague 1974. no.152, Janua Linguarum, series practica *A Geneva School Reader in Linguistics (ed. Robert Godel), Bloomington - London 1969. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics (two copies) Gening, V. F. and A. X. Xalikov, Rannie bolgary na volge (Bol’she-Tarxanskij mogil’nik) , Moskva 1964. in ANSSSR, Kazanskij institut jazyka, literatury i istorii Gennadi, Grigorij (sost.), Spravochnyj slovar’ o russkix pisateljax i uchenyx umershix v XVIII i XIX stoletijax i spisok russkix knig s 1725 po 1825 g. , Berlin [reprint The Hague] tom I A - E 1876 [1969], no.156/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II Zh - M 1880 [1969], no.156/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III N - R 1908 [1969], no.156/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Gens’ors’kij, A. I., Znachennja form minulogo chasu v galic’ko-volins’komu litopisu , Kiïv 1957 Gentinetta, Peter M., Zur Sprachbetrachtung bei den Sophisten und in der stoisch- hellenistischen Zeit , Winterthur 1961 *Genus en geslacht in de gouden eeuw : een bijdrage tot de studie van de nominale klassifikatie en daarmee samenhangende adnominale flexievormen en pronominale verschijnselen in hollands taalgebruik van de zeventiende eeuw (by G. Geerts), Tongeren 1966. vol.X, Bouwstoffen en studien voor de geschiedenis en de lexicografie van het nederlands Geograficheskij slovar’ russkoj zemli (IX-XIV st.) (by N. Barsov), Vil’na 1965. no.1, Materialy dlja istoricheskago slovarja rossii [reprint The Hague 1970], no.132, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Geometrisska ispitivanija iz teorija paralelnix linija (by N. I. Lobachevskog), Beograd 1951. kn.III, klasichni nauchni spisi, kn.3 matematichki institut, srpska akademija nauka George, Emery Edward, Hölderlin’s “Ars Poetica” : a part-rigorous analysis of information structure in the late hymns , The Hague 1973. no.32, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica George, Waldemae, L’Expressionisme , Paris 1956. in Tendances de la peinture moderne C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 16

Georgetown University Occasional Papers on Machine Translation, General Analysis Technique Russian-English Research Reports, Washington no.3, GAL pt.II, Boldyreff, The GAT Machine Dictionary 1959 no.5, GAL pt.IV, Pacak, Morphological Analysis 1959 no.7, GAL, pt.VI, Moyne, The Exclusion Operation 1959 no.9, GAL, pt.VIII, Pyne, Interpolation Routines 1959 no.12, GAL, pt.XI, Korn, Sentence Separators 1959 no.15, GAL, pt.XIV, Zarechnak, Lexical Choice 1959 no.17, GAL, pt.XVI, Smith, English Synthesis Codes 1959 no.21, GAL, pt.XV, Moyne, Rearrangement 1959 no.22, Pacak, The Morphological Abstraction of Russian Verbs 1959 Georgian-English Dictionary (Thamar and Isidore Gvarjaladze), Tbilisi 1965 Georgiev, Emil, Kiril i Metodij : osnovopolozhnici na slavjanskite literaturi , Sofija 1956 Georgiev, Emil, Literatura na izoctreni borbi v srednovekovna balgarija , Sofija 1966 Georgiev, Emil, Ocherki po istorija na slavjanskite literaturi , Sofija 1. chast : ot vaznikvaneto na slavjanskata pismenost do pobedata na realizma v slavjanskite literaturi 1958 (with author’s inscription) Georgiev, Valdimir I., Indoevropejskij termin deywos v slavjanskix jazykax, The Hague 1967. offprint from To Honor Roman Jakobson Georgiev, V. I., V. K. Zhuravlev, F. P. Filin, S. I. Stojkov, Obshche slavjanskoe znachenie problemy akan’ja, Sofija 1968 Georgiev, V. I., Osnovni problemi na slavjanskata diaxronna morfologija , Sofija 1969. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Georgiev, Vl., Praslavjanski je > o ili a > ja > je? (separately bound offprint) Georgiev, Vladimir, Vaprosi na balgarskata etimologija , Sofija 1958 Georgiev, Vladmir, Vokalnata sistema v razvoja na slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1964 (two copies) Georgieva, Elena, Obosobeni chasti v balgarskija knizhoven ezik , Sofija 1964 Georgieva, V. I., Istroija sintaksicheskix javlenij russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1968 Georgijevic, Svetozar, Balkanoloshke studije , Nish pt. II 1968. in Katedra za jezik vise pedagoshke shkole u Nishu *Georgisch - deutsches Wörterbuch (Richard Meckelein), Berlin - Leipzig 1928. band XXXII, Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin *Gercenberg, L. G., Xotano-sakskij jazyk , Moskva 1965. in Jazyki narodov Azii i Afriki Gerdau, Hans, Die französische präposition “en”. (Lautlehre; Geschichte im Zusammerhang mit der von enz, enz en, dedenz. denz ; Bedeutungslehre.) , Gottingen 1909. Inaugural-dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorzürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen *Gerhard, H. P., Welt der Ikonen , Recklinghausen 1957 Gerhardt, D., Gogol’ u. Dostojevskij in ihrem künstlehrischen Verhältnis , Leipzig 1941. vol.X, Slavisch-baltische Quellen und Forschungen *Gerlach, Hendrik, Het proces tegen Olden Barnevelt en de ‘manimen in den staet' Haarlem 1965 Germanische Bibliothek (begründed von W. Streitberg; fortgeführt von R. Kienast u. R. v. Kienle), Erste Abteilung : Elementar- u. Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken, C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 17

Heidelberg 1. band. W. Streitberg, Urgermanische Grammatik 1943 Germanovich, A. I., Mezhdometija russkogo jazyka : posobie dlja uchitelja , Kiev 1966 Geroichna letopis, Sofija 9 & 10, Kosta Carnushanov, Sxridskoto sazakljatie : predshestvenici, vdax noviteli i dejci 1966 Gerrare, Wirt, Greater Russia : the continental empire of the old world , London 1903 Gerschenkron, Alexander, Economic Backwardness in Historical Perspective : a book of essays , Cambridge, Mass. 1966 Gershenzon, M., P. Ja. Chaadaev , S.-Peterburg 1908 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.91, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Gershenzon, M. O. (ed.), Epoxa Nikolaja I , Moskva 1910 Gershenzon, M., Griboedovskaja Moskva , Moskva 1916 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.139, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Gershenzon, M., Istoricheskija zapiski , Moskva 1910 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.II, Russian reprint series (with calculations) Gershenzon, M. O., Istorija moldoj rossii , Moskva - Petrograd 1923 [reprint The Hague 1965], no.V, Russian reprint series (two copies) Gerstel, R., R. Appel, B. Th. Tervoort and T. van der Geest, The Child’s Communicative Competence : langage capacity in three groups of children from different social classes , The Hague 1973, no.202, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Gertner, Michael H., The Morphology of the Modern French Verb , The Hague 1973. no.204, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Gerzon, J., Schwere Wörter : eine Auswahl der wichtigsten, dem Holländer nicht ohne weiteres verständlichen deutschen Wörter (bearbeitet von C. Brouwer u. G. Ras), Groningen - Batavia 1948 Geschichte der neuren Sprachwissenschaft : unter dem besonderen Aspekt der Grammatik- Theorie (by Gerhard Helbig), Leipzig 1970 *Die Geschichte der Sprachphilosophie von der Antike bis zur Gengenwart. Eine Übersicht. (by Eugenio Coseriu), Tübingen teil I : Von der Antike vis Leibniz. Vorlesung gehalten im Winter-Semester 1968/69 an der Universität Tübingen (no.11, Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik) 1970 (three copies) teil II : Von Leibniz bis Rousseau. Vorlesung gehalten im Winter-semester 1970/71 an der Universität Tübingen (no.28, Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik) 1972 (three copies) Die geschichtliche Kraft der deutschen Sprache (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf. no.IV, Von den Kräften der deutschen Sprache *Gesemann, Gerhard, Der montenegrinische Mensch : zur Literaturgeschichte und Charakterologie der Patriarchialität , Prag 1934 *Gesemann, Gerhard, Die serbo-kroatische Literatur , Potsdam 1930. in Literaturen der slawischen Völker in series Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft La geste du Prince Igor’ : épopée russe du douzième siècle (ed. Henri Grégoire, Roman Jakobson, Marc Szeftel, J. A. Joffe), New York. vol.VIII, Annuaire de l’institut de philologie et d’histoire orientales et slaves 1945-1947 : volume offert à Michel Rostovtzeff C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 18

Gething, Thomas W., Aspects of Meaning in Thai Nominals : a study in structural semantics , The Hague 1972. no.141, Janua Linguarum, series practica Gething, Thomas W., Some Aspects of Semantic Structure in Standard Thai, Ann Arbor. xerox of 1966 dissertation *de Geus, P. and H. J. Schoo, La langue usuelle : vocabulaire systématique à l’usage des hollandais qui préparent un examen de français , Amsterdam 1946 Gezeman, Gerxard, Erlangenski rukopis : starix srpskoxrvatskix narodnix pesama , Sr. Karlovci 1925. no.XII, Zbornik za istoriju, jezik i knjizhevnost srpskog naroda, prvo odeljenje (three copies) Gheerbrant, Alain (ed.), The Incas : the royal commentaries of the Inca, Garcilaso de la Vega 1539-1616 , New York 1961 *Ghinina, Sl., Ts. Nikolova, L. Sakasova, A Bulgarian Textbook for Foreigners , Sofija 1965 Ghosh, Samir K., Man, Language and Society : contributions to the sociology of language , The Hague 1972. no.109, Janua Linguarum, series minor Giacumakis, George, Jr., The Akkadian of Alalah , The Hague 1970. no.59, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Giannoni, Carlo B., Conventionalism in Logic : a study in the linguistic foundation of logical reasoning , The Hague 1971. no.46, Janua Linguarum, series minor Gilbert, Will G., Inleiding tot de buiten-europese muziek , Den Haag 1950. B7 B/2, Servire’s encyclopaedie, afdeling : muziek (red. A. Smyers) Giljanskij jazyk (by V. S. Rastorgueva, A. A. Kerimova, A. K. Mamedzade, L. A. Pirejko, D. I. Edel’man), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Gillel’son, M. I., P. A. Vjazemskij : zhisn’ i tvorchestvo , Leningrad 1969. in ANSSSR, otdelenie literatury i jazyka, Pushkinskaja komissija Gilbert, Glenn G. and Jacob Ornstein (eds.), Problems in Applied Educational Sociolinguistics: readings on language and culture problems of United States ethnic groups , The Hague 1978. no.162, Janua Linguarum, series minor. *Gilmore, Eddy, Wil Rusland oorlog ? , Amsterdam n.d. no.1, VN Signalen *Gimbutas, Marija, The Balts , New York - Washington 1968. in Ancient peoples and places Gimbutsa, Marija, Bronze Age Cultures in Central and Eastern Europe , The Hague 1965 *Gimbutas, Marija, The Prehistory of Eastern Europe , Cambridge, Mass part I, Mesolithic, neolithic and copper age cultures in Russia and the Baltic area 1956. Bltn.20, American school of prehistoric research (two copies) *Gimbutas, Marija, The Slavs , New York - Washington 1971. in Ancient peoples and places (two copies) Gindin, L. A., Jazyk drevnejshego naselenija juga balkanskogo poluostrova : fragment indoevropejskoj onomastiki , Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka *Ginina, St., Cv. Nikolova, L. Sakazova, Uchebnik po balgarski ezik za chuzhdenci (English) , Sofija 1965 [van Ginneken, Jacq.] Mélanges de linguistique et de philologie offerts a Jacq. van Ginneken à l’occasion du soixantième anniversaire de sa naissance (21 avril 1937) , Paris 1937 van Giunneken, Jac., De studie der nederlandsche streektalen , Amsterdam 1943. vol.I, Hoekstenen onzer volkskultur, derde reeks : streektalen C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 19

Ginzburg, L. V. Zhirmunskij, B. Larin, B. Tomashevskij, A. Fedorov, K. Shimkevich), Poetika , Leningrad 1927. no.II, Vremennik : otdela slovesnyx iskusstv *Gippius, Vasilij, Gogol’ , Leningrad 1924 [reprint Providence, R. I. 1963], no.1, Brown University Slavic reprint series Giraudoux et la métaphore : une étude des images dans ses romans (by Morton M. Celler), The Hague 1974. no.54, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Gittleman, Sol, Sholom Aleichem : a non-critical introduction , The Hague 1974. no.3, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series didactica Gjalski, Ksavr Shandor, Sveukupna djela , Zagreb n.d. vol.I, Osvit : slike iz tridesetih godina Gjubbenet, I. V., R. F. Idzells, I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Kruglova, V. L. Lapshina, A. N. Marchenko, E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova, G. I. Axmanova, Principy metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Gladkij, A. V. and I. A. Mel’chuk, Elementy matematicheskoj lingvistiki , Moskva 1969 Glaeser, Ernest and F. C. Weiskopf, La Russie au travail , Berlin n.d. 265 photographies Glagolitica, publicationes palaeoslavicae, academias veglensis, Beglae fasc.1-4, Memoria liturgiae slavicae in dioecesi auxerensi (Joseph Vajs) 1906 Glagoljica : jedanaest stoljeca jedne velike tradicije. zbornik radova , Zagreb 1971. no.21, Slovo (two copies) Glagoljski rukopisi otoka krka (by Bjekoslav Shtefanic), Zagreb 1960. kn.51, Djela yugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti Glas, srpske kraljevske akademeje , Beograd vol. new no. year CXXI 66 1926 CXXIII 67 1927 CXXVI 69 1927 Glas (srpska kraljevska akademija), Drugi razred : filosofsko-filoloshke, drushtvene i istoriske nauke, Beograd glas razred LXXVIII 5 articles, incl. Belic, O srpskim ili xrvatskim dijalektima 1908 CLXIV 84 1 A. Belic, Postanak praslovenske glagolske sisteme 1934 (two copies) CLXVIII 86 1 A. Belic, O chakavskoj osnovnoj akcentuaciji 1935 CLXXVI 90-3 Milan Reshetar, Jezik srpskoga molitvenika od g.1512 1938 *Gleason, Clarence W., The Gate to the Anabasis : with colloquia notes and vocabulary , Boston 1894. in School classics *Gleason, Clarence W., The Gate to Vergil , Boston 1898 *Gleason, H. A., Jr., An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics , New York 1956, 1961 Gleason, H. A., Jr., Linguistics and English Grammar , New York 1965 *Gleckner, Robert F. and Gerald E. Enscoe, Romanticism : points of view , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1962 Glinka, F. N., Izbrannye proizvedenija , Leningrad 1957. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 20

*Glinz, Hans, Die innere Form des Deutschen : eine neue deutsche Grammatik , Bern - München 1968. no.4, Bibliotheca germanica Glonar, Jozha, Slovar slovenskega jezika , Ljubljana 1936 Glory of India: a quarterly on Indology , Delhi vol. II no. II June 1978 Glossarized Charts of Noam Chomsky’s Grammar (by Barbara R. England), Bloomington, Indiana 1978 A Glossary of Phrases with Prepositions (by Thomas Lee Corwell, Jr.), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1963 Glover, Bobby R., A History of Six Spanish Verbs Meaning “to take, seize, grasp" , The Hague 1970. no.109, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Glubb, John Bagot, The Course of Empire : the Arabs and their successors , London 1965 *Glubb, John Bagot, The Empire of the Arabs , London 1963 *Glubb, John Bagot, The Great Arab Conquests , London 1966 Glushko, M. M. and Ju. A. Karulina (eds.), Tekstologija anglijskoj nauchnoj rechi , Moskva 1978. Posvjashchaetsja doktoru filologicheskix nauk professoru MGU Ol’ge Sergeevne Axmanovoj Gnedich, N. I., Stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1956. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Gnedich, N. I., Stixotvorenija (vystup. stat. I. N. Medvedeva), Moskva - Leningrad 1963. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Goals of Linguistic Theory (ed. Stanley Peters), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1972 *de Gobineau, J. A., The World of the Persians , Genève 1971 *Godel, Robert (ed.), A Geneva School Reader in Linguistics , Bloomington - London 1969. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics *Godel, Robert, Les sources manuscrites du cours de linguistique générale de Ferdinand de Saussure , Paris 1957. no.LXI, Société de publications romanes et françaises Godishnik na Sofijskija universitet, istoriko-filologicheski fakultet, Sofija kn. XXV, 9, B. Conev, Slavjanski rzhkopisi v Viena 1929 kn.XXVII, 4, M. Arnaudov, Neofit Bozveli i parvoobrazat na negovata “Mai i Bolgarija” 1931 Godishnik na universiteta sv. Kliment Oxridski-Sofija, Istoriko-filologicheski fakultet, Sofija kn. XXXVIII, 4, B. Penev, Uvod v balgarskata literatura sled osvobozhdenieto 1942 Godshalk, William Leigh, Patterning in Shakespearean Drama : essays in criticism , The Hague 1973. no.69, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Godunov, Boris (by S. F. Platonov), Petrograd 1921 [reprint The Hague 1965], no.XI, Russian reprint series Goedecke, Robert William, An Approach to the Genetic Classification of Vocabulary in the Izbornik of 1076 . xerox of University of Wisconsin 1971 dissertation *Goethe, Faust : Ausgabe für Schulen en Volkshochschulen (ed. Léon Polak) Zwolle 1934. no.1,Neue deutsche Bibliotheek Van Gogh, Vincent, catalog of 272 works , Otterlo 1965 Gogol (by Victor Erlich), New Haven 1969. no.8, Yale Russian and East European studies C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 21

*Gogol’ (by Vasilij Gippius), Leningrad 1924 [reprint Providence 1963], no.1, Brown University Slavic reprint series [Gogol’] Gogol’ und Dostoevskij in ihrem künstlehrischen Verhältnis (by D. Gerhardt), Leipzig 1941. heft X, Slavisch-baltischen Quellen und Forschungen [Gogol] Dostoevsky and Romantic Realism : a study of Dostoevsky in relation to Balzac, Dickens and Gogol (by Donald Fanger), Chicago 1967 [Gogol] O Gogole (by V. V. Rozanov), Letchworth 1970. no.4, Russian titles for the specialist (two copies) Gogol’, N. V., Polnoe sobranie sochinenija , Moskva vol.4, Revizor 1951 vol.5, Zhenit’ba dramaticheskie otryvki i otdel’nye sceny 1949 vol.6-7, Mertvye dushi I, II 1951 vol.8, Stat’i 1952 vol.9, Nabroski kunspekty plany zapisnye knizhki 1952 vol.11, Pis’ma 1836-1841 1952 vol.12, Pis’ma 1842-1845 1952 Gogol’, N. V., Sobranie sochinenij (red. S. I. Mashinski, A. L. Slonimski, N. L. Stepanov), Moskva 1959. six volume set vol.1, Vechera na xutore - bliz dikan’ki vol.2, Mirgorod vol.3, Povesti vol.4, Dramaticheskie proizvedenija vol.5, Mertvye dushi : poèma vol.6, Izbrannye stat’i i pis’ma Gogol’, N. V., Sobranie xudozhestvennyx proizvedenij , Moskva. five volume set tom 1, Vechera na xutore. Bliz dikan’ki 1951 tom 2, Mirgorod 1951 tom 3, Povesti 1952 tom 4, Dramaticheskie proizvedenija 1952 tom 5, Mertvye dushi 1952 [Gogol’] The Subconscious in Gogol’ and Dostoevskij, and its Antecedents (by Leonard J. Kent), The Hague 1969. no.75, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *[Gogol’] Texnika komicheskogo u Gogolja (by A. Slonimskij), Peterburg 1923. in Voprosy poètiki. Three copies: (1) microphoto of original edition, (2) reprint Providence, R. I. 1963. no.2, Brown University Slavic reprint series, (3) reprint Letchworth 1972. no.38, Russian titles for the specialist *[Gogol’, N.] The Unknown Gogol’ (by Dmitry Chizhevsky), Bristol, England. offprint from The Slavonic Review, vol. XXX, no.75, June 1952 Gogolewski, Stanislaw, Polska gwara trojjezycznej wsi kaczyki w rumunii , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1972. no.68, Prace jezykoznawcze, Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Göksen, Enver Naci, Hoca’ dan fikralar , Istanbul 1968 Golab, Piotr, Gwara schodni i okolicy , Wroclaw. no.6, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawczy, PAN Golanov, I. G., Morfologija sovremennogo russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1965 (one copy), 1967 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 22

Golaski, Janusz, O pracowanie nazw na marach wielkoskalowych toropomastuka kartograficzna : podstawy teoretyczne metodyka polowych prac nazewniczych , Warszawa 1967 Gol’denvejzer, A. A., V zashchitu prava : stat’i i rechi , N’ju-Jork 1952 Goldman, L. B., “Russkoe penie” : sbornik russkix gimnov, narodnyx i voennyx pesen i otryvkov iz proizvedenij russkix kompozitorov , S.-Peterburg 1903 Goldstein, Kurt, Language and Language .Disturbances : aphasic symptom complexes and their significances for medicine and theory of language , New York 1948 *Golenishchev-Kutuzov, I. N., Ital’janskoe vozrozhdenie i slavjanskie literaturny XV-XVI vekov , Moskva 1963 *Goletiani, G. G., Sopostavitel’naja grammatika russkogo i gruzinskogo jazykov , Tbilisi I, Morfologija 1970 Golino, Carlo L. and Charles Speroni, Basic Italian , New York 1960 Golina, Carlo L. and Charles Speroni, Panorama italianox , New York 1960 *Gollandsko-russkij slovar (pod obshchim rukovodstvom : S. A. Mironova), Moskva 1954, 1958 Golopentia-Eretescu, Sanda and Emanuel Vasiliu, The Transformational Syntax of Romanian , The Hague 1972. no.195, Janua Linguarum, series practica Golosa poètov : stixi zarubezhnyx poètov v perevode Anny Axmatovoj , Moskva 1965. vyp.4, Mastera poèticheskogo perevoda Golos minuvshago : no chuzhnoj storone , Moskva [reprint The Hague] no.3/4, Mar/April 1926 [1968], 149/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Golos’ minuvshago : zhurnal istorii i istorii literatury (red. A. K. Dzhivelegov, S. P. Mel’gunov, P. N. Sakulin, V. I. Semevskaja), Moskva [reprint The Hague] no.1/2, Jan / Feb 1913 [1968], no.114/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.3/4, March/April 1913 [1968], no.114/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.5/6, May/June 1913 [1968], no.114/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.7/8, July/Aug 1913 [1968], no.114/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.9/10, Sept./Oct. 1913 [1968], no.114/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.11/12, Nov./Dec. 1913 [1968], no.114/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.1/2, Jan./Feb.1914 [1971], no.114/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.3/4, Mar./April 1914 [1971], no.114/8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.5/6, May/June 1914 [1971], no.114/9, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.7/8, July/Aug 1914 [1971], no.114/10, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.9/10, Sept./Oct. 1914 [1971], no.114/11, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.11/12, Nov./Dec. 1914 [1971], no.114/12, Slavistic Printings and Reprntings no.1/2, Jan./Feb. 1915 [1971], no.114/13, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.3/4, Mar./April 1915 [1971], no.114/14, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.5/6, May/June 1915 [1971], no.114/15, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Golovin, B. N., Vvedenie v jazykoznanie , Moskva 1966 (two copies) Golubinskij, E., Istorija russkoj cerkvi , Moskva [reprint The Hague] tom.I, Period pervij, Kievskij ili Domongol’skij pt.1 1901 [1969], no.117/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 23

pt.2 1904 [1969], no.117/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, Ot nashestvija Mongolov do mitropolita Makarij vkljuchitel’no pt.1, 1900 [1969], no.117/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings pt.2, 1910 [1969], no.117/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Arxeologicheskij atlas ko vtoroj polovine I toma 1906 [1969], no.117/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Goncharov, I. A.], Dobroljubov, N. A. : russkie klassiki. Izbrannye literaturno-kriticheskie stat’i : I. A. Goncharov, F. M. Dostoevskij, A. N. Ostrovskij, M. E. Saltykov- Shchedrin, I. S. Turgenev (izd. podgot. Ju. G. Oksman), Moskva 1970 Goncharov, I. A., Sobranie sochinenij , Moskva tom 1, Obyknovennaja istorija : roman v 2 chastjax 1959 tom 2, Fregat “Pallada” : ocherki puteshestvija v 2 tomax 1959 tom 3, Fregatr “Pallada 1959 ” tom 4, Oblomov : roman v chetyrex chastjax 1959 tom 5, Obryv : roman v pjati chastjax 1959 tom 6, Obryv (roman v 5. chastjax). Mil’on terzanij (krimicheskij etjud) 1960 *Goodenough, Ward H., Componential Analysis and the Study of Meaning , from Language, vol.32, Jan.-Mar. 1956, reprint Indianapolis n.d., A-91, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Goodenough, Ward H., Cultural Anthropology and Linguistics , from Report of the Seventh Annual Round Table Meeting on Linguistics and Language Study, Paul L. Garvin, ed., Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics, no.9, Georgetown University, Dec. 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.29, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Goodwin, William W. and John Williams White (eds.), The First Four Books of Xenephon’s Anabasis : with notes , Boston 1894 Gopnik, Irwin, A Theory of Style and Richardson’s Clarissa , The Hague 1970. no.10, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Gopnik, Myrna, Linguistic Structures in Scientific Texts , The Hague 1972. no.129, Janua Linguarum, series minor Gorbatov, Boris, Nepokorënnye (sem’ja tarasa) , Moskva 1945. in Iz frontovoj zhizni Gor’kij balaxna makar’ev (by S. Agafonov), Moskva 1969 Gornowicz, Hubert, Dialekt malborski , Gdansk tom I, Fonetyka, fleksja i skladnia 1967, no.24, Seria monografii, wydzial i nauk spolecznych i humanistycznycyh, Gdanskie towarzystwo naukowe tom II, zeszyt 1, Slownik A - O (wydzial i nauk spolecznych i humanistycznych, Gdanskie towarzystwo naukowe) Goroda moskovskago gosudarstva v XVI veke (izsled. N. D. Chechulin), S.-Peterburg 1889 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.198, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Gorod i derevnja v russkoj istorii; kratkij ocherk èkonomicheskoj istorii Rossii (by N. A. Roshkov), St. Petersburg 1913. 3rd ed. [reprint The Hague 1967] no.47, Russian reprint series Gorelov, Anat., Podvig russkoj literatury , Leningrad 1957 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.179, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Gore ot uma : komedija (by A. S. Griboedov), Berlin 1923 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 24

Gorgi, Inacij, and Ignat Dordic, Djela , Zagreb vol.1 1922, no.XXV 1, Stari pisci hrvatski (two copies) vol.2, 1926, no.XXV 2, Stari pisci hrvatski (two copies) Gorgoniev, Ju. A., Kxmerskij jazyk , Moskva 1961. in Jazyki zarubleznogo vostoka i afriki [Gorkij, M.] M. Gorkij : poèty “znanija” , Leningrad. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Gornung, B. V., Iz predystorii obrazovanija obshcheslavjanskogo jazykovogo edinstvo , Moskva 1963. offprint from V. mezhdunarodnyj j’ezd slavistov Goroda Moskovskago gosudarstva v pervoj polovine XVII veka (by Pavel Smirnov), Kiev [reprint The Hague 1969], no.170, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom I, vyp.1, Formy zemlevadenija 1917 vyp.2, Kolichestvo i dvizhenie naselenija 1919 Gorshkov, A. I., Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (kratkij kurs lekcij) , Moskva 1961, 1965 Gorshkov, Aleksandr Ivanovich, Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva 1969 Gorshkov, A. I., Staroslavjanskij jazyk , Moskva 1963 Gorshkova, K. V., Istoricheskaja dialektologija russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1972 (two copies) Gorshkova, K. V., Ocherki istoricheskoj dialektologii severnoj rusi (po dannym istoricheskoj fonologii) , Moskva 1968 Gorshkova, O. V. and T. A. Xmelevskaja, Sbornik uprazhnenij po dialektologii , Moskva 1963 Gorshkova, O. V. and T. A. Xmelevskaja, Sbornik uprazhnenij po staroslavjanskomu jazyku , Moskva 1960 Goshev, Ivan, Rilski glagolicheski listove , Sofija 1956 *Gosling, Nigel, Leningrad : history, art, architecture , London 1965 Gostomski, A., Gospodarstwo , Wroslaw 1951. no.139, ser.1, Biblioteka narodowa Gosudarstvennaja ordena trudovo krasnogo znéameni publichnaja biblioteka imeni M. E. Saltykova-Shchedrina, Leningrad Mixail Pavlovich Alekseev, Spisok nauchnyx pechatnyx trudov 1956 Pavel Naumovich Berkov, Spisok nauchnyx pechatnyx trudov 1956 Gosudarstvennaja publicnaja biblioteka imeni M. E. Saltykova-Shchedrina, Moskva Istoricheskaja kollekcija ermitazhnogo sobranija rukopisej pamjatniki XI-XVII vv. opisanie 1968 (two copies) Gothic ai and au : a possible solution (by Richard J. E. D’Alquen), The Hague 1974. no.151, Janua Linguarum, series practica Gotski jezik i istorijska gramatika (by Ivan Pudic), Beograd 1971 Göttinger Sammlung indogermanischer Grammatiken und Wörterbücher, Göttingen Wenzel Vondrak, Vergleichende slavische Grammatik vol. I 1906, 1924 vol. II 1908, 1928 de Goulevitc, A., L’heure de la russie nationale , Paris 1940. no.5, Bulletin de la société des amis de la russie nationale *Gove, Philip B., Linguistic Advances and Lexicography , from Word Study, vol.XXXVII, no.1, Oct. 1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.30, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 25

Govori cheha u slavonija (Daruvar i okolina) (by Dragutin J. Mirkovic), Beograd 1968. kn.XX, Filoloshki fakultet Beogradskog Univerziteta, monografije Govor istochne xercegovine (by Asim Peco), Geograd 1964. kn.XIV, separat 1, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik, institut za srpskoxrvatski jezik Govorite pravil’no : posobie dlja uchashchixsja (by E. V. Jazovickij), Moskva - Leningrad 1964 Govor pive i drobnjaka (by Jovan L. Vukovic), Beograd 1940 Govorne napake (by Zdravko Omerza), Ljubljana 1972 Goxlerner, M. M. and A. N. Zhdan, Psixologicheskie mexanizmy usvoenija grammatiki rodnogo i inostrannogo jazykov , Moskva 1972 de Graaf, Frances, Sergej Esenin : a biographical sketch , The Hague 1966. no.55, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Grabar’, Igor’ Èmmanuiovich (vystup. stat’ja A. A. Sidorova, bibliog. sost. N. M. Nesterovoj), Moskva 1951. vyp.1, Serija iskusstva, materialy k bibliografii uchenyx SSSR Grabar’, Igor’, O drevnerusskom iskusstve , Moskva 1966. in Issledovanija, restavracija i oxrana pamjatnikov Grabar’, Igor’, O russkoj arxitekture : issledovanija - oxrana pamjatnikov , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii iskusstv, ministerstva kul’tury SSSR Grad-Mucowa, Maria, Fleksja rzeczownikow w gwarach mazowsza , Warszawa 1970. no.16, Prace mazowieckiego osrodka badan naukowych Grada (nauchno drushtvo nr Bosne i Hercegovine) odjeljenje istorijsko-filoloshkih nauka , Sarajevo kn.X, od. kn.7 1961 Gradation of Substantives (photocopy, 88 pp.) Grady, Michael, Syntax and Semantics of the English Verb Phrase , The Hague 1970. no.112, Janua Linguarum, series practica Grafenauer, I., Matije Murka Znanstvena Pot , Ljubljana 1956. vol.II, Razprave, slavenska akademija znanosti i umetnosti : razred za filoloshke in literarne vede *Gramatica limbii romîne (red. Dimitrie Macrea), Bucuresti 1954 vol.I vocabularul, fonetica si morfologia vol. AL II-lea, Sintaxa Gramatichni ta stilistichni studiî z ukraïnos’koï i rosijs’koï mov (red. I. K. Bilodid et al.), Kiïv 1965 Gramatika hrvatskoga ili srpskog jezika , Zagreb pt. II 1954 *Gramatika srpskoxrvatskog jezika za gimnazije (by M. Stevanovic), Cetinje 1968 (two copies), 1971 Gramatyka polska w dialogach (skrypt dla cudzoziemcow) (by Janina Wojtowicz and Leszek Szkutnik), Warszawa 1972 *Gramatyka belaruskaj movy (red. K. K. Atraxovich, M. G. Bulaxaü), Minsk tom I, Marfalogija 1962 tom II, Sintaksis 1966 *Grammaire de l’Académie française , Paris 1932 *Grammaire et psychologie , Paris 1950. numéro spécial du Journal de psychologie (by J. Vendryes, L. Hjelmslev, A. Martinet et al.) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 26

La Grammaire générative en pays de langue allemande (by Daniéle Clément and Blanch Grünig), Paris 1972. no.26, Langages Grammaire larousse du français contemporain (by Chevalier, Blanche-Benveniste, Arrivé, Peytard), Paris 1964 Grammaire larousse du XXe siècle (by Gaiffe, Maille, Breuil, Jahan, Wagner, Marijon), Paris 1936 Grammar (by Frank Palmer), Baltimore 1971. a Pelican book A1333 Grammar and Logic (by V. Z. Panfilov), The Hague 1968. no.63, Janua Linguarum, series minor Grammar Discovery Procedures : a field manual (by Robert E. Longacre), The Hague 1964, 1973. no.33, Janua Linguarum, series minor *A Grammar of Contemporary English (by Randolph Quirk, Sidney Greenbaum, Geoffrey Leech and Jan Svartvik), New York - London 1972 *A Grammar of Spoken Chinese (by Yuen Ren Chao), Berkeley - Los Angeles 1968 *A Grammar of Stories : an introduction (by Gerald Prince), The Hague 1973. no.13, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor A Grammar of Subordinate Structures in English (by Eldon G. Lytle), The Hague 1974. no.175, Janua Linguarum, series practica *A Grammar of the Arabic Language (transl. & ed. W. Wright; third ed. revised by W. Robertson Smith and M. J. de Goeje), Cambridge vol. I 1967 vol. II 1964 A Grammar of the Portuguese Language (by Joseph Dunn), Washington, D. C. 1928. in Portuguese series of Hispanic notes and monographs Gramatica funcional del idioma guarani segun el modelo estatico-generativo (by German Fernandez Guzzetti), Rosario 1963. fasc. no.4.1., Morfosintaxis del nucleo The Grammatical Foundations of Rhetoric Discourse Analysis (by Bennison Gray), The Hague 1977. no.51, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Grammatical Gender : its origin and development (by Muhammad Hassan Ibrahim), The Hague 1973. no.166, Janua Linguarum, series minor Grammaticheskaja kategorija i kontekst (by A. V. Bondarko), Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po teorii sovetskogo jazykoznanija pri otdelenii literatury i jazyka *Grammatik der slowenischen schriftsprache (by Gunnar Olaf Svane), Kopenhagen 1958 (two copies) *Grammatik und Lesebuch der neugriechischen Volks- und Schriftsprache (by Gustav Soyter), Wiesbaden 1963 I. teil : Grammatik (also one copy of Leipzig 1944 ed.) II. teil : Lesebuch *Grammatika adygejskogo literaturnogo jazyka (by N. Jakovlev and D.Asxamaf), Moskva - Leningrad 1941. in ANSSSR, Institut jazyka i pis’mennosti narodov SSSR, Adygejskij nauchno-issledovatel’skij institut kul’turnogo stroitel’stva Grammatika drevnjago cerkovno-slavjansko jazyka, izlozhennaja srvnitel’no s russkoju (by P. Smirnovskij), Moskva 1917 Grammatika gruzinskogo jazyka (by B. T. Rudenko), The Hague 1972. no.7, Janua Linguarum, series anastatica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 27

*Grammatika russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1960 tom I, fonetika i morfologija tom II, pt.I, sintaksis tom II, pt.II, sintaksis *Grammatika russkogo jazyka (red. L. V. Shcherby), Moskva 1946 (two copies), 1952 (hardbound) chast I, fonetika i morfologija chast II, sintaksis *Grammatika russkogo jazyka (red. V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva vol.I, fonetika i morfologija 1952 vol.II, pts. 1 & 2, sintaksis 1954 (two copies) Grammatika sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (otvet. red. N. Ju. Svedova), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Grammont, Maurice, Petit traité de versification française , Paris 1955 Grammont, Maurice, Traité de phonétique , Paris 1939 Grammont, Maurice, Traité pratique de prononciation française , Paris 1954. in Bibliothèque des chercheurs et des curieuw Gramotki XVII - nachala XVIII veka (red. S. I. Kotkov), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka *Grandgent, Charles H., From Latin to Italian : an historical outline of the phonology and morphology of the Italian language , Cambridge, Mass. 1927 *Les Grands siècles de la peinture, Genève La peinture byzantine (étude historique et critique par André Grabar) 1953 *Grani : zhurnal literatury, iskusstva, nauki i obshchestvenno-politicheskoj mysli , Frankfurt/Main god. izd. XVII, vol.52 1962 Granta, K. and E. Pampe (sast.), Vacu-latvieshu vardnica , Riga 1954 *Grandy, Richard E., On Formalization and Formalistic Philosophies of Mathematics . 1967 Princeton dissertation Grappin, Henri, Grammaire de la langue polonaise , Paris 1942. no.I 2, Collection de grammaries de l’institut d’études slaves Gray, Bennison, The Grammatical Foundations of Rhetoric Discourse Analysis , The Hague 1977. no.51, Janua Linguarum, series maior Gray, Bennison, The Phenomenon of Literature , The Hague 1975. no.36, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Gray, Bennison, Style : the problem and its solution , The Hague 1969. no.3, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Great Ages of Man : a history of the world’s cultures, New York C. M. Bowra (et al.), Classical Greece 1965 *The Great Pretense : a symposium on Anti-Stalinism and the 20th Congress of the Soviet Communist Party , Washington, D. C. 1956. Union Calendar 815, 84th Congress, 2nd session -- House Report no.2189 Greater Russia : the continental empire of the old world (by Wirt Gerrare), London 1903 Grecheskie rukopisi (sost. I. N. Lebedeva), Leningrad 1973. tom 5, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela, BAN SSSR C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 28

*Greek Disyllabic Roots : the aorist formations (by E. D. Francis). University microfilms photocopy of Yale University dissertation *Greek Grammar (by Herbert Weir Smyth, revised by Gordon M. Messing), Cambridge, Mass. 1971 *Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine Periods (from B.C. 146 to A.D. 1100) (by E. A. Sophocles), New York 1887. memorial edition *Greek series for colleges and schools (ed. Herbert Weir Smyth), New York W.A. Lamberton, Thucydides , books II and III 1905 [Green, Julien] The Exorcism of Sex and Death in Julien Green’s Novels (by Nocholas Kostis), The Hague 1973. no.71, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Greenbaum, Sidney, Geoffrey Leech, Jan Svartvik and Randolph Quirk, A Grammar of Contemporary English , New York - London 1972 Greenbaum, Sidney, Verb-Intensifier Collocations in English : an experimental approach , The Hague 1970. no.86, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Greenberg, Joseph H., Anthropological Linguistics : an introduction , New York 1968. in Studies in anthropology *Greenberg, Joseph H., Essays in Linguistics , Chicago 1957 Greenberg, Joseph H., Language and Evolution , from Evolution and Anthropology : a centennial appraisal (ed. Betty J. Meggers) 1959, reprint Indianapolis n.d. A-95, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Greenberg, Joseph, Language Typology : a historical and analytic overview , The Hague 1974. no.184, Janua Linguarum, series minor Greenberg, Joseph H., Language Universals : with special reference to feature hierarchies , The Hague 1966, 1976. no.59, Janua Linguarum, series minor Greenough, James B. and G. L. Kittredge, Chapter XV, Fossils, Chapter XX, Degeneration of Meaning , from Words and their Ways in English Speech, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.31, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Grégoire de Nysse, La vie de Moïse ou traité de la perfection en matière de vertu (introd. et trad. Jean Danielou), Paris 1955. no.1bis, Sources chrétiennes Greimas, A. J., Le conte populaire russe (analyse fonctionnelle) . (proofs of an article) Greimas, A. J., Sémantique structurale , Paris 1966 *Greis, Naguib and Sami A. Hanna, Writing Arabic. A linguistic approach : from sounds to script , Salt Lake City 1965 Grekov, B. D., Kievskaja rus’ , Moskva 1949. in Biblioteka uchitelja Grekov, B. D., Kres’jane na rusi , Moskva vol.I 1952 vol.II 1954 Grek-Parisowa, Iryda, Rosyjska fgwara starowiercow w wojewodztwach olsztynskim i bialostockim , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1968. no.12, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, Polskieg akademii nauk (two copies) *Greshoff, J., Uitnodiging tot ergernis : keuze uit eigen werk , Den Haag 1957. no.68, Ooievaar *Grevisse, Maurice, Le bon usage : grammarie française avec des remarques sur la langue française d’aujourd’hui , Gembloux - Paris 1955 *Grevisse, Maurice, Précis de grammaire française , Gembloux n.d. (27th ed.). in Collection Grevisse C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 29

Gribble, Charles E., A Short Dictionary of 18th-century Russian , Cambridge, Mass. 1976 Gribble, Charles E., Medieval Slavic Texts , Cambridge, Mass vol.I, Old and Middle Russian Texts 1973 Gribble, Charles E., Russian Root List : with a sketch of word formation , Cambridge, Mass. 1973. (with author’s inscription) Griboedov, A. S. , Moskva 1946. no.47-48, Literaturnoe nasledstvo Griboedov, A. S., Gore ot uma : komedija , Berlin 1923 Griboedov, Sochinenija (red. Vl. Orlov), Leningrad 1945 *Griboedovskaja Moskva (by M. Gershenzon), Moskva 1916 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.139, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Grickat, Irena, O perfektu bez pomocnog glagola u srpskoxrvatskom jzeiku i srodnim sintaksichkim pojavama, Beograd 1954. kn.1, Institut za srpski jezik, posebna izdanja (srpska akademija nauka), knjiga CCXXIII (with author’s inscription) *Griechisch-deutsches Wörterbuch (by Andreas Dalleggio), Athen 1956 Griechisch und romanisch (Gunter Narr, hrsg.), Tübingen 1971. no.16, Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik *Griekenland : met Korfoe, Rhodos en Kreta (by Richard Nieman), Amsterdam 1970. in Elseviers reisgidsen *De grieksche cultuur : een boek over griekenland voor iedereen (by M. Th. Hillen), Zutphen 1926 Grierson, Philip, Books on Soviet Russia 1917-1942 : a bibliography and a guide to reading , London 1943 Griggs, Silas and Curt M. Rulon, English Verb Inflection : a generative view , The Hague 1974. no.211, Janua Linguarum, series minor [Grigor’ev] Grigoryev, Apollon, My Literary and Moral Wanderings and Other Autobiographical Material (transl. Ralph E. Matlaw), New York 1962. Dutton D97 Grigor’ev, Apollon, Stixotvorenija i poèmy (vstup. stat. B. O. Kosteljanc), Moskva - Leningrad 1966 Grigor’eva, A. D., Ob osnovnom slovarnom fonde i slovarnum sostave russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1953 Grimal, Pierre (ed.), Larousse World Mythology , London - New York 1965 Grimes, Joseph E. and Ron Schmidt, Concordance Manual , Norman, Okla. 1974. in University of Oklahoma information science series Grinder, John T. and Suzette Haden Elgin, Guide to Transformational Grammar : history, theory, practice , New York 1973 *van der Grinten, E. G., Wereldtaal der vormen : beknopte inleiding tot de kunstgeschiedenis , Bussum 1958 Grise, Catherine M., Towards a New Biography of Tristan l’Hermite , Ottawa 1966. offprint from Revue de l’université d’Ottawa, avril - juin 1966 Grishkin, I. S., Obrazcy govora , Leningrad 1916. in tom XCV, no.1, Sbornik otdelenija russkogo jazyka i slovesnosti akademii nauk SSSR Grivec, F. and F. Tomshich, Constantinus et Methodius Thessalonicenses fontes , Zagreb 1960. no.4, Radovi staroslavenskog instituta Grivec, Franz, Konstanin und Method : Lehrer der Slaven , Wiesbaden 1960 (two copies) Grivec, Franc, Slovenski knez kocelj , Ljubljana 1928 Grohmann, Will, Expressionists , New York 1957. no.32, Pocket library of great art C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 30

Grönbech, K., Der türkische Sprachbau , Kopenhagen pt.I 1936 Grondijs, L. J., Le cas Koltchak : contribution à l’histoire de la révolution russe , Leiden 1939 *Grondijs, Ludovic H., La guerre en Russie et en Sibérie , Paris 1922 de Groot, A. W., Algemene versleer , Den Haag 1946. no.B9a:1, Servire’s encyclopaedie, afdeling : taalkunde *de Groot, A. W., Betekenis en betekenisstructuur , Groningen 1966 *de Groot, A.Willem, Classification of Word-Groups , from Lingua, vol.VI, 2, Jan. 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.17, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *de Groot, A. W., Inleiding tot de algemene taalwetenschap : tevens inleiding tot de grammatica van het hedendaagse nederlands , Groningen 1962 *de Groot, A. W., De moderne taalwetenschap, in het bizonder in Amerika : rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van gewoon hoogleraar aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht op 17 December 1956 , Groningen 1956 de Groot, A. W., La prose métrique des anciens , Paris 1926. vol.II, Collection d’études latines *de Groot, A. W., Structurele Syntaxis , Den Haag 1949. from Servire’s encyclopaedia, afdeling : taalwetenschap, theoretisch. (two copies) de Groot, A. W., Taalkunde , Utrecht 1938. offprint from Scientia handboek voor wetenschap, kunst en godsdienst, deel I de Groot, A. W., Wesen und Gesetze der Caesur : ein Kapitel der allgemeinen Versbaulehre (mit einem Anhang über Porsons Gesetz) , Leiden 1935. offprint from Mnemosynes bibliothecae philologicae batavae, series tertia, volumine II, pag.81-154 Grootaers, L. and G. G. Kloeke, Handleidung bij het noord- en zuid- nederlandsch dialectonderzoek , ‘s-Gravenhage 1926. vol.I, Noord- en zuid-nederlandsche dialectbibliotheek Gross, Maurice, Morris Halle, Marcel-Paul Schützenberger (eds.), The Formal Analysis of Natural Languages : proceedings of the first international conference , The Hague 1973. no.62, Janua Linguarum, series maior Gross, Maurice, Mathematical Models in Linguistics , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1972. in Prentice-Hall foundations of modern linguistics series Gross, Maurice and Jean Stéfanini, Syntaxe transformationnelle du français , Paris 1971. no.11, Langue française Grosses deutsch-türksiches Wörterbuch (by Ragip Rifki), Istanbul 1931 Das grosse deutsch-rissische Wörterbuch (by E. I. Leping, N. P. Strachowa, N. I. Filitschewa, M. J. Zwilling, R. A. Tscherfas, O. I. Moskalskja, ed.), Moskva vol.I A - K 1969 Das grosse erbe, München R. M. Mainka, A. Rublev’s Dreifaltigkeitsikone 1964 *Das grossmährische Reich : tausendjährige Staats- und Kulturtradition , Praha 1963 *Grossman, Israel and William Magnus, Groups and Their Graphs , New York 1964. no.14, New Mathematical Library Gorssman, L. P., Seminarij po Dostoevskomu , Moskva - Petrograd 1922 [reprint Letchworth 1972], no.32, Russian titles for the specialist C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 31

Grossman, L. P., Seminarij po Dostoevskomu : materialy, bibliografija i kommentarii , Moskva - Petrograd 1922 [reprint The Hague 1972], no.215, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Grossmann, Maria and Bruno Mazzoni, Bibliographie de phonologie romane , The Hague 1974. no.232, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Grote, Albert, Über die Funktion der Copula : eine Untersuchung der logischen und sprachlichen Grundlagen des Urteils , Leipzig 1935 *The Grotesque (by Philip Thomson), London 1972. no.24, The critical idiom series The Grotesque : a study in meanings (by Frances K. Barasch), The Hague 1971. no.20, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior *Grote Winkler Prins (encyclopedie in 20 delen) (red. J. F. Staal, R. F. Lissens et al.), Amsterdam - Brussel deel 1, 2 1966 3, 4 1967 5, 6, 7 1968 8, 9 1969 10, 11 1970 12, 13 1971 14, 15 1972 16, 17 1973 18, 19 1974 20 1975 Grote Winkler Prins Atlas (red. R. Berkenbosch), Amsterdam - Brussel 1972 *Grotzbeld, Heinz, Syrisch-arabische Grammatik (dialekt von Damaskus) , Wiesbaden 1965. no.VIII, Porta linguarum orientallium, neue serie *Groups and their Graphs (by Israel Grossman and Wilhalm Magnus), New York 1964. no.14, New mathematical library Grown-up Narrator and Childlike Hero : an analysis of the literary devices employed in Tolstoj’s trilogy Childhood, Boyhood and Youth (by A. F. Zweers), The Hague 1971. no.264, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (also a copy of Proefschrift ter verkrijging van het doctoraat in de letteren aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Groningen) Grubor, Duro, Aspektna znachenja , Zagreb 1953 Gruik, B., M. Korveziroci, B. Blagoeski, A. Cukeski, G. Miloshev, Srpskoxrvtsko- makedonski rechnik , Skopje 1964 Grujic, Branislav, Rechnik englesko-srpskohrvatski, srpskohrvatsko-engleski sa kratkom grammatikom engleskog jezika , Cetinje 1960 (two copies) Grujic, Brankslav and Josip Zidar, Rechnik nemachko-srpskohrvatski, srpskohrvatsko- nemachki , Beograd - Cetinje 1960 Grönbech, K., Der türkische Sprachbau , Kopenhagen vol.I 1936 Grundformen sprachlicher Weltgestaltung (by Joh. Leo Weisgerber), Köln - Opladen 1963. Heft 105, Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Forschung des Landes Nordrhein-Westfalen *Zur Grundlegung der ganzheitlichen Sprachauffassung : Aufsätze 1925 - 1933 (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf 1964 Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde (Enclycloaedia of Indo-Aryan Research) (heraus. G. Bühler), Strassburg C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 32

I. band, 4. heft, A. A. Macdonnell, Vedic Grammar 1910 II. band, 5. heft, Athelstane Baines, Ethnography (Castes and Tribes) 1912 *III. band, 1. heft A, A. A. Macdonell, Vedic Mythology 1897 III. band, pt.8, H. Kern, Manual of Indian Buddhism 1898 Grundriss der indogermanischen Sprach- und Altertumskunde (ed. K. Brugmann and C. Bartholomae), II. Die Erforschung der indogermanischen Sprachen, Straßburg Band 3, A. Brückner, N. Jokl, Slavisch-litauisch, Albanisch 1917 Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte (ed. Reinhold Trautmann and Max Vasmer), Berlin - Leipzig Friedrich Lorentz, Geschichte der pomoranischen (kaschubischen) Sprache 1925 Stefan Mladenov, Geschichte der bulgarischen Sprache 1929 Bogdan Filov, Geschichte der bulgarischen Kunst unter der türkischen Herrschaft und in der neueren Zeit 1933 Demetrius Ainalov, Geschichte der russischen Monumentalkunst zur Zeit des Großfürstentums Moskau 1933 Bogdan, Filov, Geschichte der alt-bulgarischen Kunst 1932 E. Karskij, Geschichte der weißrussischen Volksdichtung und Literatur 1926 Dmitrij Zelenin, Russische (ostslavische) Volkskunde 1927 Friedrich Lorentz, Geschichte der pomoranischen Sprache 1925 *Nicolaas van Wijk, Geschichte der altkirchenslavischen Sprache , I. band, Laut-en Formenlehre 1931 Grundriss der theologischen Wissenschaften, Tübingen pt.IV, vol.3, D. Adolf v. Harnack, Dogmengeschichte 1931 Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen. Kurzgefasste Darstellung der Geschichte … von Karl Brugmann und Berthold Delbrück, Strassburg I. band, Karl Brugmann, Vergleichende Laut-, Stammbildungs- und Flexionslehre der indogermanischen Sprachen : I.band: Einleitung und Lautlehre 1897 II. band : Lehre von den Wortformen und ihrem Gebrauch I. teil : allgemeines, zusammensetzung (komposita). Nominalstämme 1906 II. teil : Zahwörter etc. 1911 III. teil, erste lieferung 1913 , zweite lieferung 1916 IV band, B. Delbrück, Vergleichende Syntax der indogermanischen Sprachen II. teil 1897 II. teil 1900 Grundzüge der inhaltbezogenen Grammatik (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf. no.I, Von den Kräften der deutschen Sprache Grünig, Blanche and Daniélé Clément, La grammaire générative en pays de langue allemande , Paris 1972. no.26, Langages Grygar, Mojmir and Jan van der Eng (eds.), Structure of Texts and Semiotics of Culture , The Hague 1973. no.294, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 33

[Gryphius, Andreas] Andreas Gryphius’ Cardenio und Celinde : zur Erscheinungsform und Funktion der Allegorie in den gryphischen Trauerspielen (by Gerd Hillen), The Hague 1971. no.45, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Grzegorz, Pawel z Brzezin, O roznicach terazniejszich , Wroclaw 1954. no.2, Bibloteka pisarzow polskich, seria B (two copies) Gudkov, V. P., Serboxorvatskij jazyk : grammaticheskij ocherk, literaturnye teksty s kommentraijami i slovarem , Moskva 1969. vypust 7, Jazyka mira, serija posobij (red. R. A. Budagov and N. S. Chemodanov) Gudschinsky, Sarah C., The ABC’s of Lexicostatistics (glottochronology) , from Word, vol.12, August 1956, reprint Indianapolis n.d. A-97, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Gudzij, N. K., Istorija drevnej russkoj literatury , Moskva 1945, 1953, 1966 Gudzij, N. K., Izuchenie russkoj literatury v Moskovskom Universitete (dooktjabr’skij perivod) , Moskva 1958 *Gudzij, N. K., Nikolaj Savvich Tixonravov , Moskva 1956. in Zamechatel’nye uchenye Moskovskogo Universiteta Gudzij, N. K. (sost.), Xrestomatija po drevnej russkoj literature XI-XVII vekov , Moskva 1955 (two copies) La guerre en Russie et en Siberie (by Ludovic H. Grondijs), Paris 1922 La guerre sur le front oriental : en Russie - en Roumanie (by Général Winogradsky), Paris 1926 Guespin, L., J. B. Marcellesi, D. Maldidier, D. Slatka, Le discours politique , Paris 1971. no.23, Langages Guggenheimer, Eva H., Rhyme Effects and Rhyming Figures : a comparative study of sound repetitions in the classics , The Hague 1972 les Guides bleus, Paris Europe centrale : 2e vol.: Tchéchoslovasuie, Hongrie, Yougoslavie 1937 Roumanie. Bulgarie. Turquie 1923 A Guide Book to Bulgary (by D. Mihailov and D. Marinov), Sofia n.d. A Guide to English Literature (ed. Boris Ford), Harmondsworth, Engl. vol.I, The Age of Chaucer (ed. Boris Ford) 1955 A Guide to the Languages of the World (by Merritt Ruhlen), Stanford 1975 Guide to Transformational Grammar : history, theory, practice (by John T. Grinder and Suzette Haden Elgin), New York 1973 Guilbert, Louis, et al., Le néologie lexicale , Paris 1974. no.36, Langages *Guillaume, Gustave, La langue est-elle ou n’est-elle pas un système ? , Laval, Québec 1952 *[Guillaume, Gustave] Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume (publiées par Roch Valin) 1948-1949, Série A, Québec 1, Structure sémiologique et structure psychique de la langue française , I (texte établi en collaboration avec René Lesage) 1971 4, Structure sémiologique et structure psychique de la langue française , II 1974 *[Guillaume, Gustave] Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume (publiées par Roch Valin) 1948-1949, Série B, Québec 2, Psycho-systématique du langage : principes, méthodes et applications , I 1974 3, Grammaire particulière du français et grammaire générale (IV) 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 34

*[Guillaume, Gustave] Les exigences théoretiques de la linguistique selon Gustave Guillaume (by André Jacob), Paris 1970. no.X, Etudes linguistiques [Guillaume, Gustave] Principes de linguistique théorique de Gustave Guillaume : recueil de textes inédits préparé en collaboration sous la direction de Roch Valin , Québec - Paris 1973 *Guillermou, Alain, Manuel de langue roumaine : grammaire textes d’étude commentés avec index grammatical et glossaire , Paris 1953. no.V, Les langues de l’Europe orientale *Guinina, S., Tz. Nikolova and L. Sakazova, Manuel de langue bulgare à l’usage des étrangers , Sofia 1965 Guiraud, Pierre, Essais de stylistique , Paris 1969. no.1, Initiation à la linguistique série B: problèmes et méthodes Guiraud, Pierre, La grammaire , Paris 1964. no.788, Que sais-je ? Guizzetti, German Fernandez, Gramatica funcional del idioma guarani segun el modelo estatico-generativo , Rosario 1963. fasc. no.4.1., Morfosintaxis del nucleo Guldescu, Stanko, History of Medieval Croatia , The Hague no.1, Studies in European history Gulstad, Daniel E., A Modern Theory of ‘langue’ , The Hague 1973. no.180, Janua Linguarum, series minor Grumb, Raymond D., Rule-governed Linguistic Behavior , The Hague 1972. no.141, Janua Linguarum, series minor Gumperz, John J., Dialect Differences and Social Stratification in a North Indian Village , from American Anthropologist, vol.60, Aug.1958, reprint Indianapolis n.d. A-98, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social studies Gundulic, Frano (givo?), Djela , Zagreb 1938. no.IX, Stari pisci hrvatski (two copies) Gurychev, M. S. and N. A. Katagoshchin, Sravnitel’no sopostavitel’naja grammatika romanskix jazykov (gallo-romanskaja podgruppa) , Moskva 1964. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija Gusev, K. V., Istorija “demokraticheskoj kontrrevoljucii” v Rossii , Moskva 1973. no.8, Novoe v zhizni, nauke i texnike, serija “istorija” Gustavsson, Sven, Accent Paradigms of the Present Tense in South Slavonic : East and South Slavonic , Stockholm 1969. no.3, Acta universitatis Stockholmiensis : Stockholm Slavic studies Guy, Rebecca F. and Donald E. Allen, Conversation Analysis : the sociology of talk , The Hague 1974. no.200, Janua Linguarum, series minor Guzhva, F. K., Sovremennyj russkij literaturnyj jazyk , Kiev vol.1, Slovoobrazovanie. Morfologija 1967 (two copies) vol.2, Sintaksis 1971 *Gvarjaladze, Thamar and Isidore, Georgian - English Dictionary , Tbilisi 1965 Gvozdarev, Ju. A., L. A. Vvedenskaja, M. T. Baranov, Russkoe slovo. Posobie dlja uchashchixsja VII-VIII klassov po fakul’tativnomu kursu “leksika i frazeologija russkogo jazyka” , Moskva 1970 Gvozdev, A. N., Izbrannye raboty po orfografii i fonetike (k 70-letju so dnja rozhdenija 1892- 1959) , Moskva 1963 Gvozdev, A. N., Ocherki po stilistike russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1952 Gvozdev, A. N., O fonologicheskix sredstvax russkogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1949 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 35

Gvozdev, A. N., Sovremennyj russkij literaturnyx jazyk , Moskva chast I : Fonetika i morfologija 1967 chast II : Sintaksis 1958, 1961 (three copies, total) Gwara lopatowszczyzny : fonetyka, fleksja, slownictwo (by Alojzy Adam Zdaniukiewicz), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1972. no.61, Prace jezykoznawcze, Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Gwara lopienna : okolicy w polnocnej wielkopolsce (by Adam Tomaszewski), Krakow 1930. no.16, Prace komisji jezykowej, Polska akademja umiejetnosci Gwara okolic kramska w powiecie koninskim (zarys fonetykii slowotworstwa) (by Piotr Bak), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1968 Gwara schodni i okolicy (by Piotr Golab), Wroclaw. no.6, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawczy, PAN Gwary krajny (by Zygmunt Zagorski), Poznan 1964. tom II, zeszyt 1, Prace komisti jezykoznawczej, wydzial filologiczno-filozoficzny, Poznanskie towarzystwo przyjaciol nauk (two copies) Gwary polski centralnej (by Maris Kaminska), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1968. no.49, Prace jezykoznawczwe, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Gyula, Laziczius, Fonétika , Budapest 1944

H

*Haac, Oscar A., Monique Léon and Arthur Bieler, Perspectives de France , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1968 *van Haarlem, Zacharias, Na de scheiding : over de geschiedenis der oostersche kerken vanaf den val van het Byzantijnsche rijk , Hilversum 1941. vol.IV, Het christelijke oosten Haas, Mary R., The Prehistory of Languages , The Hague 1969. no.57, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Haas, W., Linguistic Structures , from Word, vol.16, no.2, August 1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.33, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hadding, Kerstin and Lennart Petersson, Experimentell fonetik , Lund 1970 Hadlich, Roger L., The Phonological History of Vegliote , Chapel Hill, N.C. 1965. no.52, University of North Carolina studies in the romance languages and literatures *van Haersolte, Roelof Arent Volkier, De staat als zuivere vorm des menschen , Zwolle 1946. dissertation from the University of Leiden Hafner, St., O. Turechek, Ct. Wytrzens, Slavische Geisteswelt , Baden-Baden band II, West- und Südslaven : Staatlichkeit und Volkstum 1959 band III, West- und Südslaven : Mensch und Welt 1959 Hagiwara, Michio P., French Epic Poetry in the Sixteenth Century : theory and practice , The Hague 1972. no.16, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Haiman, John, Targets and Syntactic Change , The Hague 1974. no.186, Janua Linguarum, series minor Hala, B., Nature acoustique des voyelles (Akusticka podstata samohlasek) , Praha 1956. no.V, Philologica 1956, acta universitatis carolinae C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 36

Hala, Bohuslav, Technika mluveneho projevu : s hlediska fonetiky , Praha 1958 Hale, David George, The Body Politic : a political metaphor in Renaissance English literature , The Hague 1971. no.9, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior [Halek, Vitezslav] Vitezslav Halek : a jeho uloha ve vyvoji cheske literarni kritiky 19. stoleti (by Dushan Jerabek), Praha 1959. chislo 58, Spisy university v Brne (opera universitatis brunensis), filosoficka fakulta *Halevy, Ludovic, L’abbé Constantin (annoté par I.M.J. Hoog), Zwolle n.d. no.14, Lectures classiques Hall, Edward T., Jr. and George L. Trager, The Analysis of Culture , Washington 1953. pre- publication edition *Hall, Robert A., Jr., American Linguistics, 1925-1950 , from Archivum Linguisticum, vol.3, fasc.2, 1951 and vol.4, fasc.1, 1952, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.34, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hall, Robert A., Jr., Introductory Linguistics , Philadelphia - New York 1964 Hall, Robert A., Jr., Linguistics and Your Language , Garden City, N.Y. 1960 Hall, Robert A., Jr., Pidgin and Creole Languages , Ithaca 1966 Hall, Walter Phelps and Robert Greenhalgh Albion with the collaboration of Jennie Barnes Pope, A History of England and the British Empire , New York 1946 Halle, Morris, Marcel-Paul Schützenberger, Maurice Gross (eds.), The Formal Analysis of Natural Languages : proceedings of the first international conference , The Hague 1973. no.62, Janua Linguarum, series maior Halle, Morris, On the Role of Simplicity in Linguistic Descriptions , from Proceedings of Symposia in Applied Mathematics, vol.XII, 1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.35, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in languages and linguistics Halle, M., Roman Jakobson and C. Gunnar M. Fant, Preliminaries to Speech Analysis : the distinctive features and their correlates , Cambridge, Mass. 1951, 1961 (two copies), 1969 (softcover; two copies) *Halle, Morris, The Sound Pattern of Russian : a linguistic and acoustical investigation (with an excursus on the contextual variants of the Russian vowels by Lawrence G. Jones) , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959. no.1, Description and Analysis of Contemporary Standard Russian Halle, Morris, Three Soviet Views of Phonology . (mimeographed paper marked “not for publication”) *Halliday, M. A. K., Categories of the Theory of Grammar , from Word, vol.17, no.3, Dec.1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.36, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Halliday, M. A. K., Intonation and Grammar in British English , The Hague no.48, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Halmos, Paul R., Naive Set Theory , New York 1970. in Undergraduate texts in mathematics [Hamann, Johann Georg] Unity and Language : a study in the philosophy of Johann Georg Hamann (by James C. O’Flaherty), New York 1966. in University of North Carolina studies in the Germanic languages and literatures Hamann, Richard, Geschichte der Kunst von der altchristlichen Zeit bis zur Gegenwart , Berlin 1933 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 37 van Hamel, A. G., Geschiedenis der Taalwetenschap , Den Haag n.d. B 9a:2, Servire’s encyclopaedie, afdeling : taalwetenschap van Hamel, A. G. Gotisch handboek , Haarlem 1931. no.III, Oudgermaansche Handboeken (red. J. van Dam, A. G. van Hamel, J.M.N. Kapteyn, J. de Vries) Hamilton, Richard, Epinikion : general form in the odes of Pindar , The Hague 1974. no.91, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Hamito-semitica : proceedings of a colloquium held by the historical section of the linguistics association (Great Britain) at the school of oriental and African studies, University of London on the 18th, 19th and 20th of March 1970 (eds. James and Theodore Bynon), The Hague 1975. no.200, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hamlet and Don Quixote : Turgenev’s ambivalent vision (by Eva Kagan-Kans), The Hague 1975. no.288, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Hamm, J., M. Hraste, P. Guberina, Govor otoka suska : hrvatski dijalektoloshki zbornik 7- 214 , Zagreb 1956 (with Hamm’s inscription) Hamm, Josip, Staroslavenska grammatika , Zagreb 1963 Hamm, Josip, Shtokavshtina donje podravine , Zagreb 1949. offprint from Rad.275, Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti, odjel za jezik i knjizhevnost, kn.II Hammer, John H. and Frank A. Rice, A Bibliography of Contrastive Linguistics , Washington 1965 Hammel, E. A. (ed.), Formal Semantic Analysis , Menasha, Wisc. 1965. pt.2, vol.67, no.5, Oct.1965, American anthropologist, special publication *von Hammer, Joseph, Osmanli devleti Tarihi , Istanbul 1966. parts I & II [Hammerich, L. L.] Festgabe für L. L. Hammerich : aus Anlass seines siebzigsten Geburtstags , Kopenhagen 1962 Hammerich, L. L., Roman Jakobson and Eberhard Zwirner (eds.), Form and Substance : phonetic and linguistic papers presented to Eli Fischer-Jørgensen , Copenhagen 1971 Hammerich, L. L., Humanisme en taalkunde , Groningen - Djakarta 1952. no.2, Scripta academica Groningana, aula-voordrachten Hammerich, L. L., Laryngeal before Sonant , København 1948. no.31,3, Historisk- filologiske meddelelsser (Danske) Hamp, Eric P., General Linguistics - the United States in the fifties , from Trends in European and American Linguistics, 1930-1960, the Ninth International Congress of Linguists, Spectrum publishers, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.37, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hamp, Eric P., A Glossary of American Technical Linguistic Usage 1925-1950 , Utrecht - Antwerp 1963. publication of the Comittee for terminology permanent international committee of linguistics (C.I.P.L.) Hamp, Eric, Fred W. Householder and Robert Austerlitz (eds.), Readings in Linguistics , Chicago - London vol.II 1966 [Hamp] Xemp, Erik, Slovar’ amerikanskoj lingvisticheskoj terminologii , Moskva 1964 Hamp, Eric P. (ed.), Themes in Linguistics : the 1970’s , The Hague 1973. no.172, Janua Linguarum, series minor A Handbook of English Grammar (by R. W. Zandvoort), Groningen - Batavia 1945 Handbook of Japanese Grammar (by Harold G. Henderson), Cambridge, Mass. 1948 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 38

Handbook of Middle American Indians (gen. ed. Robert Wauchope), Austin vol.5, Norman A. McQuown, Linguistics 1967 Handbook of Middle English Grammar : phonology (by Richard Jordan; transl. and rev. by Eugene J. Crook), The Hague 1974. no.218, Janua Linguarum, series practica Handbook of Old Church Slavonic, London part I, Grigore Nandris, Old Church Slavonic Grammar 1959 part II, R. Auty, Texts and Glossary 1965 Handbook of the Middle Byzantine Musical Notation (by H. J. W. Tillyard), Copenhagen 1935. vol.1, fasc.1, Union académique internationale, monumenta musicae byzantinae - subsidia A “Handbook” to the Russian Text of Crime and Punishment (by Edgar H. Lehrman), The Hague 1977. no.120, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Handbuch der Altertumswissenschaft (heraus. Walter Otto), München band 7, 2. teil, 2 hälfte, Wilhelm von Christs, Geschichte der griechischen Litteratur (2. teil : die nachklassische Periode der griechischen Literatur, 2. hälfte : von 100 bis 530 nach Christus) 1924 *2. abteilung, I. teil, I, II band, Eduard Schwyzer, Griechische Grammatik auf der Grundlage von Karl Burgmanns griechischer Grammatik I. band, Allgemeiner Teil. lautlehre Wortbildung. Flexion 1939 II. band, Syntax und syntaktische Stilistik 1950 *12. abteilung, 2 teil, 1. band, Hans-Georg Beck, Kirche und theologische Literatur im byzantinischen Reich 1959 *Handbuch der griechischen und lateinischen Philologie (heraus. Bruno Snell und Hartmut Erbse), Die byzantinische Literatur in der Reinsprache : ein Abriß, Berlin I, Franz Dölger, Die byzantinische Dichtung in der Reinsprache 1948 *Handbuch der klassischen Altertums-wissenschaft in systematischer Darstellung mit besonderer Rücksicht auf Geschichte und Methodik der einzelnen Disziplinen (heraus Iwan von Müller), München 9. band, 1. abteilung, Karl Krumbacher, Geschichte der byzantinischen Litteratur von Justinian bis zum Ende des oströmischen Reiches (527- 1453) 1897 Handbuch der litauischen Sprache (by August Schleicher), Prag II, Lesebuch und Glossar 1856-1857 *Handbuch der litauischen Sprache (by Alfred Senn), Heidelberg band I, Grammatik 1966 band II, Lesebuch und Glossar 1957 Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft (heraus. von Oskar Walzel), Darmstadt Oskar Walzel, Gehalt und Gestalt im Kunstwerk des Dichters 1957 Günter Müller, Deutsche Dichtung von der Renaissance bis zum Ausgang des Barock 1957 Literaturen der slavischen Völker 1930-1931 P. N. Sakulin, Russische Literatur ; 1927 Julius Kleiner, Polnische Literatur 1929 Handelingen van de Anela-studiedag op 8 april 1978 te Amsterdam (toegepaste taalwetenschap in artikelen) , Amsterdam 1978 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 39

Handelingen van het drie en twintigste nederlands philologen-congres : gehouden te Nijmegen op donderdag 22 en vrijdag 23 april 1954 , Groningen 1954 Handelingen van het vierentwintigste nederlands filologencongres : gehouden te Amsterdam op donderdag 5 en vrijdag 6 april 1956 , Groningen 1956 (two copies) Handelingen van het vijfentwintigste nederlands filologencongres : gehouden te Leiden op donderdag 10 en vrijdag 11 april 1958 , Groningen 1959 (two copies) *Handwörterbuch der deutschen und polnischen Sprache (by Pawel Kalina), Warszawa erster teil : deutsch - polnisch 1956 zweiter teil : polniksch - deutsch 1956 Hanna, H. M., The Phrase Structure of Egyptian Colloquial Arabic , The Hague 1967. no.35, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Hanna, Sami A. and Naguib Greis, Writing Arabic. A Linguistic Approach: from sounds to script , Salt Lake City 1965 Hanson, Norwood Russell, Patterns of Discovery : an inquiry into the conceptual foundations of science , Cambridge 1969 *Harcave, Sidney, First Blood : the Russian revolution of 1905 , New York 1964 Harder, Worth T., A Certain order : the development of Herbert Read’s theory of poetry , The Hague 1971. no.26, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Hardman, M. J., Jaqaru: outline of phonological and morphological structure , The Hague 1966. no.22, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hardman-de-Bautista, M.J. and V. Honsa (eds.), Papers on Linguistics and Child Language: Ruth Hirsch Weir memorial volume , The Hague 1978. no.65, Janua Linguarum, series maior Hardman-de-Bautista, M. J. and Vladimir Honsa (eds.), Papers on Child Language. Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume , The Hague 1978. no.65, Janua Linguarum, series minor Hardwich, Charles S., Language Learning in Witggenstein’s Later Philosophy , The Hague 1971. no.104, Janua Linguarum, series minor *v. Hardnack, D. Adlof, Dogmengeschichte , Tübingen 1931. pt.IV, vol.3, Grundriss der theologischen Wissenschaften Harkins, William E., Dictionary of Russian Literature , London 1957 The Harley Latin-Old English Glossary. edited from British Museum MS Harley 3376 (by Robert T. Oliphant), The Hague 1966. no.20, Janua Linguarum, series practica Harms, Robert T., Finnish Structural Sketch , Bloomington - The Hague 1964. vol.42, Indiana University publications, uralic and altaic series, project no.100, ACLS, research and studies in uralic and altaic languages Harms, Robert T., Introduction to Phonological Theory , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1968 Harper Essays in Philosophy (ed. Arthur C. Danto), New York Jerrold J. Katz, The Underlying Reality of Language and its Phiosophical Import 1971 Hilary Putnam, Philosophy of Logic 1971 Harper Torchbooks, New York - Evanston The Academy Library TB1058, F. L. Ganshof, Feudalism 1961 TB1110, H. Pirenne, Early Democracies in the Low Countries 1963 TB1265, D. J. Geanakoplos, Byzantine East and Latin West 1966 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 40

TB1057, J. M. Hussey, The Byzantine World 1961 The Bollingen Library TB2015, E. R. Curtis, European Literature and the Latin Middle Ages 1963 Harris, Gary Lynn, A Historical Study of Ablaut in Common Slavic, Old Church Slavonic, and Russian . xerox of Ohio State University dissertaiton 1971 Harris, James, Hermes 1751 , Menston, Engl. 1969 Harris, Julian and André Lévêque , Basic Conversational French , New York 1968 *Harris, Zellig S., Co-occurrence and Transformation in Linguistic Structure , from Language, vol.33, no.3, pt.1, July - Sept. 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.38, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Harris, Zellig S., From Phoneme to Morpheme , from Language, vol.31, no.2, Apr. - June 1955, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.39, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Harris, Zellig, Mathematical Structures of Language , New York 1968. no.21, Interscience tracts in pure and applied mathematics *Harris, Zellig S., Methods in Structural Linguistics , Chicago 1951 Harris, Zellig S., String Analysis of Sentence Structure , The Hague 1964. no.1, Papers on formal linguistics *Harris, Zellig S., Structural Linguistics , Chicago 1951 Harris, Zellig S;, Transfer Grammar , from IJAL, vol.XX, no.4, Oct. 1954, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.40, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Harrison, William, The Expression of the Passive Voice , Cambridge 1967. no.4, Studies in the modern Russian language Hart, Helen Long, Hierarchical Structures of Amuzgo Grammar , from IJAL, vol.23, no.3, July 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.41, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hartmann, Emil, Die temporalen Konjunktionen im Franzïsischen , Göttingen pt.I 1903. Inaugural-Dissertaiton zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-Augusts-Universität zu Göttingen Hartmann, Emil, Syntaktische Studien über die Temporalsätze im Französischen , Marburg (Hessen) 1911 Hartmann, Hans, Studien über die Betonung der Adjektiva im Russischen , Leipzig 1936. no.16, Veröffentlichungen des Slavischen Instituts an der Friedrich-Wilhems- Universität Berlin Hartnack, Justus, Language and Philosophy , The Hague 1972. no.157, Janua Linguarum, series minor Harvard East Asian series, Cambridge, Mass 61, Mark Mancall, Russia and China : their diplomatic relations to 1728 1971 Harvard Educational Review, Cambridge, Mass. 1964 vol.34, no.2, special issue : Language and Learning Harvard Germanic Studies, The Hague no.1, Haywood, Novalis : the veil or imagery 1959 Harvard Library Bulletin, Cambridge, Mass. vol.XX, no.3 July 1972 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 41

*Harvard Oriental Studies (ed. Charles Rockwell Lanman), Cambridge, Mass. vol.31, Keith, Religion and Philosophy of the Veda , pt.I 1925 vol.32, Keith, Religion and Philosophy of the Veda , pt.II 1925 Harvard Slavic Studies, Cambridge, Mass. vol.1 1953 vol.2, Dvornik Festschrift 1954 vol.3 1957 vol.4 1957 Harvard Studies in Comparative Literature, Cambridge, Mass. no.21, Herbert E. Bowman, Vissarion Belinski 1969 no.24, Albert B. Lord, The Singer of Tales 1960 A Harvest of Russian Children’s Literature : a treasury for all ages (by Miriam Morton), Berkeley - Los Angeles 1970 Haselhoff, E., Wortschatz und Idiom. Duits voor de mulo-school , Zutphen 1948 Haskins, Charles Homer, The Renaissance of the 12th century , New York 1958. M 49, Meridian Hassan, Mohammed Hussein, and Ryszard Kurowski, Zwiezly durs jezyka arabskiego , Warszawa 1973 Hatcher, Anna Granville, Theme and Underlying Question : two studies of Spanish word order , New York 1956. monograph no.3, supplement to Word, vol.12, Dec. 1956 Haudricourt, André and Alphonse Juilland, Essai pour une histoire structurale du phonétisme français , The Hague 1971 (2nd ed.), no.115, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Haugen, Einar, Directions in Modern Linguistics, from Langauge, vol.27, no.3, July-Sept. 1951, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.42, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Haugen, Einar, Language Conflict and Language Planning : the case of modern Norwegian , Cambridge, Mass. 1966 Haugen, Einar (ed.), Norsk engelsk ordbok (Norwegian English Dictionary), Oslo - Madison 1965 Haugen, Einar and Thomas L. Markey, The Scandinavian Languages : fifty years of linguistic research (1918-1968) , The Hague 1972. no.154, Janua Linguarum, series practica [Haugen, Einar] Studies by Einar Haugen : presented on the occasion of his 65th birthday - April 19, 1971 (ed. Firchow et al.), The Hague 1972. no.49, Janua Linguarum, series maior [Haugen, Einar] Studies for Einar Haugen : presented by friends and colleagues (ed. Evelyn Scherabon Firchow et al.), The Hague 1972. no.59, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Hausdorff, Felix, Set Theory (transl. John R. Aumann), New York 1962 Hausenblas, Karel, Vyvoj predmetoveho genitivu v cheshtine , Praha 1958. no.III, Studie a Prace linguisticke Hauser, Arnold, The Social History of Art , New York vol.1, Prehistoric, Ancient-Oriental, Greece and Rome, Middle Ages 1957 vol.2, Renaissance, Mannerism, Baroque 1957 vol.3, Rococo, Classicism, Romanticism 1958 vol.4, Naturalism, Impressionism, The Film Age 1958 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 42

Hava, J. G. (S.J.), Al-faraid Arabic-English Dictionary , Catholic Press - Beirut - Chicago 1964 *Hava, J. S. (S.J.), Al-faraid Arabic-English Dictionary , Beirut 1970 *Havers, Wilhem, Handbuch der erklärenden Syntax : ein Versuch zur Erforschung der Bedingungen und Triebkräfte in Syntax und Stilistik, Heidelberg 1931. no.20, Indogermanische bibliotheek (ed. H. Hirt and W. Streitberg) Havranek, Bohuslav and Alois Jedlichka, Cheska mluvnice , Praha 1960 (two copies, one inscribed by authors) Havranek, B., Genera verbi v slovanskych jazycich , Praha pt. I 1928, nova rada VIII, chis. II, Rozpravy kral. ceske spol. nauk. tr. fil. hist. jazykozpyt pt. II 1937 nova rada VIII, chis. IV, Rozpravy kral. ceske spol. nauk. tr. fil. hist. jazykozpyt Havranek, Bohusalv, Slavica Pragensia IV : venovano akademiku Bohuslavu Havrankovi k sedmdesatym narozeninam , Praha 1962. no.3, Acta Universitatis Carolinae 1962, philologica Havranek, Bohuslav and Alois Jedlichka, Struchna mluvnice cheska , Praha 1956 [Havranek, Bohuslav] Studie a prace linguisticke I. : k shedesatym narozeninam Akademika Bohuslava Havranaka ,Praha 1954 Havranek, Bohuslav, Studie o spisovnem jazyce , Praha 1963 Hawes, Gene R., To Advance Knowledge : a handbook on American university press publishing , New York 1967 *Hawley, Cameron, Sandalye Kavgasi , Istanbul 1960. no.11, Isik kitaplari Hayakawa, S. I., Semantics , from ETC : a review of general semantics, vol.IX, no.4, summer 1952, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.423, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hayden, Donald E., E. Paul Alworth and Gary Tate (eds.), Classics in Linguistics , New York 1967 *Hayat , Istanbul (weekly periodical) issues 27 - 30 1968 *Hayat Tarih Mecmuasi , Istanbul vol 1 - 2* 1965 1 - 2 1966 1 - 2 1967 issues 1 - 6 1968 * 12 issues per year, bound in 2 vols. Haym, Rudolf, Die romantische Schule : ein Beitrag zur Geschichte des deutschen Geistes , Hildesheim 1961 Hayes, Alfred S., Mary Catherine Bateson and Thomas A. Sebeok (eds.), Approaches to Semiotics : transactions of the Indiana University conference on paralinguistics and kinesics , The Hague 1972. no.XV,Janua Linguarum, series maior Hayon, Yehiel, Relativization in Hebrew : a transformational approach , The Hague 1973. no.189, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hays, David G. (ed.), Readings in Automatic Language Processing , New York 1966 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 43

Haywood, Bruce, Novalis : the veil of imagery. A study of the poetic works of Friedrich von Hardenberg (1772-1801) , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959. no.1, Harvard Germanic studies Haywood, J. A. and H. M. Nahmad, A New Arabic Grammar of the Written Language , Cambridge, Mass. 1965 (two copies) Hazard, John N., The Soviet System of Government , Chicago 1965. in Chicago library of comparative politics Hearn, Mildred Virginia, A Formal analysis of the Serbocroation Nominal Declension System , Stanford M.A. thesis The Hebrew Verbless Clause in the Pentateuch (by Francis I. Andersen), Nashville 1970. no.XIV, Journal of Biblical Literature, monograph series (author-signed) Hécaen, H., Neurolinguistique et neuropsychologie , Paris 1972. no.25, Langages Hécaen, Henry et René Angelergues, Pathologie du langage : l’aphasie , Paris 1965 [Heffner, Hubert C.] Studies in Theatre and Drama : essays in honor of Hubert C. Heffner , The Hague 1972. no.23, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior *Heffner, R.-M. S., General Phonetics (foreward : W. F. Twaddell), Madison, Wisc. 1949 Hegel (Ausgewält und Eingeleitet von Friedrich Heer), Frankfurt/Main - Hamburg 1955. no.86, Fischer Bücherei, Bücher des Wissens [Hegel] Language in the Philosophy of Hegel (by Daniel J. Cook), The Hague 1973. no.135, Janua Linguarum, series minor *[Hegel] Die Sprachwissenschaft Wilhelm von Humboldtd’s und die Hegel’sche Philosophie (by H. Steinthal), Berlin 1848 [reprint Hildesheim - New York 1971] Heidelberger slavische Texte (heraus. Dmitrij Tschizhewskij and Johann Schröpfer), Wiesbaden vol.1, D. Tschizhewskij, Russische literarische Parodien 1957 vol.2, Berufung und Bestimmung des Dichters in der slavischen Dichtung , I 1957 vol.3, Dmitrij Tschizhewskij, Formalistische Dichtung bei den Slaven 1958 vol.4, Dmitrij Tschizhewskij, Zwei russisch-kirchslavische Texte 1958 vol.5/6, Versdichtung der russischen Symbolisten 1959 (two copies) Heidolph, Karl Erich and Manfred Bierwisch (eds.), Progress in Linguistics , The Hague 1970. no.43, Janua Linguarum, series maior *van Heijnsbergen, P., Geschiedenis der rechtswetenschap in nederland : beknopt overzicht der geschiedenis onzer rechtswetenschap tot 1900 , Amsterdam 1925 Heike, Georg, Suprasegmentale analyse , Marburg 1969. band 30, Marburger Beiträge zur Germanistik Heintsch, Karol, Ze studiow nad szwajpoltem fiolem , Wroclaw 1957. czesc I, Materialy do zyciorysu i dzialalnosci fiola (three copies) Heintz, John, Subjects and Predicables : a study in subject-predicate asymmetry , The Hague 1973. no.79, Janua Linguarum, series minor Heinz, Adam, Funkcja egzocentryczna rzeczownika , Wroclaw 1957. vol.14, Prace jezykoznawcze, Polska akad. nauk Heinz, A., System przypadkowy jezyka polskiego , Krakow 1965. vol.CI, pj. zeszyt 13, Zeszyty naukowe uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego, prace jezykoznawcze (two copies) Heitel, Radu, Monumentele medievale din Sebes-Alba , Bucuresti 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 44

[Hektorovic, Petar] Petar Hektorovic (1487-1572) und sein “Ribanje i ribarsko prigovaranje” , Wien-Köln-Graz 1971. Ergänzungzband VII, Wiener slavistisches Jahrbuch Hektorovic, Petar, Ribanje i ribarsko prigovaranje , Zagreb 1951 Helbig, Gerhard (hrsg.), Beiträge zur Valenztheorie , The Hague 1971. no.115, Janua Linguarum, series minor Helbig, Gerhard, Geschichte der neueren Sprachwissenschaft : unter dem besonderen Aspekt der Grammatik-Theorie , Leipzig 1970 Helbig, Gerhard and Wolfgang Schenkel, Wörterbuch zur Valenz und Distribution deutscher Verben , Leipzig 1969 Helfert, Augustin, Dopisy Josefa Dobrovskeho s Augustinem Helfertem (vydale : Jos. Volf and F. M. Bartosh), Praha 1941. svazek XXII, Spisy a projevy Josefa Dobrovskeho This Hell of Stories : a Hegelian approach to the novels of Samuel Beckett (by Hans- Joachim Schulz), The Hague 1973. no.63, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Hemphill, George, A Mathematical Grammar of English , The Hague 1973. no.153, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Henderson, Harold G., Handbook of Japanese Grammar , Cambridge, Mass. 1948 Hendriksen, Hans, Untersuchunger über die Bedeutung des Hethitischen für die Laryngaltheorie , København 1941. no.28,2, Historish-filologiske meddelelsser (Danske) *Hendrix, P.J.G.A., Ikon en mysterium , Leiden 1958. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van gewoon hoogleraar in de faculteit der letteren en wijsbegeerte aan de Rijskuniversiteit te Leiden *Hendrix, P., Paswa krasnaja : het schoone pascha : indrukken over het russisch- orthodoxe paaschfeest , Leiden 1940 *Hendrix, P., Russisch christendom : persoonlijke herinneringen , Amsterdam 1937 Henle, Paul (ed.), Language, Thought and Culture , Ann Arbor 1966. AA97, Ann Arbor paperbacks (two copies - ? possibly four) *Henle, Robert J., S.J., Latin Grammar , Chicago 1965 (two copies) Hensey, Frederik Gerald, The Sociolinguistics of the Brazilian-Uruguayan Border , The Hague 1972. no.166, Janua Linguarum, series practica [Heraclitus] Archaic Logic: symbol and structure in Heraclitus, Parmenides and Empedocles (by Raymond Adolph Prier), The Hague 1976. no.11, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Herberstain, Sigmund von, Moscovia , Erlangen 1926. vol.1, Der Weltkreis [Herbert, George] The Soul in Paraphrase : George Herbert’s poetics (by Mark Taylor), The Hague 1974. no.92, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Herbinius, Jan, Glosy tureckie w zabytkach staropolskich (Ananiasz Zajaczkowski), Wroclaw vol.1, Katechizacja turecka Jana Herbiniusa 1848. no.17, seria A, Prace Wroclawskiego towarzystwa naukowego Herckenrath, C. R. C. and Albert Dory, Frans Woordenboek (rev. ed. H. R. Boulan), Groningen - Djakarta n.d. part I frans - nederlands part II nederlands - frans C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 45

Herckenrath, C. R. C. and Albert Dory, Frans Woordenboek , Groningen vol.1 frans-nederlands 1958 (two copies) Herdan, Gustav, The Structuralistic Approach to Chinese Grammar and Vocabulary , The Hague 1964. no.VI, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Hermann, C. Fr. (ed.), II : res publica (by Plato), Lipsiae 1906. in Bibliotheca scriptorum graecorum et romanorum teubneriani Hermes 1751 (by James Harris), Menston, Engl. 1969 L’Hermitte, R., La linguistique en U.R.S.S. , Paris 1969. no.15, Langages *Herodoti : historiae (ed. Carolus Hude), Oxford 1926. vol.I-IV in one tome Heroic Epic and Saga (ed. Felix J. Oinas), Bloomington, Ind. 1978 Herold, Curtis P., The Morphology of King Alfred’s Translation of the Orosius , The Hague 1968. no.62, Janua Linguarum, series practica [Herrick, Robert] Ceremony and Art : Robert Herrick’s poetry (by Robert H. Deming), The Hague 1974. no.64, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Herrmann, Joachim, Zwischen Hradschin und Vineta : frühe Kulturen der Westslawen , Leipzig-Jena-Berlin 1971 *den Hertog, C. H., Nederlandse spraakkunst (ingeleid en bewerkt door H. Hulshof), Amsterdam 1e stuk : De leer van de enkelvoudige zin 1972 (?) 2e stuk : De leer van de samengestelde zin 1973 *den Hertog, C. H. De nederlandsche taal : practische spraakkunst van het hedendaagsche nederlandsch , Amsterdam 1. deel 1903 2. deel 1905 Hervey, S. G. J. and J. W. F. Mulder, Theory of the Linguistic Sign , The Hague 1972. no.136, Janua Linguarum, series minor [Herzen, Alexander] Alexander Herzen in Deutschland (by Eberhard Reissner), Berlin 1963. no.26, Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für Slawistik [Herzen] “Kolokol” : izdanie A. I. Gercena i N. P. Ogareva 1957-1867 : sistematizirovannaja rospis statej i zametok , Moskva 1957 Herzen, Al., Koncy i nachala : iskandera (s predisloviem avtora) , Norrkoeping 1863 [Herzen] Gencen, A. I., Sobranie sochinenij , Moskva spravochnyj tom obshchie ukazateli 1966 [Herzen] Gencen, A. I., Sochinenija (i perepiska s N. A. Zaxar’inoj) , S.-Peterburg 1905. seven volume set Hesitation Phenomena in Adult Aphasic and Normal Speech (by Gerd Quinting), The Hague 1971. no.126, Janua Linguarum, series minor Hess, H. H., The Syntactic Structure of Mezquital Otomi , The Hague 1968. no.43, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hesseling, D. C. and H. Pernot, Chrestomathie néo-hellénique , Paris 1925. fasc. 4, Collection de l’institut néo-hellénique Hessen, Dymtr and Ryszard Stypuka, Wielki slownik polsko-rosyjaki , Warszawa-Moskwa 1967 Hester, Marcus B., The Meaning of Poetic Metaphor: an analysis in the light of Wittgenstein’s claim that meaning is use , The Hague 1967. no.1, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 46

*van Heule, Christiaen, De nederduytsche grammatica ofte spraec-konst (ed. W.J.H. Caron), Groningen. no.I 1 Trivium : oude nederlandse geschriften op het gebied van de grammatica, de dialectica en de rhetorica *van Heule, Christiaen, De nederduytsche Spraec-konst ofte taelbeschrijvinghe , Groningen 1953. no.I 2 Trivium : oude nederlandse geschriften op het gebied van de grammatica, de dialectica en de rhetorica l’Heure de la russie nationale (by A. de Goulévitc), Paris 1940. no.5, Bulletin de la société des amis de la Russie nationale Heuser, Fritz and Sevket, Türkisch-deutsches Wörterbuch , Istanbul - Beyoglu 1942 *Heuser - Sevket, Turkish -deutsches Wörterbuch (verfaßt und herausgegeben von Fritz Heuser), Wiesbaden 1967 Das heutige Russland 1917-1922 : Wirtschaft und Kultur in der Darstellung russischer Forscher , Berlin 1923 Hewitt, Winston R., Through Those Living Pillars : man and nature in the works of Emile Zola , The Hague 1974. no.75, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Hewson, John, Article and Noun in English , The Hague 1972. no.104, Janua Linguarum, series practica Das Hexaemeron des Exarchen Johannes (by Rudolf Aitzetmüller), Graz in Editiones monumentorum slavicorum veteris dialecti (two copies, set) vol.I 1958 vol.II 1960 vol.III 1961 vol.IV 1966 vol.V 1968 vol.VI 1971 vol.VII 1975 Heye, Jürgen B., A Sociolinguistic Investigation of Multilingualism in the Canton of Ticino Switzerland , The Hague 1975. no.241, Janua Linguarum, series practica Heymans, G., Die Gesetze und Elemente des wissenschaftlichen Denkens : ein Lehrbuch der Erkenntnistheorie in Grundzügen , Leipzig 1923 Hijmans-Tromp, Irene, Italiaans oefeningenboek , Arnhem 1967 *Hijmans-Tromp, Irene (met medewerking van Dott. Mario L. Alinei), Italiaanse grammatica , Arnhem 1964 Hilandar Slavic Manuscripts : a checklist of the Slavic manuscripts from the Hilandar Monastery available on microfilm at the Ohio State University libraries (compiled by Mateja Matejic and Predrag Matejic), Columbus, Ohio 1972 (three copies, one inscribed by Fr Matejic) Hildebrand, Camera Obscura (novela) 1839-1939 Gerrit Witse , Praha 1939 Hildebrandt, B. F. O., Strukturelemente der deutschen Gegenwartshochscprache : Phone und Phonaden , The Hague 1976. no.231, Janua Linguarum, series minor Hilfsbuch des Pehlevi (by H. S. Nyberg), Uppsala II glossar 1931 Hill, Archibald A., An Analysis of the Windhovor : an experiment in sturctural method , from PMLA, vol.LXX, no.5, Dec. 1955, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.44, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 47

Hill, Archibald A., Introduction to Linguistic Structures : from sound to sentence in English , New York 1958 [Hill, Archibald A.] Linguistic and Literary Studies in Honor of Arichabald A. Hill (ed. Mohammad Ali Jazayery, Edgar C. Polomé and Werner Winter), Lisse vol. I General and Theoretical Lingustics 1976 Hill, Archibald A., Linguistics since Bloomfield , from The Quarterly Journal of speech, vol.XLI, Oct. 1955, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.45, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hill, Archibald A. (ed.), Linguistics Today , New York 1969 Hill, Steven P., The N-Factor and Russian Prepositions: their development in 11th - 20th century texts , The Hague 1977. no.118, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Hillen, Gerd, Andreas Gryphius’ Cardenio und Celinde : zur Erscheinungsform und Funktion der Allegorie in den Gryphischen Trauerspielen , The Hague 1971. no.45, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Hillen, M. Th., De grieksche Cultuur : een boel over griekenland vor iedereen , Zutphen 1926 Hinch, H. E. and A. Capell, Maung Grammar : texts and vocabulary , The Hague 1970. no.98, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hinchliffe, Arnold P., The Absurd , London 1974. no.5, The critical idiom series Hindus, Maurice, The Cossacks , London 1946 Hingley, Ronald, Russian Writers and Society 1925-1904 , New York - Toronto 1967. no.28940 in World university library *Hinz, Walther, Persisch , Berlin vol.I, Leitfaden der Umgangssprache 1942 Hippolyte, Commentaire sur Daniel (introd.: Gustave Bardy, texte établi et traduit: Maurice Lefèvre), Paris 1947. no.14, Source chrétiennes Hirschberg, Max, Die Weisheit Russlands : Meisterwerke der russischen Literatur. Die Bedeutung des russischen Geistes in der Kulturkrise der Gegenwart , Stockholm 1947 Hirst, Daniel, Intonative Features: a syntactic approach to English intonation , The Hague 1977. no.139, Janua Linguarum, series minor Hirt, H., Der ikavische Dialekt im Königreich Serbien . offprint from Sitzungsber. d. phil.- hist. Kl. CXLVI. Bd.5 Abhandlung Hirt, Hermann, Indogermanische Grammatik , Heidelberg. in Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe Grammatiken, band 13, I-VII teil teil I, Einleitung, I. Etymologie, II. Konsonantismus 1927 teil II, Der indogermanische Vokalismus 1921 teil III, Das Nomen 1927 teil IV, Doppelung, Zusammensetzung, Verbun 1928 teil V, Der Akzent 1929 teil VI, Syntax I: syntaktische Verwendung der Kasus und der Verbalformen 1934 teil VII, Syntax II : die Lehre vom einfachen und zusammengesetzten Satz 1937 Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese series, Washington, D.C. Joseph Dunn, A Grammar of the Portuguese Language 1928 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 48

Histoire de l’accentuation slave (by Paul Garde), Paris 1976. two volumes. no.VI/1 & 2; Collection de manuels de l’Institut d’études slaves *Histoire de la littérature française, Paris René Dumesnil, Le réalisme et le naturalisme 1955 Histoire de la langue (by Alain Lerond), Paris 1971. no.10, Langue française Histoire du terrorisme russe 1886-1917 (by Général Alexandre Spiridovitch), Paris 1930. in Bibliothèque historique A Historical Phonology of the Kashubian Dialects of Polish (by Zuzanna Topolinska), The Hague 1974. no.255, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings A Historical Phonology of the Polish Language (by Zdizislaw Stieber), Heidelberg 1973. V, Historical phonology of the Slavic languages A Historic Phonology of the Slovak Language (by Rudolf Krajchovich), Heidelberg 1975. IX, Historical phonology of the Slavic languages A Historical Study of Ablaut in Common Slavic, Old Church Slavonic, and Russian (by Gary Lynn Harris). xerox copy of Ohio State University dissertation 1971 Historicka mluvnice cheska, Praha I. Miroslav Komarek, Hlaskoslovi 1969 (two copies) II Vaclav Vazhny, Tvaroslovi, 1. chast Sklonovani 1963, 1964 (two copies) III, Frantishek Travnichek, Skladba 1961 (two copies) K Historickosrovnavacimu studiu slovanskych jazyku : sbornik projevu z konference o historickosrovnavacim studiu slovanskych jazyku, ktera se konala 28. ledna azh 2. unora 1957 v Olomouci a v Praze , Praha 1958 The Histories of Herodotus : an analysis of the formal structures (by Henry Wood), The Hague 1972. no.21, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Historisk-filologiske meddelelser (Danske), København vol.3,5, Holger Pedersen, Les formes sigmatiques du verbe latin et le problème du futur indo-européen 1921 vol.11,5, Holger Pedersen, La cinquième déclination latine 1926 vol.19,3, Holger Pedersen, Etdues lituaniennes 1933 vol.27,4, Otto Jespersen, Efficiency in linguistic change 1941 vol.28,2, Hans Hendriksen, Untersuchunger über die Bedeutung des Hethitischen für die Laryngaltheorie 1941 vol.31,3, L. L. Hammerich, Laryngeal before Sonant 1948 vol.33,3, H. Sten, Les temps du verbe fini (indicatif) en français moderne 1964 vol.39,8, Ein russisches handschriftliches Gesprächbuch aus dem 17. Jahrhundert mit Kommentar von Hans Christian Sorensen 1962 (two copies) *The History and Development of Tagmemics (by Viola G. Waterhouse), The Hague 1974. no.16, Janua Linguarum, series critica *History and Structure of Languages, Chicago - London Roy Andrew Miller, The Japanese Language 1970 *A History of Bulgarian Literature, 865-1944 (by Charles A. Moser), The Hague 1972. no.112, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *History of Civilization, New York Dimitri Obolensky, The Byzantine Commonwealth 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 49

*The History of Human Society (ed. J. H. Plumb), New York C. R. Boxer, The Dutch Seaborne Empire : 1600-1800 1965 *A History of Indian Literature (by M. Winternitz), New York 1971 vol.I, Introduction, Veda, National Epics, Puranas, and Tantras vol.II, Buddhist Literature and Jaina Literature *A History of Mathematical Notations (by Florian Cajori), reprint La Salle, Ill. vol.I, Notations in Elementary Mathematics 1974 History of Medieval and Modern Europe (in 8 vols.), New York VIII, A History of Europe from 1815 to 1923 1931 *The History of Polish Literature (by Czelsaw Milosz), London 1969 A History of Russian Literature (by K. Waliszewski), London 1900. no.VII, Short histories of the literatures of the world *History of Russian Literature : from the eleventh century to the end of the baroque (by Dmitrij Chizhevskij), ‘s-Gravenhage 1960, 1971 (3rd prtg.). no.XII, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings A History of Six Spanish Verbs Meaning “to take, seize, grasp” (by Bobby R. Glover), The Hague 1970. no.109, Janua Linguarum, series practica A History of the Crusades (by Steven Runciman), New York vol. I, The First Crusade and the Foundation of the Kingdom of Jerusalem 1964 vol.II, The Kingdom of Jerusalem and the Frankish East, 1100-1187 1965 vol.III, The Kingdom of Acre and the Later Crusades 1967 A History of the German Language : with special reference to the cultural and social forces that shaped the standard literary language (by John T. Waterman), Seattle 1970 *History of the Island of Corfu, and of the Republic of the Ionian Islands (by Henry Jervis- White Jervis, Chicago 1970 History of the Provinces of the Roman Empire (eds. Glen Bowersock, Donald Dudley, Sheppard Frere, John Ward Perkins and Graham Webster), Cambridge, Mass J. J. Wilkes, Dalmatia 1969 *History of the Second World War (by B. H. Liddell Hart), New York 1971 Hitchcock, Donald Raymond, The Appeal of Adam to Lazarus in Hell , The Hague 1979. no.302, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Hitopadesa : the Sanskrit text, with a grammatical analysis, alphabetically arranged by Francis Johnson , Hertford - London 1864 *Hjelmslev, Louis, La catégorie des cas : étude de grammaire générale, Cøbenhavn première partie 1935. Acta Jutlandica VII 1 deuxième partie 1937. Acta Jutlandica IX 2 NOTE: the two parts are bound in one volume *Hjelmslev, Louis, Essais linguistiques , Copenhague 1959. vol.XII, Travaux du cercle linguistique de Copenhague Hjelmslev, Louis, Etudes baltiques , Copenhague 1932 Hjelmslev, Louis, Neue Wege der Experimentalphonetik , København 1938. 2. aargang, nr.10, Nordisk tidsskrift for tale og stemme *Hjelmslev, Louis, Omkring sprogteoriens grundlaeggelse , København 1943 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 50

*Hjelmslev, Louis and H J. Udall, Outline of Glossematics : a study in the methodology of the humantiies with special reference to linguistics , Copenhague 1957. no.X 1 General theory *Hjelmslev, M. Louis, Recherches structurales 1949 : interventions dans le débat glossématique. publiées à l’occasion du cinquantenaire de M. Louis Hjelmslev , Copenhague 1949. no.5, Travaux du cercle linguistique du Copenhague *Hocke, Gustav René, Marierismus in der Literatur : Sprach-Alchimie und esoterische Kombinationskunst , Hamburg 1959. no.82/83, Rowohlts deutsche Enzyklopädie Hocke, Gustav René, Die Welt als Labyrinth : Manier und Manie in der europäischen Kunst , Hamburg 1957. no.50/51, Rowohlts deutsche Enzyklopädie Hockett, Charles F., Biophysics, Linguistics and the Unity of Science , from American Scientist, vol.36, 1948, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-115, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences *Hockett, Charles F., A Course in Modern Linguistics , New York 1959 Hockett, Charles F., Language, Mathematics, and Linguistics , The Hague 1967. no.60, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Hockett, Charles F. (ed.), A Leonard Bloomfield Anthology , Bloomington, Ind. 1973. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics Hockett, Charles F., A Manual of Phonology , Baltimore, Mad. 1955. pt.1, IJAL vol.21, no.4, October 1955 *Hockett, Charles F. and Chaoying Fang, Spoken Chinese , A.C.L.S. 1944. (bks. 1 & 2 bound together) Hockett, Charles F., The State of the Art , The Hague 1970 (2nd prtg.), 1975 (3rd prtg.). no.73, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Hockett, Charles F., Two Models of Grammatical Description , from Word, vol.10, no.2-3, Aug.-Dec. 1954, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.47, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistcs Hocking, John G. and Gail S. Young, Topology , Reading, Mass. 1961. in Addison-Wesley series in mathematics Hodge, C. T. (ed.), Afroasiatic : a survey , The Hague 1971. no.163, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hodge, Carleton T. and Janko Jankovic, Serbo-croatian : basic course , Washington, D.C. vol.2, Units 26-50 1968 Hodge, Carleton, Spoken Serbo-Croatian , A.C.L.S. vol.1 1945 vol.2 1946 Höeg, Carsten, La notation ekphonétique , Copenhagen 1935. vol.1, fasc. 2, Union acadèmique internationale, monumenta musicae byzantinae - subsidia (two copies) Hoekstenen onzer volkskultuur : korte handleidingen over volkskunde, voorgeschiedenis en streektalen, I. reeks : volkskunde, Amsterdam I, Jan de Vriev, De wetenschap der volkskunde 1941 Hoekstenen onzer volkskultur : korte handleidingen over volkskunde, voorgeschiedenis en streektalen, derde reeks : streektalen, Amsterdam I, Jac. van Ginneken, De studie der nederlandsche streektalen 1943 *Hoenigswald, Henry M., Language Change and Linguistic Reconstruction , Chicago 1961 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 51

*Hoenigswald, Henry M., The Principal Step in Comparative Grammar , from Language, vol.26, no.3, July - Sept. 1950, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.49, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Hoenigswald, H. M., Sound Change and Linguistic Structure , from Language, vol.22, no.2, Apr. - Jun. 1946, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.48, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Hoenigswald, Heinrich, Spoken Hindustani , A.C.L.S. 1945. two volumes E.T.A. Hoffmanns Werke , Berlin n.d. parts 1-15 in 5 tomes. in Goldene klassiker-bibliothek 1. teil, Phantasiestücke in Collats Manier (heraus. Georg Ellinger) 2. teil, Die Elixiere des Teufels (heraus G. Ellinger) 3. teil, Nachtstücke 4. teil, Seltsame Leiden eines Theaterdirektors klein Zaches 5. teil, Die Serapionsbrüder, erster band 6. teil, Die Serapionsbrüder, zweiter band (heraus. Georg Ellinger) 7. teil, Die Serapionsbrüder, dritter band (heraus. Georg Ellinger) 8. teil, Die Serapionsbrüder, vierter band (gesammelte Erzählungen u. Märchen - heraus. von E.T.A. Hoffman) 9. teil, Lebensansichten des Katers Murr (heraus. Georg Ellinger) 10. teil, Prinzessin Brambilla - Meister Floh 11. teil, Letzte Erzählungen , I 12. teil, Letzte Erzählungen , II 13. teil, Musikalische Schriften , I 14. teil, Musikalische Schriften , II 15. teil, Kleine Schriften und Dramatisches *Hoffmeister, Johannes (heraus.), Wörterbuch der philosophischen Begriffe , Hamburg 1955 Hoijer, Harry, Introduction (to Linguistic Structures of Native America) , from Linguistic Structures of Native America, Viking Fund Publications in Anthropology, no.6, 1946, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-118, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Hoijer, Harry et al., Linguistic Structures of Native America , New York 1946. no.6, Viking fund publications in anthropology Hokan Studies: papers from the first conference on Hokan languages held in San Diego, California April 23-25, 1970 (eds. Margaret Langdon and Shirley Silver), The Hague 1976. no.181, Janua Linguarum, series practica Hölderlin’s “Ars Poetica” : a part-rigorous analysis of information structure in the late hymns (by Emery Edward George), The Hague 1973. no.32, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Holec, Henri, Structures lexicales et enseignement du vocabulaire (these de IIIème cycle) , The Hague 1974. no.5, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Holenstein, Elmar, Jakobson und Husserl : ein Beitrag zur Genealogie des Strukturalismus , offprint from Tijdschrift voor Filosophie, 35, no.3, 1973 (two copies) *van Holk, André (ed.), Dutch Contributions to the Seventh International Congress of Slavists, Warsaw, August 21-27, 1973 , The Hague 1973. no.293, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *van Holk, A.G.F., The Semantic Spectrum of the Russian Infinitive , Leiden 1953. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van de graad van doctor in de letteren en wijsbegeerte aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 52

*van Holk, A.G.F., Verandering en bestendigheid in de russische grammatica , Groningen 1963 van Holk, A.G.F., Zinsbouw buiten de zin : struktuuranalyse van enige motieven in poezie en persoon van de russische dichter Nekrasov , ‘s-Gravenhage 1968 Holroyd, Michael, Lytton Strachey : a critical biography , New York vol.I, The Unknown Years (1880-1910) 1968 vol.II, The Years of Achievement (1910-1932) 1968 Holthusen, J., Fedor Sologubs Roman-trilogie (tvorimaja legenda) aus der Geschichte des russischen Symbolismus , ‘s-Gravenhage 1960. no.IX, Musagettes Holthusen, Johannes, Studien zur Ästhetik und Poetik des russischen Symbolismus , Göttingen 1957 (with author’s inscription) Homélies pascales , Paris I. Une homélie inspirée du traité sur la paque d’Hippolyte (étude, éd. et trad. Pierre Nautin) 1950. no.27, Sources chrétiennes II, Trois homélies dans la tradition d’Origène (étude, éd. et trad. Pierre Nautin) 1953. no.36, Sources chrétiennes The Homely Web of Truth : a study of Charlotte Brontë’s Novels (by Lawrence Jay Dessner), The Hague 1975. no.108, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica [Homer] Gomer v russkix perevodax XVIII-XIX vekov (by A. V. Egunov), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury *Homère, Iliade (texte établi et traduit par Paul Mazon, avec la collaboration de Pierre Chantraine, Paul Collart et René Langumier), Paris. in Collection des universités de France III chants XIII-XVIII 1967 IV chants XIX-XXIV 1967 *Homer, Ilias & Odesseia (in Greek. book starts on page 31) Homer, Odysseja , Wroclaw n.d. no.21, seria II, Biblioteka narodowa. (starts, introd. page V) *Homeri, Opera , Oxford tomus I, Iliadis libros I - XII (ed. David B. Monro and Thomas W. Allen) 1931 tomus II, Iliadis libros XIII-XXIV continens (ed. David B. Monro and Thomas W. Allen) 1926 tomus III, Odysseae libros I-XII continens (ed. Thomas W. Allen) 1931 tomus IV, Odysseae libros XIII-XXIV continens (ed. Thomas W. Allen) 1935 *[Homer] Woordenboek op de gedichten van Homèros (by J. Mehler), Rotterdam 1930 *To Honor Roman Jakobson : essays on the occasion of this seventieth birthday , The Hague 1967. three volumes. nos. XXXI-XXXIII, Janua Linguarum *Honsa, Vladimir and M. J. Hardman-de-Bautista (eds.), Papers on Child Language. Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume , The Hague 1978. no.65, Janua Linguarum, series minor (? two copies) *Hooft, Pieter Corneliszoon] ‘Deez vermaarde man’ 1581/1647 (by Geeraardt Brandt and Reyer Anslo), Amsterdam 1969 *Hoogvliet, J. M., Die sogenannten “Geschlechter” im Indo-europäischen und im Latein : nach wissenschaftlicher Methode beschrieben, mit einem Zusatz zur Anwendung auf zeitentfernte Sprachen , Den Haag 1913 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 53

Hoops, Richard and Yvan Lebrun (eds.), Neurolinguistic Approaches to Stuttering : proceedings of the international symposium on stuttering (Brussels, 1972) , The Hague 1973. no.70, Janua Linguarum, series maior van Hoorn, Herman Jan Willem, Poésie et mystique : Paul Claudel, poète chrétien , Genève - Paris 1957. Leiden University dissertation Hoover Institute Studies, Series E : Institutions, Stanford Alexander Vucinich, Soviet Economic Institutions. The Social Sturcture of Production Units 1952 Hopper, Paul J., The Syntax of the Simple Sentence in Proto-Germanic, The Hague 1975. no.143, Janua Linguarum, series practica Horak, Gejza, Narechie pohorelej , Bratislava 1955. in Slovenska Akadémia Vied, ostav slovenského jazyka (vedecky redaktor : Jozef Ruzhichka) (two copies) Horalek, Karel, Evangeliare a chtveroevangelia : prispevky k textové kritice a k dejinam staroslovenskeho prekladu evangelia , Praha 1954 Horalek, Karel, Les manuscrits slaves au monastère de Mont Sinaï , offprint from Byzantinoslavica XXVI/1, 1965 Horalek, Karel, Orientalni povidky v slovanske tradici , offprint from Slavica Pragensia IX, pp.5-29, Acta universitatis Carolinae, philologica 1-3, 1967 Horalek, Karel, Paralele i zwiazki (offprint) Horalek, K., Pochatky novocheskeho vershe , Praha 1956. Acta universitatis Carolinae, IV, philologica 1956 (with author’s inscription) Horalek, Karel, Uvod do studia slovanskych jazyku , Praha 1955 Horalek, Karel, Uvod do studia slovanskych jazyku , Praha 1962. sv.4, Prace cheskoslovenske akademie ved (red. Josef Kurz, recenzoval prof. Antinin Dostal) Horalek, Karel, Zarys dziejow dzeskiego wiersza , Wroclaw 1957. in Poetyka, zarys encyklopedyczny, dzial III : wersyfikacja, tom VIII, czesc 2, Metryki obcojezyczne, zeszyti *Horalek, Karel, Zum Begriff der Isomorphie , offprint from Travaux linguistiques de Prague 3, 1968 (with author’s inscription) Horbatsch, Olexa, Die vier Ausgaben der kirchenslavischen Grammatik von M. Smotryckyj , Wiesbaden 1964. Reihe III Osteuropastudien der Hochschulen des Landes Hessen, band 7, Frankfurter Abhandlungen zur Slavistik Horecky, Jan, Kultura slovenskeho slova , Martin 1956 Horecky, Jan, Morfematicka shtruktura slovenchiny , Bratislava 1964. in Slovenska akademia vied, ustav slovenskeho jazyka Horecky, Jan, Slovotvorna sustava slovenchiny : podstatne meno pridavne meno sloveso , Bratislava 1959. in Ustav slovenskeho jazyka, sekcia spolochenskych vied, Slovenska akadémia vied Horecky, Jan, Zaklady slovenskej terminologie , Bratislava 1956. in Slovenska akademia vied, sekcia spolochenskych vied Horowitz, Franklin Eugene, Siever’s Law and the Evidence of the Rigveda , The Hague 1974. no.216, Janua Linguarum, series practica Horton, Donald, The Dialogue of Courtship in Popular Songs , from American Journal of Sociology, vol.LXII, May 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. S-124, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 54

Hough, George A. 3rd, Structures of Modification in Contemporary American English , The Hague 1971. no.126, Janua Linguarum, series practica Householder, Fred W., Linguistic Speculations , Cambridge 1971 *Householder, Fred W., Jr., On Linguisitic Primes , from Word, vol.15, no.2, August 1959, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.50, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguisitics Householder, Fred W., Eric Hamp and Robert Austerlitz (eds.), Readings in Linguistics , Chicago - London vol.II 1966 *Householder, Fred W., Kostas Kazazis and Andreas Koutsoudas, Reference Grammar of Literary Dhimotiki , Bloomington, Ind. - The Hague 1964 (also as IJAL publication 31, vol.30, no.2, pt.2) *Householder, Fred W., Jr., review of Zellig S. Harris, Methods in Structural Linguistics , from IJAL, vol.XVIII, no.4, 1952, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.51, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Houston, Susan H., A Survey of Psycholinguistics , The Hague 1972. no.98, Janua Linguarum, series minor How to Prepare a Research Proposal , (by David R. Krathwohl), Syracuse 1965-66 Hrabak, J., K metodologii studia starshi cheske literatury , Praha 1962. no.80, Opera universitatis purkynianae brunensis, facultas philosophica Hrabak, Josef, K morfologii souchasne prozy , Brno 1969. sv.10, Edice hosta do domu Hrabak, Josef, O charakter cheskeho vershe , Praha 1970. sv.9, Aktuality kritika teorie Hrabak, Josef, Smilova shkola , Praha 1941. no.3, Studie prazhskeho linguistieckeho krouzhku Hrabak, Josef, Staropolsky versh ve srovnani se starocheskym , Praha 1937. no.1, Studie prazhskeho linguistickeho krouzhku Hrabak, Josef, Starshi cheska literatura : uvod do studia , Praha 1964 Hrabak, Josef, Studie o cheskem vershi , Praha 1959 Hrabak, Josef, Studie ze starshi cheske literatury , Praha 1956 Hrabak, Josef, Umite chist poezii ? , Brno 1963 Hrabak, J. and F. Tenchik, Uvod do studia literatury , Praha 1970 Hrabak, Josef, Uvod do teorie vershe , Praha 1956, 1958 Hrabak, J., Z problému cheskéno vershe , Praha 1964. no.95, Opera universitatis purkynianae brunensis, facultas philosophica Hrabak, Josef, Ze starshi cheské literatury , Praha 1964 Hraste, Mate M., Chekavski dijalekat ostrva bracha , Beograd 1940. no.X(1) Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik [Hraste, M.] Dijalektologija hrvatskoga ili srp. jezika po predavanjoma Prof. M. Hrastea … (photocopy of class notes) Hraste, Mate, Osobine Govora Otoka sholte, chiova, drevnika i susjedne obale , Zagreb 1947. offprint from Rad 272, Odjel za jezik i knjizhevnost, kn.1, Jugoslavenska akademija znanosti i umjetnosti Hruby, Hynek and Frantishek Shimek, Tkadlechek , Praha 1923. Sbirka pramenuv ku Poznani literarniho zhivota v chechach, na morave a v slezsku, vydava, III. trida cheske akademie ved a umeni skupina prvni. pamatky rechi a literatury cheske rada I. - chislo 11 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 55

Hrvatska knjuzhevnost : od Preporoda do stvaranja Jugoslavije (urednik Stjepan Musulin), Zagreb kniga I, Antun Barac, Knjizhevnost ilirizma 1954 Hrvatske narodne balade i romance (uredio : Olinko Delorko), Zagreb 1951. no.100, Mala biblioteka Hrvatski dijalektoloshki zbornik (ured. Mate Hraste), Zagreb knjiga 1 1956 (two copies) knjiga 2 1966 Hrvatski knizhevni jezik danas (by Ljudevit Jonke), Zagreb 1971. in Obzor-enciklopedija suvremenog znanija Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik 19 i 20 stoljeca (by Ljudevit Jonke), Zagreb 1971. in Matica hrvatska, izvanredno izdanje Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik i pitanje varijanata , Zagreb 1969. sv.1, Kritika Hrvatski latinisti : croatici auctores qui latine scripserunt (prired. Veljko Gortan i Vladimir Vratovic), Zagreb vol. I, Iz latiniteta 9-14. stoljeca pisci 15 i 16 stoljeca ex monumentis latinis saec. IX-XIV auctores saec. XV-XVI 1969. no.2, Pet stoljecha hrvatske knjizhevnosti vol.II, Pisci 19-19. stoljeca auctores saec. XVII-XIX 1970 Hrvatski pjesnici (urednik: Dragutin Tadijanovic), Zagreb Petar Preradovic, Izbrane pjesme 1956 Antun Gustav Matosh, Izbrane pjesme 1954 Ivan Mazhuranic, Smrt smail = age chengijica 1954 (two copies) Silvije Strahimir Kranjchevic, Izbrane pjesme 1956 Hrvatsko-poltski rjechnik (ulozhio : Julije Beneshic), Zagreb 1949 Hrvatskosrpsko engleski rjechnik (by Milan Drvodelic), Zagreb 1970 Huang, Shuan-Fan, A Study of Adverbs , The Hague 1975. no.213, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Hua-wen-ch’u-chieh : Chinese language lessons , Stanford textbook 1943 Wade-Giles romanized translation for use with Chinese Language records 1948 Huddleston, Rodney, An Introduction to English Transformational Syntax , London 1976 (two copies) Hudgins, Esther, Nicht-epische Strukturen des romantischen Romans , The Hague 1975. no.101, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *135 A: een huis een begrip een hospita Juffrouw Jo . numbered copies 103 and 104 *Huizinga, Verzamelde werken , Haarlem. 9-volume set I, Oud-Indië Nederland 1948 II, Nederland 1948 III, Cultuurgeschiedenis I 1949 IV, Cultuurgeschiedenis II 1949 V, Cultuurgeschiedenis III 1950 VI, Biographie 1950 VII, Geschiedwetenschap / hedendaagsche cultuur 1950 VIII, Universiteit / wetenschap en kunst 1951 IX, Bibliografie en register 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 56

*[Huizinga, Johan] Johan Huizinga 1872-1972. Papers delivered to the Johan Huizinga conference, Groningen 11-15 December 1972 (ed. W. R.H. Koops, E. H. Kossmann, Gees van der Plaat), The Hague 1973 Hujer, Oldrich, Prispevky k historii a dialektologii cheskeho jazyka (k vydani pripravil : Josef Kurz, uvod napsal : Bohuslav Havranek), Praha 1961. no.2, Klasikove vedy, sekce jazyka a literatury, Cheskoslovenska akademie ved Hujer, Oldrich, Uvod do dejin jazyka cheskeno , Praha treti vydani 1946 Hujer, O., Uvod u istoriju slovenskih jezika (preveo H. Baric), Beograd 1935. vol.I, Lingvistichko biblioteka Hulanicki, Leo and David Savignac (transl. & eds.), Anton Chexov as a Master of Storywriting: essays in modern Soviet literary criticism , The Hague 1976. no.6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings, textbook series Hulik, V., Tschechisch-deutsches Wörterbuch der Umgangssprache (chesko-nemecky slovnik zhive mluvy) (rev. J. Kubista and E. Benesh), Prag 1944 Hulshof, H., Transformationeel-generatieve grammatica in artikelen , Groningen 1975 Humanism and Human Racism : a critical study of essays by Sartre and Camus (by Robert Champigny), The Hague 1972. no.41, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Humbert, Jean, Syntaxe grecque , Paris 1945. no.II, Collection de philologie classique *[von Humboldt, Wilhelm] Wilhelm von Humboldt, 1767-1967. Erbe - Gegenwart - Zukunft (heraus. Werner Hartke and Henny Maskolat), Halle(Saale) 1967 von Humboldt, Wilhelm, Linguistic Variability and Intellectual Development (transl. by George C. Buck and Frithjof A. Raven), Philadelphia 1971 [von Humboldt, Wilhelm] Die Sprachwissenschaft Wilhelm von Humbolt’s und die Hegel’sche Philosophie (by H. Steinthal), Berlin 1948 (reprint, Hildesheim - New York 1971] *von Humboldt, Wilhelm, Über die Verschiedenheit des menschlichen Sprachbaues und ihren Einfluß aud die geistige Entwicklung des Menschengeschlechts , Darmstadt 1949; Berlin 1936 [reprint Bonn 1967] von Humboldt, Wilhelm, Werke in fünf Bänden (heraus. Andreas Flitner and Klaus Giel), Stuttgart 1, Schriften zur Anthropologie und Geschichte 1969 2, Schriften zur Altertumskunde und Asthetik die Vasken 1969 3, Schriften zur Sprachphilosophie 1969 4, Schriften zur Politik und zum Bildungswesen 1969 Hummel, Arthur W. (transl. and annotater), The Autobiography of a Chinese Historian : being the preface to a symposium on ancient Chinese history (Ku shih pien) , Leyden 1931. vol.1, Sinica Leidenska The Hungarian - English Contrastive Linguistics Project Working Papers, Budapest no.5, Eva Stephanides, A Contrastive Study of the English and Hungarian Article 1974 no.6, Laszlo Varga, A Contrastive Analysis of English and Hungarian Sentence Prosody 1975 no.7, Kalman Keresztes, Hungarian postpositions vs. English Prepositions : a contrastive study 1976 The Hungarian Language (by Lorand Benkö and Samu Imre), The Hague 1972. no.134, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 57

*Hungarian Postpositions vs. English Prepositions; a contrastive study (by Kalman Keresztes), Budapest 1975. no.7, The Hungarian-English contrastive linguistics project working papers Hus, Mistr Jan, O cirkvi (prel. Frantishek M. Dobiash and Amedeo Molnar, uvod : Josef Hrabak), Praha 1965. no.28 or 29, Pamatky stare literatury cheske (zaloshila matice cheska) ChSAV Husitske skladby budyshinskeho rukopisu , Praha 1952. no.16, Pamatky stare literatury cheske (zaloshila Matice cheska), ChSAV Husserl, Edmund, Analysen zur passiven Synthesis : aus Vorlesungs- und Forschungsmanuskripten 1918-1926 (heraus. Margot Fleischer), Den Haag 1966. Band XI, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Ding und Raum : Vorlesungen 1907 (heraus. Ulrich Claesges), Den Haag 1973. vand XVI, Husserliana [Husserl, Edmund] Edmund Husserl : een inleiding tot zijn fenomenologie (by A. Kockelmans), Den Haag 1963. no.5, Denkers over God en wereld Husserl, Edmund, Erste Philosophie (1923/24) , Den Haag 1956 I. teil, Kritische Ideengeschichte (heraus. Rudolf Boehm) 1956. band VII, Husserliana II. teil, Theorie der phänomenologischen Reduktion (heraus. Rudolf Boehm) 1959. band VIII, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Formale und transzendentale Logik : Versuch einer Kritik der logischen Vernunft (mit ergänzenden texten heraus. v. Paul Janssen), Den Haag 1974. band XVII, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Die idee der Phänomenologie : fünf Vorlesungen (heraus Walter Biemel), Den Haag 1950. in Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie , Den Haag 1. Buch, Allgemeine Einführung in de reine Phänomenologie 1950. vol. III, Hullserliana 2. Buch, Phänomenologische Untersuchungen zur Konstitution (heraus. Marly Biemel) 1952. vol. IV, Husserliana 3. Buch, Die phänomenologie und die Fundamente der Wissenschaften (heraus. Marly Biemel) 1971. vol.V, Husserliana *[Husserl, Edmund] Jakobson und Husserl ; ein Beitrag zur Genealogie des Strukturalismus (by Elmar Holenstein), offprint from Tijdschrift voor filosophie 35, no.3, 1973 (two copies) Husserl, Edmund, Die Krisis der europäischen Wissenschaften und die transzendentale Phänomenologie : eine Einleitung in die phänomenologische Philosophie (heraus. Walter Biemel), Den Haag 1962. vol.VI, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Logische Untersuchungen , Den Haag 1. band, Prolegomena zur reinen Logik (text der 1. und der 2. Auflage heraus. von Elmar Holenstein) 1975 *Husserl, Edmund, Logische Untersuchungen , Halle a.d.S. I. band, Prolegomena zur reinen Logik 1913 II. band, Unteruschungen zur Phänomenologie und Theorie der Erkenntnis C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 58

I. teil 1928 II. teil 1921 Husserl, Edmund, Phänomenologische Psychologie : Vorlesung en Sommersemester 1925 (heraus. Walter Biemel), Den Haag 1968. vol. IX, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Philosophie der Arithmetik : mit ergänzenden Texten (1890-1901) (heraus. Lothar Eley), Den Haag 1970. vol.XII, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Zur Phänomenologie des inneren Zeitbewusstseins (1893-1917) (heraus. Rudolf Boehm), Den Haag 1966. vol.X, Husserliana Husserl, Edmund, Zur Phänomenologie der Intersubjektivität : Texte aus dem Nachlass (heraus. Iso Kern), Den Haag 1973 erster teil : 1905-1920 . vol. XII, Husserliana zweiter teil : 1921-1928 vol.XIV, Husserliana dritter teil : 1929-1935 vol.XV, Husserliana Husserliana : Edmund Hussert. Gesammelte werke , Den Haag band I, Cartesianische Meditationen und Pariser Vorträge (heraus. S. Strassner) 1950 band II, Die Idee der Phänomenologie (heraus. Walter Biemel) 1950 band III, Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie I. Buch, Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie (heraus.Walter Biemel) 1950 band IV, II. Buch, Phänomenologische Unteruschungen zur Konstitution (heraus Marly Biemel) 1952 band V, III. Buch, Die Phänomenologie und die Fundamente der Wissenschaften 1971 band VI, Die Krisis der europäischen Wissenschaften und die transzendeltale Phänomenologie : eine Einleitung in die phänomenologische Philosophie (heraus. Walter Biemel) 1962 band VII, Erste Philosophie (1923/24) I. teil, Kritische Ideengeschichte (heraus Rudolf Boehm) 1956 band VIII, II. teil, Theorie der phänomenologischen Reduktion (heraus Rudolf Boehm) 1959 band IX, Phänomenonologische Psychologie : Vorlesungen Sommersemester 1925 1968 band X, Zur phänomenologie des inneren Zeitbewusstseins (1893-1917) 1966 band XI, Analysen zur passiven Synthesis 1918-1926 1966 band XII, Philosophie der Arithmetik 1970 band XIII, Zur Phänomenologie der Intersubjektivität , I. teil, 1905-1920 1970 band XIV, II. teil, 1921-1928 1970 band XV, III, teil, 1929-1935 1970 band XVI, Ding und Raum : Vorlesungen 1907 (heraus. Ulrich Caesges) 1973 band XVII, Formele und transzendentale Logik (heraus. Paul Janssen) 1974 band XVIII, Logische Untersuchungen I. band : Prolegomena zur reinen Logik (heraus. Elmar Holenstein) 1975 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 59

*Hussey, J. M., The Byzantine World , New York - Evanston 1961. TB1057, Harper, the academy library *Hutchins, Michael, Typographics : a designer’s handbook of printing techniques , London - New York 1969 Hüttel-Worth, Gerta, Die Bereicherlung des russischen Wortschatzes im XVIII. Jahrhundert , Wien 1956 *Hymes, Dell and John Fought, American Structuralism , The Hague 1981. no.102, Janua Linguarum, series maior. Hymes, Dell H., Functions of Speech : an evolutionary approach , from Anthropology and Education, Frederick C. Gruber, ed., Univ. of Penna. Press (1961), reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-124, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Hymes, Dell H., Genetic Classification : retrospect and prospect , from Anthropological Linguistics, vol.1, Feb. 1959, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-125, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Hymes, Dell, Language in Culture and Society : a reader in linguistics and anthropology , New York 1964 Hymes, D. H., Lexicostatistics So Far , from Current Anthropology, vol. 1, Jan.1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-126, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences

I

Iankovich, E., Fizicheskoe sochinenïe o izsishenïju i rasdelenïju vode u vozdux, i izjasenïe razlivanïa vode iz’ vozduxa na zamlju , Novi-Sad 1789 [reprint 1949] I*brahim, Muhammad Hassan, Grammatical Gender : its origin and development , The Hague 1973. no.166, Janua Linguarum, series minor Ich und er: first and third person self-reference and problems of identity in three contemporary German language novels (by Paul F. Botheroyd), The Hague 1976. no.67, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Ickovich, V. A., Jazykovaja norma , Moskva 1968. in Voprosy sovetskogo jazykoznanija *Icons (introd. and ed. T. Talbot Rice), London n.d. Die Idee der Phänomenologie : fünf Vorlesungen (by Edmund Husserl; heraus. Walter Biemel), Den Haag. in Husserliana (Edmund Husserl : gesammelte Werke) Idee nuove, Milano vol. L, Remo Faccani and Umberto Eco, (eds.), I sistemi di segni e lo strutturalismo sovietico 1969 Ideen zu einer reinen Phänomenologie und phänomenologischen Philosophie (by Edmund Husserl), Den Haag I. Buch, Allgemeine Einführung in die reine Phänomenologie 1950. band III, Husserliana II. Buch, Phänomenologische Untersuchungen zur Konstitution (heraus. Marly Biemel) 1952. band IV, Husserliana III, Buch, Die Phänomenologie und die Fundamente der Wissenschaften (heraus. Marly Biemel) 1971. band V, Husserliana C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 60

Idei i metody sovremennoj strukturnoj lingvistiki (kratkij ocherk) (by Ju. D. Apresjan), Moskva 1966. in Voprosy sovetskogo jazykoznanija (two copies) Idzelis, R. F., I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Krugiova, V.L. Lapshina, A.N. Marchenko, E.M. Mednikova, E.S. Turkova, G.I. Axmanova, I.V. Gjubbenet, Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Idzelis, Rolandas F., Lydia Natan, A.I. Poltoratsky, Nonna Shmyr’ova, The Principles and Methods of Linguostylistics (a course of lectures) (ed. Olga Akhmanova), Moskva 1970 Idzelis, Rolandas F. and Olga Akhmanova, What is the English we use ? , Moskva 1973 Idzelis, Rolandas F. and Olga Akhmanova, What is the English We Use ? (A course in practical stylistics) , Moscow 1978 Ignace d’Antioche (Polycarpe de Smyrne), Lettres : martyre de Polycarpe (texte grec; introd., trad. et notes : P. Th. Camelot), Paris 1951. no.10, Sources chrétiennes *Ignatov, V. I., Russkie istoricheskie pesni xrestomatija , Moskva 1970 (two copies) Igov, Angel, Sarboxarvatsko-balgarski rechnik , Sofija 1959 *Ik ken de stijlen van middeleeuwen tot romantiek … [Holland] n.d. Maraboe-flash, de miniatuur-encyclopedie voor het dagelijks leven Ikonnikov, V., Opyt izsledovanija o kul’turnom znachenii vizantii v russkoj istorii , Kiev 1869 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.166, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ikonomov, V.F., Nakanune reform Petra Velikago , Moskva 1903 no.XXVII, Biblioteka dlja samoobrazovanija, [reprint The Hague 1969], no.241, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Il’f, I. and E. Petrov, Dvenadcat’ stul’ev , N’ju-Jork 1953 (two copies) Il’f, Il’ja and Evgenij Petrov, Dvenadcat’ stul’ev; Zolotoj telenok , Moskva 1959 Ilic, Vojislav T., Pesnichki jezik Branka Radichevica , Beograd 1964 Iliescu, Maria, Le frioulan à partir des dialectes parlés en Roumanie , The Hague 1972. no.184, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Iliescu, Vladimir, Deutsch-rumänischer Sprachführer (Ghid de conversatie german-roman) , Bucuresti 1966 Il’in, M. A., Kamennaja letopis’ moskovskoj rusi svetskie osnovy kamennogo zodchestva XV- XVII vv. , Moskva 1966 Il’in, V.S., Prefiksi v suchasnij ukraïns’skij movi, Kiïv 1953 *Il’in, V.S. (red.), Ukrainsko-russkij slovar’ , Kiev 1964 Il’ina, M.A., Leksicheskie formy slova i metody ix izuchenija , Moskva 1971 Il’inskij, G.A., Makedonskij glagolicheskij listok otryvok glagolicheskago teksta Efrema Sirina XI veka , S.-Peterburg 1909. tom I, vyp.6, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka Il’inskij, G.A.,, Makedonskij listok. otryvok neizvestnago pamjatniki kirillovskoj pis’mennosti XI-XII v. , Sanktpeterburg 1906. tom I, vyp.5, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka Il’inskij, G.A., Oxridskie glagolicheskie listki. otryvok drevnecerkovno-slavjanskago evangelija XI v. , Petrograd 1915. tom III, vyp.2, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka *Il’ja Muromec (podgotovka tekstov, stat’ja i kommentarii : A.M. Astaxova), Moskva - Leningrad 1958. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR, otdelenie literatury i jazyka Illich-Svitych, V. M., Nominal Accentuation in Baltic and Slavic (transl. Richard L. Leed and Ronald F. Feldstein), Cambridge, Mass 1979 Illich-Svitych, V.M., Opyt sravnenija nostraticheskix jazykov (semitoxamitskij, kartvel’skij, indoevropejskij, ural’skij, dravidijskij, atlajskij) , Moskva C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 61

Vvedenie. sravnitel’nyj slovar’ (m5R ) 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki (two copies) Illusion and Reality : a study of descriptive techniques in the works of Guy de Maupassant (by John Raymond Dugan), The Hague 1973. no.59, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Imago mundi : a review of early cartography founded by Leo Bagrow, ‘s-Gravenhage supplement I, The Atlas of Siberia by Semyon U. Remezov (with introd. by Leo Bagrow) 1958 Imennoe sklonenie v sovremennom russkom jazyke (by S. P. Obnorskij), Leningrad vypusk 1, Edinstvennoe chislo vypusk 2, Mnozhestvenoe chislo 1931 Imieslowy czynne, terazniejszy i przeszly I. w jezyku polskim (by Witold Taszycki), Krakow 1924. LXI, no.5, Rozprawy T., zydzial filologiczny, Polska akademja umiejetnosci Imperative Constructions in Old English (by Celia M. Millward), The Hague 1971. no.124, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Imperial Spain 1469-1716 (by J. H. Elliott), New York 1966 *Imre, Samu and Lorand Benkö, The Hungarian Language , The Hague 1972. no.134, Janua Linguarum, series practica Inaugural-dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen *H. Gerdau, Die französische präposition “en” , Göttingen 1909 L. Krafft, Person und Numerus des Verbs im Französischen , Borna-Leipzig 1904 E. Lemme, Die Syntax des Demonstrativpronomens im Französischen , Rostok 1906 W. Jürgensmann, Die französischen Ortsadverbia in pronominaler Verwendung , Borna-Leipzig 1907 E. Hartmann, Die temporalen Konjunktionen im Französischen , Göttingen 1903 H. Jäger, Die Syntax der unbestimmtem Fürwörter tel, autre und nul , Rostock 1906 W. Kramer, Die Syntax des Possessivpronomens im Französischen , Gottingen 1905 *F. Pfeiffer, Umschreibung des Verbums im Französischen durch aller, venir + Gerundium, être + Participium praes. und durch reflexive Konstruktion 1909 H. Janicke, Der Infinitiv nach Präpositionen (ausgenommen de und a) im Französischen 1913 F. Otto, Der Gerbrauch des Substantivums an Stelle anderer Konstruktionen im Französischen , Hannover 1903 *W. Assmann, Die nicht-futurische Umschreibung des französischen Verbums durch “aller + Infinitiv”, unter besonderer Berücksichtigung des sogenannten “erfolgreichen aller” 1913 *The Incas : the royal commentaries of the Inca, Garcilaso de la Vega 1539-1616 (ed. Alain Gheerbrant), New York 1961 Indeks a tergo do slownika jezyka polskiego (red. Witold Doroszewski), Warszawa 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 62

Indiana University, Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures, Study Texts (photocopies) no.1, Kiril Mirchev, The Bulgarian Language through the Centuries , Sofija 1964 Indiana University Folklore Institute, monograph series vol. 30, Felix J. Oinas, Folklore, Nationalism and Politics , Columbus, Ohio 1978 Indiana University International Studies, Bloomington - London *Robert F. Byrnes, Pobedonostsev : his life and thought 1968 *Alexander Rabinowitch, Prelude to Revolution : the Petrograd Bolsheviks and the July 1917 uprising Beatrice Farnsworth, William C. Bullitt and the Soviet Union 1967 Indiana University Reserach Center in Anthropology, Folklore and Linguistics, Austin - London vol.10, V. Propp, Morphology of the Folktale (rev. ed.) 1968 Indiana University Studies in the History and Theory of Linguistics, Bloomington - London *R. H. Robins, A Short History of Linguistics 1968 Angus McIntosh and M.A.K. Halliday, Patterns of Language 1967 *R. H. Robins, General Linguistics : an introductory survey 1966 F. R. Palmer (ed.), Selected Papers of J. R. Firth 1952-1959 1968 *Thomas A. Sebeok (ed.), Portraits of Linguists 1967 (two copies) *Edward Stankiewicz, A Baudouin de Courtenay Anthology 1972 Leopold’s Bibliography of Child Language 1972 *Geoffrey N. Leech, Towards a Semantic Description of English 1969 Garvin & Spolsky (eds.), Computation in Linguistics 1966 *Charles F. Hockett (ed.), A Leonard Bloomfield Anthology 1973 Indian Linguistic Families of America North of Mexico (by J. W. Powell), Lincoln, Nebr. 1971 (in same volume: Franz Boas, Introduction ot Handbook of American Indian Languages ) Indogermanische Bibliothek (heraus. von H. Hirt und W. Streitberg), Ie. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken, Heidelberg *vol.1, Albert Thumb, Handbuch des Sanskrit, I. Teil : Grammatik 1930 *vol.4, J. M. Stahl, Kritisch-historische Syntax des griechischen Verbums der klassischen Zeit 1907 vol.10, A. Meillet, Altarmenisches Elementarbuch 1913 vol.11, J. J. Mikkola, Urslavische Grammatik, I. Teil 1913 vol.12, A. Leskien, Litauisches Lesebuch mit Grammatik und Wörterbuch 1919 vol.13, Hermann Hirt, Indogermanische Grammatik; teil I-VII 1921-1934 vol.15, Hans Reichelt, Awestisches Elementarbuch 1909 vol.(?)15, A. Leskien, Handbuch der altbulgarischen Sprache 1922 vol.19, Ernst Fraenkel, Syntax der litauischen Postpositionen und Präposition 1929 vol.20, W. Havers, Handbuch der erklärenden Syntax 1931 vol.22, Hans Jensen, Neupersische Grammatik : mit Berücksichtigung der historischen Entwicklung 1931 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 63

Indogermanische Bibliothek (heraus. von H. Hirt und W. Streitberg), Ie. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, 2. Reihe , Heidelberg vol.2, Erich Berneker, Slavisches etymologisches Wörterbuch , vol.I 1913 Indogermanische Bibliothek (heraus. von Hans Krahe), I. Reihe : Lehr- und Handbücher, Heidelberg J. J. Mikkola, Urslavische Grammatik , III. Teil 1950 M. Mayrhoffer, Handbuch des Pali , pts.I-II 1951 Jerzy Kurylowicz, Indogermanische Grammatik , band II, Akzent. Ablaut 1968 Indogermanische Bibliothek, II; Reihe : Wörterbücher, Heidelberg *Max Niedermann, Alfred Senn und Franz Brender, Wörterbuch der litauischen Schriftsprache 1968 *Max Vasmer, Russisches etymologisches Wörterbuch vol. 1 1953 vol.2 1955 vol.3 1958 *Johann Knobloch (ed.), Sprachwissenschaftliches Wörterbuch lieferung 1 1961 2 1963 3 1965 4 1967 5 1969 6 1971 7 1974 8 1977 Ernst Fraenkel, Litauisches etymologisches Wörterbuch , 1955-1965… Indogermanische Bibliothek (heraus. von Hans Krahe), III. Reihe : Untersuchungen, Heidelberg *Ernst Fraenkel, Die baltischen Sprachen : ihre Beziehungen zu einander und zu den indogermanischen Schwesteridiomen als Einführung in die baltische Sprachwissenschaft 1950 no.6, Jörgen Forchhammer, Die Grundlage der Phonetik 1924 Indogermanische Forschungen Berlin *Hans Krahe, Gersamtregister zu den Bänden 1-50 1933 Karl Brugman, Die Syntax des einfachen Satzes im Indogermanischen 1925 supplement to XLIII Indogermanische Grammatik (by Hermann Hirt), Heidelberg. Band 13, Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Teil I, Einleitung, I. Etymologie, II. Konsonantismus 1927 Teil II, Der indogermanische Vokalismus 1921 Teil III, Das Nomen 1927 Teil IV, Doppelung. Zusammensetzung. Verbum 1928 Teil V, Der Akzent 1929 Teil VI, Syntax I : Syntaktische Verwendung der Kasus und der Verbalformen C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 64

1934 Teil VII, Syntax II: Die Lehre von Einfachen und Zusamsatz 1937 *Indogermanische Grammatik (ed. Jerzy Kurylowicz), Heidelberg Band II, Jerzy Kurylowicz, Akzent. Ablaut 1968 Band III, Calvert Watkins, Formenlehre I. Teil : Geschichte der indogermanischen Verbalflexion 1969 Indogermanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch , (by Julius Pokorny), Bern issues 1 - 15 1951-1967 16-17 1968 18 1969 Infinitiv iza predloga à i de kao dopuna finitnom glagolu u frankcuskom jeziku (by Vlado Drashkovic), Beograd 1966. in Filoloshki fakultet beogradskog univerziteta, monografije, kn. 1 The Influence of Richard Rolle and of Julian of Norwich on the Middle English Lyrics (by Sister Mary Arthur Knowlton), The Hague 1973. no.51, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Informacionnye jazyki (by V. A. Moskovich), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme “kibernetika” Information Sources in Linguistics (ed. Frank Rice and Allene Guss), Washngton 1965 Information Sources in Psycholinguistics : an interdisciplinary bibliographical handbook (by Jan Prucha), The Hague 1972. no.158, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Ingarden, Roman, Das literarische Kunstwerk : eine Untersuchung aus dem Grenzgebiet der Ontologie, Logik und Literaturwissenschaft , Halle (Salle) 1931 Ingram, Forrest L., Representative Short Story Cycles of the Twentieth Century : studies in a literary genre , The Hague 1971. no.19, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Initialen der Leidenschaft (by Boris Pasternak, heraus. Edel Mirowa-Florin), Berlin 1969 Initiation à la linguistique, série B : Problèmes et méthodes, Paris no.1, Pierre Guiraud, Essais de stylistique 1969 *Initiation à l’Islam : collection publiée par l’Institut des Etudes Islamiques de l’Université de Paris, Paris no.IV, Henri Fleisch, Introduction à l’étude des langues sémitiques : éléménts de bibliographie 1947 *Ink on Paper : a handbook of the graphic arts (by Edmund C. Arnold), New York 1963 *Inleiding in de deskriptieve taalkunde , Nijmegen deel I 1971 deel II 1972 *Inleiding tot de ABN-syntaksis (by P. C. Paardekooper), Den Bosch 1972 Inleiding tot de syntaxis : praktische zinsleer van het nederlands (by W. G. Klooster, H. J. Verkuyl, J. H. J. Luif), Culemborg 1969 The Inner Structure of Wuthering Heights : a study of an imaginative field (by Elisabeth Th. M. van de Laar), The Hague 1969. no.23, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Inniss, Kenneth, D. H. Lawrence’s Bestiary : a study of his use of animal trope and symbol , The Hague 1971. no.30, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Inoue, Kazuko, A Study of Japanese Syntax , The Hague 1969. no.41, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 65

Inozemna filologija , L’viv vyp. 15, 16 1968 Insinuation : the tactics of English satire (by James W. Nichols), The Hague 1971. no.22, Janua Linguarum, serie maior Instituto universitario orientale, Annali sezione slava, Napoli XV 1972 Institut po izucheniju istorii i kul’tury SSSR, Issledovanija i materialy, Mjunxen no.1, V. P. Marchenko, Planirovanie nauchnoj raboty v SSSR 1953 (two copies) no.2, N. S. Semenov, Sistema sovetskoj justicii 1953 no.3, K. A. Krylov, Gotovnost’ traktornogo parka k posevnoj kampanii 1953 g. v SSSR 1953 no.4, A. A. Zaicov, Dinamika naselenija SSSR na 1952 god 1953 no.5, K. A. Krylov, Xod vesennix rabot v SSSR v 1953 gody 1953 no.9, K. A. Krylov, Xod letnix i osennix rabot v SSSR v 1953 g. 1954 nos.10, 11, Spiski novyx postuplenij Biblioteki Instituta 1955 Institut za istorija, BAN, Sofija Makedonskijat vapros : istoriko-politicheska spravka 1968 Institut za makedonski jazik, posebni izdanija, Skopje kn.2, Rada Ugrinova-Skalovska, Znachenjata na glagolskite prefiksi vo makedonskiot jazik 1960 Institut za makedonski jazik - Skopje, Stari tekstovi (ureduva odbor : Blashe Koneski, Xaralampie Polenakovic, Krum Toshev), Skopje I, Makedonsko evangelie na Pop Jovana (priredil B. Moshin) 1954 II. Vraneshnichki apostol (priredil Blazhe Doneski) 1956 Institut za makedonski jazik “frste misirkov”, Skopje Pravopis na makedonskiot literaturen jazik so pravopisen rechnik 1970 Institut za makedonski jazik “krste misirkov”, posebni izdanija, Skopje kn.5, R. P. Usikova, Morfologija imeni sushchestvitel’nogo i glagola v sovremennom makedonskom literaturnom jazyke 1967 Institut za srpski jezik (Srpska akademija nauka), posebna izdanja, Beograd vol.1 (CCXXIII) Irena Grickat, O perfektu bez pomochnog glagola u srpskoxrvatskom jeziku i srodnim sintaksichkim pojavama 1954 vol.2 (CCXXVII) Milka Ivic, Znachenje srpskoxrvatskog instrumentala injixov razvoj (sintaksichko-semantichko studija) 1954 (two copies) The Instrumental Case in English : syntactic and semantic considerations (by Don L. F. Nilsen), The Hague 1973. no.156, Janua Linguarum, series minor Instytut Badan literackich, PAN, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk Slownik polszczyzny XVI wieku 1966 *An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Descriptions (by Jerrold J. Katz and Paul M. Postal), Cambridge, Mass. 1973. M.I.T. Press research monograph no.26 *The Intelligent Man’s Easy Guide to Computers (by A. N. Feldzamen), New York 1971 *Intermediate Chinese (by John DeFrancis with the assistance of Teng Chia-yee), New Haven 1969. no.7, Yale linguistic series (two copies) *Intermediate Chinese Reader (by John De Francis with the assistance of Teng Chia-yee and Yung Chih-sheng), New Haven C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 66

part I 1970 part II 1972 *An Intermediate Greek-English Lexicon Founded upon the Seventh Edition of Liddell and Scott’s Greek - English Lexicon , Oxford 1975 *Intermediate Reeader in Modern Chinese (by Harriet C. Mills with P.S.N.), Ithaca - London vol.I 1971 vol.II 1967 vol.III 1967 Intermediate Russian : introduction to Russian syntax (by Valentine Tschebotarioff Bill), New York 1972 International Anthropological and Linguistic Review, Miama, Fla. vol.I : 1 1953 *Xth International Congress of Linguists , third circular letter, Bucarest 1967 (two copies) *The 11th International Congress of Linguists (organized under the auspices of the CIPL), Bologna, August 28 - Florence, Sept.2, 1972 . fourth circular XII International Congress of Linguists, 29.8 - 2.9.1977, Vienna. Abstracts *International Congresses of Linguists 1st : The Hague, 1929 : Actes du premier congrès … 2nd, Geneva, 1933 : Actes du deuxième congrès … 3rd, Rome, 1935 : Atti del III Congresso … 4th, Copenhague, 1938 : 5th, Brussels, 1939 : Vème Congrès international des … 6th, Paris, 1948 : Actes du sixième congrès … 7th, London, 1956 : Proceedings of the Seventh … 8th, Oslo, 1957 : Proceedings of the Eighth 9th, Cambridge, Mass., 1962 : Trends in … Linguistics and Proceedings of the Ninth … 10th Bucharest, 1967 11th Bologna, 1972 International Congresses of Phonetic Sciences 3, Ghent, 1938 : Proceedings of the Third … 4, Helsinki, 1961 : Proceedings of the Fourth … 5, Münster, 1964 : Proceedings of the Fifth … *International Congresses of Slavicists 3, Belgrade, 1939 4, Moscow, 1958 5, Sofia, 1963 *Internationale Bibliothek für allgemeine Linguistik (heraus. v. Eugenio Coseriu), München band 13, Roman Jakobson, Form und Sinn 1974 International Encyclopedia of Unified Science (ed. Ottor Neorath), Chicago Foundations of the Unity of Science (vols. I-II of the Encyclopedia) vol.I, no.2, Morris, Foundations of the Theory of Signs 1951 vol.II, no.9, Joergen Joergensen, The Development of Logical Empiricism 1951 International Library of Psychology, Philosophy and Scientific Method (ed. C. K. Ogden), Patterson, N.J. - London C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 67

*Rudolf Carnap, The Logical Syntax of Language 1949 Max Black, The Nature of Mathematics 1959 International Scholars Forum : a series of books by American scholars, The Hague no.5, Waclaw Lednicki, Bits of Table Talk on Pushkin, Mickiewicz, Goethe, Turgenev and Sienkiezicz 1956 International Series in Engineering, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Proceedings of the National Symposium on Machine Translation (Edmundson, ed.) 1961 O interpretacii umeleckeho textu (red. Jan Holy et al.), Bratislava 1970. no.2, Zbornik, Kabinetu literarnej komunikacie, pedagogickej fakulty v Nitre (two copies) The Interpretation of Deviant Sentences in English : a transformational approach (by Robin S. Chapman), The Hague 1974. no.189, Janua Linguarum, series minor Interscience Tracts in Pure and Applied Mathematics (ed. L. Bers, R. Courant, J. J. Stoker), New York 21, Zellig Harris, Mathematical Structures of Language 1968 Intonacija i zvukovoj sostav : materialy kolokvuma po eksperimentalnoj fonetika i psixologii rechi (redaktor : V. A. Artemov, et al.), Moskva 1965 Intonacija slozhnogo predlozhenija v slavjanskix jazykax : opyt èksperimental’nogo issledovanija (by T. M. Nikolaeva), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Intonation and Grammar in British English (by M. A. K. Halliday), The Hague no.48, Janua Linguarum, series practica Intonative Features: a syntactic approach to English intonation (by Daniel Hirst), The Hague 1977. no.139, Janua Linguarum, series minor Introduction à la linguistique française (by R.-L. Wagner), Genève 1965. no.XXVII, Publications romanes et françaises Introduction à la morphologie comparée des langues romanes, basée sur des traductions anciennes des actes des apôtres ch.XX-XXIV (by L. Mourin and G. de Poerck), Bruges tome IV, L. Mourin, Sursilvain et engadinois anciens et ladin dolomitique 1964 Introduction à la phonétique française (by André Malécot) , The Hague 1977. no.15, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *An Introduction to Chinese Literature (by Liu Wui-chi), Bloomington Ind. 1966 *Introductions to English Literature (ed. Bonamy Dobrée), London III, H.V.D. Dyson and John Butt, Augustans and Romantics 1689-1830 1961 IV, Edith C. Batho and Bonamy Dobrée, The Victorians and After 1830-1914 1962 *Introduction to Dutch : a practical grammar (by William Z. Shetter), The Hague 1965 *An Introduction to English Transformational Syntax (by Rodney Huddleston), London 1976 (two copies) *Introduction to Estonian Linguistics (by Alo Raun and Andrus Saareste), Wiesbaden 1965. no.XII, Ural-altaische Bibliothek Introduction to Handbook of American Indian Languages (by Franz Boas), Lincoln, Nebr. 1971. in same volume. J. W. Powell, Indian Linguistic Families of America North of Mexico An Introduction to Linguistic Science (by Edgar H. Sturtevant), New Haven 1948, 1960 *Introduction to Logic and Sets (by Robert R. Christian), Lexington, Mass. 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 68

*Introduction to Mathematical Linguistics (by Robert Wall), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1972 *An Introduction to Modern Arabic (by Farhat J. Ziadeh and R. Bayly Winder), Princeton, N.J. 1957 (two copies) *An Introduction to Modern Literary Arabic (by David Cowan), Cambridge 1968 (four copies : two hardback) An Introduction to Nineteenth-century Russian Slavophilism (by Peter K. Christoff), The Hague 1972 vol.I, A. S. Xomjakov 1961, no.23/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vol.II, I. V. Kireevskij 1972, no.23/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Introduction to Phonological Theory (by Robert T. Harms), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1968 Introduction to Psycholinguistics (by Tatiana Slama-Cazacu), [The Hague 1973; to have appeared as no.60, Janua Linguarum, series maior, but never published] *Introduction to Tagmemic Analysis (by Walter A. Cook, S.J.), New York 1969. in Transatlantic series in linguistics *Introduction to the Foundations of Mathematics (by Raymond L. Wilder), New York 1965 (2nd ed.) Introduction to the Study of Language (by Tadeuza Milewski), The Hague - Warszawa 1973. no.7, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics (by John Lyons), Cambridge 1968, 1969 (two copies) An Introduction to the Russian Novel (by Janko Lavrin), London 1942 *Introduction to Topology (by Solomon Lefschetz), Princeton, N.J. 1949. no.11, Princeton mathematical series *Introduction to Topology (by Bert Mendelson), Boston 1975 (3rd ed.) *An Introduction to Transformational Syntax (by Roger Fowler), London 1971 Introductory Language Study (by Hulon Willis), Cambridge, Mass. 1970 *Introductory Topology (by Stewart Scott Cairns), New York 1968 *An Introductory Transformational Grammar (by Bruce L. Liles), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1971 *Introductory Transformational Grammar of English (by Mark Lester), New York 1971 *Intuitive Concepts in Elementary Topology , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1962 (two copies) Inwrought with Figures Dim : a reading of Milton’s ‘Lycidas’ (by David Shelley Berkeley), The Hague 1974. no.2, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series didactica Ioasafovskaja letopis’ (red. A. A. Zimina, M. N. Tixomirov), Moskva 1957 [Iordan, Iorgu] Omagiu lui Iorgu Iordan cu prilejul implinirii a 70 de ani (red. B. Cazacu et al.), Bucuresti 1958 Ipat’evskaja letopis , Moskva [1962 reprint from 1908 ed.], tom.2, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej *Irénée de Lyon, Contre les hérésies : mise en lumière et réfutation de la prétendue “connaissance” , Paris livre III (texte latin, fragments grecs, introd., trad. et notes : F. Sagnard) 1952 no.34, Sources chrétiennes Irodalomtudomany : tanulmanyok a XX. szazadi irodalomtudomany iranyzatairol (szerkesztette Nyiro Lajos), Budapest 1970 The “Iron Gate” Complex Atlas (ed. Stefan Milcu, C. S. Nicolaescu-Plopsor, Romulus Vulcanescu, Mihai Ionescu), Bucuresti n.d. C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 69

Irony (by D. C. Muecke), London 1973. no.13, The critical idiom Irwin series in quantitative analysis for business, Homewood, Ill. E. Wainright Martin, Jr., Electronic Data Processing : an introduction 1965 (two copies) *Isachenko, A. V., Die russische Sprache der Gegenwart , Halle (Saale) teil I, Formenlehre 1968 *Isachenko, Alexander V. Fonetika spisovnej rushtiny , Bratislava 1947. sväzok 7, Nauchna knizhnica, slovenskej akademie vied a umeni Isachenko, Alexander V., Jazyk a povod frizinskych pamiatok (Sprache und Herkunft der freisinger Denkmäler) , Bratislava 1943. sv.1, Slovenska akademia vied a umeni *Isachenko, A. V., Grammaticheskij stroj russkogo jazyka v sopostavlenii s slovackim , Bratislava Morfologija , pt.1 1954 pt.2 1960 Isachenko, Alexander and Hans-Joachim Schädlich, A Model of Standard German Intonation , The Hague 1970. no.113, Janua Linguarum, series practica Isachenko, A. V., Sloveski verz , Ljubljana 1939 Isaev, M. I., Sto tridcat’ ravnopravnyx (o jazykax narodov SSSR) , Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija, nauchno-popularnaja serija Isengalieva, V. A., Upotreblenie padezhej v kazaxskom i russkom jazykax, Alma-Ata 1961 Iskusstvo narodov SSSR ot velikoj oktjabr’skoj socialisticheskoj revoljucii do 1941 goda (red. L. S. Zinger and M. A. Orlov), Moskva. no.7, Istorija iskusstva narodov SSSR Iskusstvo pervobytnogo obshchestva i drevnejshix gosudarstv na territorii SSSR (red. A. L. Mongajt and N. V. Cherkasov), Moskva. tom I of Istorija iskusstva narodov SSSR , in Akademija xudozhestv SSSR, Nauchno-issledovatel’skij institut teorii i istorii, izobrazitel’nyx iskusstv Iskusstvo slova : o xudozhestvennosti literatury (by N. K. Gej), Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kogo Ismailov, B., Jazyk i poznanie mira , Tashkent 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut filosofii i prava *Ismay, The Memoirs of General Lord Ismay , New York 1960 *Issatschenko, Alexander, Mythen und Tatsachen über die Entstehung der russischen Literatursprache Wien 1975. in Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, 298. Band, 5. Abhandlung, heft 3, Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Linguistik und Kommunikationsforschung Ob issledovanii leksicheskix podsistem jazyka (red. O. S. Akhmanova) (by N. A. Shbova), Moskva 1970 Issledovanija i materialy po drevnerusskoj literature (ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kogo), Moskva Drevnerusskaja literatura i ee svjazi s novym vremenem , vyp.2 1967 Russkaja literatura na rubezhe dvux èpox (XVII-nachalo XVIII v.) (ot. red. A.N. Robinson) 1970 Issledovanija istochnikov po istorii russkogo jazyka i pis’mennosti (red. L. P. Zhukovskaja and N. I. Tarabasova), Moskva 1966 (two copies) Issledovanija po cheshkomu jazyku : voprosy slovoobrazovanija i grammatiki (red. A. G. Issledovanija po fol’kloru i mifologii vostoka (red. I. S. Braginskij, N. J. Konrad, E. M. C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 70

Meletinskij, et al.), Moskva V. Ja. Propp, Morfologija skazki 1969 (three copies) Issledovanija po fonologii (red. S. K. Shaumjan), Moskva 1966 Issledovanija po grammatike russkogo jazyke (red. E. I. Korotaeva), Leningrad pt. I 1958, no.235, Uchenye zapiski, leningradskogo ordena …, filologicheskij fakul’tet, vyp.38, serija filologicheskix nauk pt.III 1962, no.302, Uchenye zapiski, leningradskogo ordena …, filologicheskij fakul’tet, vyp.61, serija filologicheskix nauk pt.IV 1963, no.322, Uchenye zapiski, leningradskogo ordena …, filologicheskij fakul’tet, vyp.68, serija filologicheskix nauk Issledovanija po grammatike russkogo literaturnogo jazyka : sbornik statej (red. N. S. Pospelov and N. Ju. Shvedova), Moskva 1955 Issledovanija po istoricheskoj leksikologii drevnerusskogo jazyka (red. R. I. Avanesov), Moskva 1964 Issledovanija po leksikologii i grammatike russkogo jazyka (red. V. I. Borkovskij and S. I. Katkov), Moskva 1961 Issledovanija po lingvisticheskomu istochnikove deniju (red. S. I. Kotkov and O. A. Knjazevskaja), Moskva 1963 Issledovanija po matematicheskoj lingvistike, matematicheskoj logike i informacionnym jazykam (red. D. A. Bochar and Ju. A. Shchreder), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Gosudarstvennyj komitet soveta ministrov SSSR po nauke i texnike, nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme ‘Kibernetika”, vsesojuznyj institut nauchnoj i texnicheskoj informacii Issledovanija po obshchej teorii grammatiki (otvet. red. V. N. Jarceva), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija, nauchnyj sovet po teorii sovetskogo jazykoznanija Issledovanija po pol’skomu jazyku : sbornik statej (ot. red. Z. N. Strekalova) Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki (two copies) Issledovanija po serboluzhickim jazykam (otvet. red. L. E. Kalnyn’), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Issledovanija po serboxorvatskomu jazyku (otvet. red. R. V. Bulatova), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Issledovanija po sintaksisu russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (red. V. P. Suxotin), Moskva 1956 (two copies) Issledovanija po sintaksisu staroslavjanskogo jazyka : sbornik statej (red. Josef Kurz), Praga 1963 Issledovanija po slavjano-germanskim otnoshenijam (otvet. red. V. D. Koroljuk), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Issledovanija po slavjanskomu jazykoznaniju (red. V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva 1961 Issledovanija po strukturnoj tipologii (red. T. N. Moloshnaja), Moskva 1963 Issledovanija, restavracija i oxrana pamjatnikov, Moskva Igor’ Grabar’, O drevnerusskom iskusstve 1966 Issues in Phonological Theory : proceedings of the Urbana conference on phonology (ed Michael J. Kenstowicz and Charles W. Kisseberth), The Hague 1973. no.74, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Istanbul Üniversitesi, ederiyat fakültesi, yayinlarindan, Istanbul no.574, C. E. Bazell, Linguistic Form 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 71

Istochnikovedenie i istorija russkogo jazyka (red. S. I. Kotkov and V. F. Dubrovina), Moskva 1964 Istoria secreta (ed. H. Mihaescu) (by Procopius din Caesarea), Bucuresti 1972. no.VIII, Scriptores byzantini Istoricheskaja dialektologija russkogo jazyka (by K. V. Gorshkova), Moskva 1972 (two copies) Istoricheskaja grammatika i leksikologija russkogo jazyka : materialy i issledovanija (red. R. I. Avanesov), Moskva 1962 Istoricheskaja kollekcija èrmitazhnogo sobranija rukopisej pamjatniki XI-XVII vv. opisanie (sost. D. N. Al’shic), Moskva 1968. in Gosudarstvennaja publichnaja biblioteka imeni M. I. Saltykova-Shchedrina (two copies) Istoricheskaja poètika (by A. N. Veselovskij), Leningrad 1940 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.155, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istoricheskie ocherki (by A. A. Kizevetter), Moscow 1912 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.41, Russian reprint series Istoricheskie ocherki russkoj narodnoj slovesnosti i iskusstva (soch. F. Buslaev), Sanktpeterburg 1981 [reprint The Hague 1969] tom I, Russkaja narodnaja poèzija [reprint, no.202/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings] tom II, Drevne-russkaja narodnaja literatura i iskusstvo [reprint, no.202/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings] Istoricheskie pesni (vst. stat. V. I. Chicherov), Leningrad 1956. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Istoricheskie pesni XIII-XVI vekov (izdanie podgotovili : B. N. Putilov, B. M. Dobrovol’skij), Moskva - Leningrad 1960. in Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora Istoricheskie pesni XVII veka (red. B. N. Putilov), Moskva - Leningrad 1966. in Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora (two copies) Istoricheskie pesni XVIII veka (izd. podgot. O. B. Alekseeva and L. I Emel’janov), Leningrad 1971. in Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora, ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Istoricheskie sborniki XVIII-XIX vv. (sost. N. Ju. Bubnov, A. I. Kopanev, M. V. Kukushkina, O. P. Lixacheva), Leningrad 1971. tom.3, vyp.3, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela biblioteka Akademii nauk SSSR Istoricheskij sintaksis anglijskogo jazyka (by V. N. Jarceva), Moskva- Leningrad 1961. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija *Istoricheskoe povestvovanie drevnej rusi (otvet. red. D. S. Lixachev), Leningrad 1976. XXX, Trudy otdela drevnerusskoj literatury Iz istorii mirovogo iskusstva, Moskva V. N. Lazarev, Drevnerusskie mozaiki i freski XI-XV vv. 1973 K istorii otglagol’nogo slovoobrazovanija sushchestvitel’nyx v russkom literaturnom jazyke nobogo vremeni (by V. N. Xoxlacheva), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Iz istorii russkix kanonicheskix imen (by B. A. Uspenskij), Moskva 1969 (with author’s inscription) Istorija biblioteki Akademii Nauk SSSR (by S. P. Puppov, A. I. Kopanev, M. V. Kukushkina, P. V. Sokolov, V. N. Voronov, V. Ja. Xvatov), Moskva - Leningrad 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 72

Istorija “demokraticheskoj kontrrevoljucii” v Rossii (by K. V. Gusev), Moskva 1973. no.8, Novoe v zhizni, nauke i texnike, serija “Istorija” Istorija iskusstva narodov SSSR (v 9 tomax) , Moskva. in Akademija xudozhestv SSSR, nauchno-issledovatel’skij institut teorii i istorii, isobrazitel’nyx tom 1, Iskusstvo pervobytnogo obshchestva i drevnejshix gosudarstv na territorii SSSR (red. A. L. Mongajt and N. V. Cherkasov) 1971 tom 2, Iskusstvo IV-XIII vekov (red. N. A. Ezerska and O. I. Soporinskyj) 1973 tom 3, Iskusstvo XIV-XVIII vekov (red. N. A. Ezerska and O. I. Soporinskyj) 1974 tom4, Iskusstvo konca XVII-XVIII vekov (red. A. Ju. Nurok and M. A. Orlovoj) 1976 tom 7, Iskusstvo narodov SSSR ot velijof oktjabr’skoj socialisticheskoj revoljucii do 1941 goda 1972 tom 8, Iskusstvo narodov SSSR v period velikoj otechestvennoj vojny i do konca 1950-x godov 1977 Istorija, kul’tura, ètnografija i fol’klor slavjanskix narodov (red. I. A. Xrenov, A. I. Nedorezov, V. I. Elydnev, N. I. Kravcov), Moskva 1973. VII Mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (Varshava, avgust, 1973 g.) Istorija, fol’klor, iskusstvo slavjanskix narodov doklady sovetskoj delegacii VI mezhdunarodnyj sezd slavistov (Sofija, sentjabr’ 1963) (red. B. A. Rybakov), Moskva 1963 *Istorija glagol’nyx vremen v bolgarskom jazyke vremena indikativa (by I. K. Bunina), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Istorija goroda Moskvy (by Ivan Zabelin), Moskva 1902 [reprint The Hague 1969] chast I no.218, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija gosudarstva rossijskago (by N. M. Karamzin), S.-Peterburg 1892 [reprint The Hague 1969] tom I-XII, Ezhemesjachnoe prilozhenie k zhurnalu “Sever”, janvar’ dekabr’ 1892 , no.189/1-12, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija imennogo slovoobrazovanija v cheshkom literaturnom jazyke Konca XVIII-XX vv. (by G. P. Neshchimenko), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija Istorja jazykovedenija do konca XIX veka (kratkij obzor osnovnyx momentov) (by V. Tomsen), Moskva 1938 *Istorija kul’tury drevnej rusi , Moskva 1951. two volumes Istorija kul’tury drevnej rusi (red. B. D. Grekov and M. I. Artamonov), Domongol’skij period, Moskva - Leningrad 1951 vol.I, Material’naja kul’tura (red. N. N. Voronin, M. K. Karger, M. A. Tixanova) vol.II, Obshchestvennyj stroj i duxovnaja kul’tura (red. N. N. Voronin and M. K. Karger) Istnichestva mestnichestva v moskovskom gosudarstve v XV-XVII veke (by I. Markevich), Odessa 1888 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.192, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija moskovskoj slavjano-greko-latinskoj akademii (by Sergij Smirnov), Moskva 1855 (unbound photocopy entire book) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 73

Istorija moskvy. kratkij ocherk (red. S. S. Xromov (otvet. red.), Ju. I. Korablev, A. K. Mel’nichenko, A. A. Preobrazhenskij, T. A. Selivanov, A. M. Sinicyn), Moskva 1974. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii SSSR Istorija na balgar, d’rezhva prez srednite vekove , Sofia vol. pt. year 1 1 1918 (1938) 1 2 1927 2 1934 3 1940 Istorija na balgarskij ezik (unbound) vol.1, 1940 vol.2, 1934 vol.3, 1937 Istorija na balgarija (red. D. Kosev, Zh. Natan, Al. Burmov), Sofija 1961. three volumes Istorija na balgarskata darzhava prez srednite vekove (by B. N. Zlatarski), Sofija tom I, Parvo balgarsko carstvo chast’ 1, Epoxa naxunno-balgarskoto nadmoshchie (679-852) 1938 chast' 2, Ot slavenizacijata na darzhavata do padaneto na parvoto carstvo (852-1018) 1927, 1972 (total: two copies) tom II, Balgarija pod vizantijsko vladichestvo (1018-1187) n.d., 1973 (total: two copies) tom III, Vtoro balgarsko carstvo : balgarija pri asenevci (1187-1280) 1940, 1972 (total: two copies) Istorija na balgarskata literatura (red. S. Bozhkov, P. Dinekov, P. Zarev, G. Canev), Sofia vol.1, Starobalgarska literatura 1963 vol.2, Literatura na vazrazhdaneto 1966 Istorija na makedonskiot jazik (by Blashe Koneski), Skopje - Belgrad 1965 Istorija na slozhnite minali vremena v balgarski, sarbo-xarvatski i slovenski ezik (by Marija Dejanova), Sofija 1970. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Istorija otechestvennogo jazykoznanija, Moskva no.1, I. I. Beloded, V. I. Borkovskij, R. I. Goreckij, Izuchenie ukrainskogo i belorusskogo jazykov 1958 Istorija russkogo istusstva (red. I. E. Grabar’, V. S. Kemenov, V. N. Lazarev), Moskva 1955. three volumes Istorija russkogo letopisanija XI-XV vv. (by M. D. Prislekov), St. Petersburg 1923 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.46, Russian reprint series Istorija russkogo letopisanija XI - nachalo XVIII veka : ocherki i slledovanija (by A. N. Nasonov), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii SSSR (two copies) Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (by A. I. Efimov), Mosiva 1961, 1971 Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (by A. I. Gorshkov), Moskva 1969 Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (pervaja polovina XVIII veka) cikl lekcij (by G. I. Shkljarevskij), Xar’kov 1968 Istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (vtoraja polovina XVIII-XIX vek) cikl lekcij (by G. I. Shkljarevskij), Xar’kov 1967 (two copies- C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 74

*Istorija russkogo udarenija : imennaja akcentuacija v drevnerusskom jazyka (by V. V. Kolesov), Leningrad 1972. in Leningradskij ordena Lenina i ordena trudovogo krasnogo znameni gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni A. A. Zdanova (two copies) Istorija russkoj cerkvi (by E. Golubinskij), Moskva [reprint The Hague 1969] tom I, Period pervij, Kievskij ili domongol’skij pt.1 1901. reprint , no.117/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings pt.2 1904. reprint , no.117/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, Ot nashestvija mongolov do mitropolita Makarija vkluchitel’no pt.1 1900. reprint , no.117/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings pt.2 1910. reprint , no.117/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Arxeologicheskij atlas ko vtoroj polovine I. toma 1906. reprint , no.117/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija russkoj dialektologii (red. B. V. Gornung), Moskva 1961 Istorija russkoj kritiki (red. B. P. Gorodeckij et al.), Moskva - Leningrad 1958. two volumes Istorija russkoj kritiki XVIII-XIX vekov (by V. I. Kuleshov), Moskva 1972 Istorija russkoj literatury (v trex tomax) (red. D. D. Blagoj), Moskva - Leningrad vol.I, Literatura X-XVIII vekov (red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc, D.S. Lixachev, V. D. Kuz’mina, K. V. Pigarev, A.N. Robinson) 1958 vol.II, Literatura pervoj poloviny XIX veka (red. A. M. Lavreckij, U. R. Foxt, A. G. Cejtlin) 1963 vol.III, Literatura vtoroj poloviny XIX - nachala XX vekov red. F. I. Evnin, A. M. Lavreckij, L. D. Opul’skaja, U. R. Foxt, A. G. Cejtlin) 1964 Istorija russkoj literatury (red. P. I. Lebedev-Poljanskij et al.), Moskva - Leningrad vol.II Literatura 1220-x - 1580-x gg. , chast 1 1946 vol.II Literatura 1590 - 1690 gg. , chast 2 1948 Istorija russkog literatury XVII-XVIII vekov (by A. S. Eleonskaja, O. V. Orlov, Ju. N. Sidorova, S. F. Terexov, V. I. Fedorov), Moskva 1969 *Istorija russkoj literatury XIX v. (red. D. N. Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij), Moskva 1910 [reprint The Hague 1969] tom 1, reprint, no.153/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 2, reprint, no.153/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 3, reprint, no.153/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 4, reprint, no.153/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 5, reprint, no.153/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija russkoj obshchestvennoj mysli : individualizm i meshchanstvo v russkoj literature i zhizni XIX v. (by Ivanov-Rasumnik), S.-Peterburg 1911 two volumes [reprint The Hague1969], no.229/1,2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija russkoj poèzii (v dvux tomax) (red. B. P. Gorodeckij), Leningrad. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushikinskij dom) tom I 1968 tom II 1969 Istorija russkoj zhizni s drevnejshix vremen (soch. Ivan Zabelin), Moskva [reprint The Hague] chast 2 1879 [1969], no.225/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 75

Istorija russkoj zhurnalistiki XVIII-XIX vekov (red. A. V.Zapadov) (autori : B. G. Berezina, A. G. Dementev, B. I. Esin, A. V. Zapadov, N. P. Sikorskij), Moskva 1966 (two copies) Istorija sintaksicheskix javlenij russkogo jazyka (by V. L. Georgieva), Moskva 1968 Istorija slavjanskix literaturnyx jazykov (red. V. D. Koroljuk, M. A. Virman et al.), Moskva 1967. no.43, ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija kratkie soobshchenija instituta slavjanovedenija Istorija slovackoj literatury (red. Ju. V. Bogdanov, S. V. Nikol’skoj, S. A. Sherlaimov), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Istorija srpske cirilice : paleografskofiloloshki prilozi (by Petar Borbic), Beograd 1970 Istorija srpske knjizhevnosti romantizam (by Miodrag Popovic), Beograd vol.I 1968 vol.II 1972 vol.III 1972 Istorija srpskokrvatskoslovenachkog knjishevnog jezika : s pregledom nashih dijalekata i istorijskom chitankom (sast. Franjo Poljanec) Zagreb 1936 *Istorija srpskoxrvatskog jezika (by A. Belic), Beograd vol. I, Fonetika : univerzitetska predavnja * 1960 (*also under Osnovi istorije srpskoxrvatskog jezika) vol.II, pt.I, Rechi sa delinacijom 1950, 1962, 1969 (total: three copies) vol.II, pt.II, Rechi sa konjugacijom 1951, 1962, 1969 (total: three copies) Istorija tverskago knjazhestva (by V. S. Borzakovskij), S.-Peterburg 1876 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.133, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija uchenij o drame (by A. Anikst), Moskva. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii iskusstv, ministerstva kul’tury SSSR Teorija dramy v Rossii ot Pushkina do Chexova 1972 Istorija ukrajns’koji literaturi (by Misajlo Voznjak), L’vov [reprint The Hague 1970] tom I, Do kincja XV viku 1920. reprint, no.224/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, Viki XVI-XVIII persha chastina 1921. reprint, no.224/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III, Viki XVI-XVIII druga chastina 1924. reprint, no.224/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Istorija vizantii (v trex tomax) (red. S. D. Skazkin, et al.), Moskva tom 1 (otvet. red. Z. V. Udal’cov) 1967 Istorija zhanrov v russkoj literature X-XVII vv. (otvet. red. M. Panchenko), Leningrad 1972. no.XXVII, Trudy otdela drevnerusskoj literatury, ANSSSR, institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) (two copies) Z istoriji ukrajins’koji movi : do 150-richchja “Grammatiki” O. Pavlovs’kogo , Kijiv 1972. in ANURSR, Institut movoznavstva im O. O. Potebni Istorikofilologicheskie issledovanija : sbornik statej k semidesjatipjatiletiju akademika N. I. Konrada (red. M. B. Xrapchenko et al.), Moskva 1967 Istrin, V. A. 1100 let slavjanskoj zabuki 863-1963 , Moskva 1963 Istrin, V. M., Ocherk istorii crevnerusskoj literatury domoskovskogo perioda (11-13 vv.) , Petrograd 1922 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 76

Istrin, V., La prise de Jérusalem de Josephe le juif : texte vieux-russe publié intégralement (imprimé sous la direction de André Vaillant, traduit en français par Pierre Pascal), Paris. no.II, Textes publiés par l’Institut d’études slaves) tom I 1934 tom II 1938 *Italiaans offeningenboek (by Irene Hijmans-Tromp), Arnhem 1967 *Italiaansch handwoordenboek (by Benjamino Dentici) gouda pt.I, Italiaansch - nederlandsch 1926 *Italiaanse grammatica (by Irene Hijmans-Tromp met medewerking van Dott. Mario L. Alinei), Arnhem 1964 *L’Italien par les textes (by E. Barincou, S. Camugli and G. Ulysse), Paris 1968 Iustiniani Istitutiones (recensuit Paul Krueger), Berlin 1908 *Ivanchev, Svetomir, Problemi na aspektual nostta v slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1971. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik [Ivan Groznyj] Poslanija Ivana Groznogo (red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc), Moskva - Leningrad 1951. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR *Ivanka, Endre, Hellenisches und Christliches im frühbyzantischen Geistesleben , Wien 1948 Ivanoshic, Anton, Pjesme Antuna Kanizhlica, Antuna Ivanoshica i Matije Petra Katanshica (prir. T. Matic), Zagreb 1940. no.XXVI, Stari pisci hrvatski Ivanov, Georgi Pop, Narodni pesni i prikazki ot sofijsko i botevgradsko, Sofija 1949. no.XLIV, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Ivanov-Razumnik, Istorija russkoj obshchestvennoj mysli : individualizm i jeshchanstvo v russkoj literature i zhizni XIX v. , S.-Peterburg 1911 two volumes [reprint The Hague 1969], no.229/1,2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ivanov, V. S., Uchebnik vengerskogo jazyka , Moskva 1961 [Ivanov, Vyacheslav] Russian Symbolism : a study of Vyacheslav Ivanov and the Russian symbolist aesthetic (by James West), London 1970 Ivanov, V. V., T. V. Shanskaja, N. M. Shanskij, Kratkij ètimologicheskij slovar’ russkogo jazyka : posobie dlja uchitelja , Moskva 1971 Ivanov, V. V., Razvitie grammaticheskogo stroja russkogo jazyke , Moskva 1960 Ivanov, V. V. and V. N. Toporov, Sanskrit , Moskva 1960. in Jazyki zarubezhnogo vostoka i afriki (pod obshchej redakciej G. P. Serdjuchenko) Ivanov, Vjach. Vs. and V. N. Toporov, Slavjanskie jazykovye modelirujushchie semioticheskie sistemy (drevnij period) , Moskva 1965 (two copies) Ivanov, Vsevolod, Bronepoezd 14 - 69 , Moskva 1966. in Shkol’naja biblioteka mirovoj dramaturgii Ivanov, V. V., Kratkij ocherk istoricheskoj fonetiki russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1959, 1961 *Ivanov, Vjach. Vs., Obshcheindoevropejskaja praslavjanskaja i anatolijskaja jazykovye sistemy (sravnitel’no-tipologicheskie ocherki) , Moskva 1965 *Ivanov, V. V., Ucherno-metodicheskoe posobie : po kursu “osnovy jazykoznanija” , Moskva 1958 Ivanova, Ana, Trojanski damaskin : balgarski pametnik ot XVII vek , Sofija 1967 Ivanova, Kalina, Desemantizacijata na glagolnite predstavki v savremennija balgarski knizhoven ezik , Sofija 1966 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 77

Ivanova-Mircheva, Dora, Joan Ekzarx bargarski slova , Sofija. in Institut za balgarski ezik, BAN tom I 1971 Ivanova-Mircheva, Dora, Razvoj na badeshche vreme (futurum) v balbarskija ezik ot X do XVIII vek , Sofija 1962 Ivan the Terrible (by Robert Payne and Nikita Romanoff), New York 1975 Ivchenko, M. P., Suchasna ukraïns’ka literaturna mova , Kiïv 1965 Ivic, Milka, Pravci u lingvistici , Ljubljana 1963 Ivic, Milka, Trends in Linguistics , The Hague 1970 (2nd printing). no.42, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Ivic, Milka, Znachenja srpskoxrvatskog instrumentala i njixov razvoj (sintaksichko- semantichka studija) , Beograd 1954. P.l.CCXXVII, i.z.s.j. 2, Posebna izdanja, institut za srpski jezik (two copies - one with author’s inscription) Ivic, Pavle, O deklinacionim oblicimi u srpskoxrvatskii dijalektima , Novi Sad 1959. offprint from Godishnjak filozofskog fakulteta u Novom Sadu, knjiga IV (1959) Ivic, Pavle, Dijalektologija srpskoxrvatskog jezika , Novi Sad 1956 (with author’s inscription) Ivic, Pavle, Dva glavna pravca razvoja konsonantizma u srpskoxrvatskom jeziku , Novi Sad 1957. offprint from Godishnjak filozofskog fakulteta u Novom Sadu, knjiga II *Ivic, Pavle, O govoru galipoljskix srba , Beograd 1957. no.XII, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik (two copies - one with author’s inscription) Ivic, Pavle, O klasifikaciji srpskohrvatskih dijalekata , Beograd 1963. offprint from Knjizhevnosti i jezika X, br.1, 1963 (with author’s inscription) *Ivic, Pavle, Die serbokroatischen Dialekte : ihre Struktur und Entwicklung , ‘s-Gravenhage pt.I, Allgemeines u. die shtokavische Dialektgruppe 1958. no.18, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ivic, Pavle, Srpski narod injegov jezik , Beograd 1971. kolo LXIV, knjiga 429, Srpska knjizhevna zadruga *Ivic, Pavle, Über den spezifischen Charakter der mundartlichen Ausgliederung des serbokroatischen Sprachgebietes , Louvain 1958. offprint from Orbis : bulletin international de documentation linguistique, tome VII, no.1, 1958 Ivic, Pavle, O vukovom rjechniku iz 1818. godine , Beograd 1966 (two copies) *Ivshic, Napisao Stjepan , Danashni posavski govor . photocopy (138 pp. + 2pp.maps) Ivshic, Stjepan, Slavenska poredbena gramatika , Zagreb 1970. in Udzhbenici sveuchilishta u Zagrebu Izbornik 1076 goda (izd. podgot. V. S. Golyshenko, V. F. Dubrovina, V. G. Dem’janov, G. F. Nefedov), Moskva 1965 Izbrannye raboty po russkomu jazyku (by G. O. Vinokur), Moskva 1959. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka (two copies) Izbrannye stixotvorenija. Redakcija, stat’ja i kommentarii V. S. Nechaevoj (by P. A. Vjazemskij), Moscow-Leningrad 1935. [reprint The Hague 1967] no.6, Academia reprints *Izdanie Langenshejdta karmannyj slovar’ russkogo i nemeckogo jazykov (sost. Karl Blattner), Berlin - Schöneberg chast pervaja : russkogo - nemeckaja 1947, 1957 chast vtoraja : nemecko-russkaja 1930 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 78

Izdanja prosvetno-izdavachke zadruge “zmaj”, Novi Sad broj 2, Politichke pesme Jovana Jovanovica Zmaja (priredili : Vasa Stajic and Mladen Leskovac) 1945 Iz diaxronicheskoj morfologii slavjanskix i baltijskix jazykov (by V. K. Zhuravlev and V. P. Mazhjulis), Vil’njus 1978. preprint, VIII mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (inscription from author) Iz frontovoj zhizni, Moskva Leonid Leonov, Vzjatie velidoshumska 1945 Leonid Sobolev, Dorogami pobed 1945 Boris Gorbatov, Nepokorënnye (seméja tarasa) 1945 Iz istorii otechestvennoj fonologii (by A. A. Reformatskij), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Iz istorii slov i slovarej : ocherki po leksikologii i leksikografii (red. B. A. Larin), Leningrad 1963 Iz lekcij po metodologii istorii russkoj literatury (by V. N. Peretc), Kiev 1914 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.145, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Iz lekcij po teorii slovesnosti : basnja. poslovica. pogovorka (by A. A. Potebnja), Xar’kov 1894 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.150, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Izoglosy gwarowe na obszarze dawnych wojewodztw leczyckiego i sieradzkiego (by Zdzislaw Stieber), Krakow 1933. no.6, Monografje, Polskich cech gwarowych Iz opyta prepodavanija russkogo jazyka inostrancam : sbornik statej (redaktors : G. A. Bitextina et al.), Moskva 1964 Izsledovanija po russkomu jazyku, S.-Peterburg tom II, vyp.3, A. A. Shaxmatov, Izsledovanie o dvinskix gramotax XV v. , chast I and II 1903 Izsledovanija i stat’i po russkoj literature i prosveshcheniju (by M. I. Suxomlinov), S.- Peterburg 1889 [reprint The Hague 1970] tom I reprint, no.243/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II reprint, no.243/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Izsledovanija, zamechanija i lekcii, M. Pogodina, o russkoj istorii (izdany Imperatorskim Moskovskim obshchestvom istorii i drevnostej rossijskix) , Moskva 1846 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.219/1, 2, 3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom I, vstuplenie. ob istochnikax drevnej russkoj istorii, preimushchestvenno o Nestor tom II, proisxozhenie barjagov rusi. o slavjanax tom III, normanskij period Izuchenie russkogo jazyka i istochnikovedenie (otvet. red. V. F. Dubrovina), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Izvestija Akademii pedagogicheskix nauk RSFSR (red. F. N. Shemjakin), Moskva no.113, Myshlenie i rech : trudy instituta psyxologii 1960 Izvestija na balgarskoto istorichesko druzhestvo (otgovoren red. D. Kosev), Sofija vol.XXV 1967 Izvori za istorijata na balgarskoto pravo, Sofija Venelin Ganev, Zakon soudnyj ljud’m 1959 Iz zapisok po teorii slovesnosti (by A. A. Potebnja), Xar’kov 1905 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.128, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 79

J

50 Jaar literatuur in Sowjet-Rusland : tissen visioen en satire (by A. M. van der Eng- Liedmeier), Hilversum - Maaseik 1967 Jablonskis, J. , Rinktiniai Rashtai , Vilnius tom I 1957 (two copies) tom II 1969 Jacimirskij, A. I., Slavjanskija i russkija rukopisi : rumynskix bibliotek , Sanktpeterburg 1905 Jackendoff, Ray S., An Interpretive Theory of Pronouns and Reflexives , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University Linguistics Club, of 16 January 1968 paper Jackendoff, Ray S., Semantic Interpretation in Generative Grammar , Cambridge, Mass. 1972. vol.2, Studies in linguistics series Jackendoff, Ray S., Speculations on Presentences and Determiners , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University Linguistics Club, of 10 May 1968 paper Jackson, Robert Louis, Dostoevsky’s Quest for Form , Bloomington, Ind. 1968 (2nd ed.) Jackson, Robert L., Dostoevskij’s Underground Man in Russian Literature, ‘s-Gravenhage 1958. no.15, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Jacob, Alaric, A Window in Moscow 1944-1945 , London 1946 Jacob, André, Les exigences théoriques de la linguistique selon Gustave Guillaume , Paris 1970. no.X, Etudes linguistiques Jacobs, Roderick A. and Peter S. Rosenbaum, Boston 1967 Grammar 2 : developmental grammar Teachers’ Guide for Grammar 1 and Grammar 2 Jacobs, Roderick A. and Peter S. Rosenbaum, Readings in English Transformational Grammar , Waltham, Mass. 1970 Jacobson, Rodolfo, The London Dialect of the Late Fourteenth Century , The Hague 1970. no.97, Janua Linguarum, series practica Jacobsson Gunnar, Le nom de temps leto dans les langues slaves (étude sémantique et étymologique) , Uppsala 1947. t.1, Trudy po slavjanskoj filologii Jäger, Hermann, Die Syntax der umbestimmten Fürwörter tel, autre, und nul , Rostock 1906. Inaugural-dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-Augusts-Universität zu Göttingen Jagic, V., Bericht über einen mittelbulgarischen Zlatoust des 13.-14. Jahrhunderts . offprint from Sitzungsber. d. phil.-hist. Cl., CXXXIX Bd., 4 Abh. [Jagic, Vatroslav] Djela Vatroslava Jagica (urednik Petar Skok) IV, Chlanci iz “knizhevniki” III (1866) Historija knizhevnosti : naroda hrvatskoga i srbskoga 1953 Jagic, V., Entstehungsbeschichte der kirchenslavischen Sprache, Berlin 1913 Jagic, V., Historija knjizhevnosti, naroda hrvatskoga i srbskoga , Zagreb vol.I staro doba 1867 Jagic, Vatroslav, Izbrani kraci spisi (uredio i chlanke sa stranih hezika preveo : Mihovil Kombol), Zagreb 1948. in Matice hrvatska, izvanredno izdanja C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 80

Jagic, V., Das Leben der Wurzel de in den slavischen Sprachen , Wien 1871 Jagic, V. (ed.), Quattuor evangeliorum codex glagoliticus : olim zographensis nunc petropolitanus. characteribus Cyrillicis transcriptum notis criticis prolegomenis appendicibus auctum , Graz 1954. in Editiones monumentorum slavicorum : veteris dialecti Jagic, V. (ed.), Quattuor evangeliorum versionis palaeoslovenicae codex marianus glagoliticus : characteribus cyrillicus transcriptum , Grac 1960. in Editiones monumentorum slavicorum : veteris dialecti Jagic, V. (ed.), Slovenskaja psaltir’ psalterium bononienso : interpretationem veterem slavicam cum aliis codicibus collatam, adnotationibus ornatam, appendicubus auctam , Vienne - Berlin - St. Petersburg 1907. accedunt XIX specimina codicum (two copies) Jagic, V. (ed.), Supplementum psalterii bononiensis : incerti auctoris explanatio psalmorum graeca (ad fidem codicum edidit V. Jagic), Vienna 1917 Jagic, V., Zum altkirchenslawischen Apostolus , Wien I, Grammatisches und kritisches 1919. Akad. d. Wissen. in Wien, Phil.- hist. Kl., Sitz. 191 Bd., 2 Abh. II, Lexikalisches. Die Physiognomie der slawischen Übersetzung (1) 1919 Akad. d. Wissen. in Wien, Phil.-hist. Kl., Sitz. 193 Bd., 1 Abh. III, Lexikalisches (2). Die Physiognomie der slawischen Übersetzung (2) (Schluss) Akad. d. Wissen. in Wien, Phil.-hist. Kl., Sitz. 197 Bd., 1 Abh. [Jagoditsch, Rudolf] Rudolf Jagoditsch zum achtzigsten Geburtstag , Wien - Köln - Graz 1972. no.17, Wiener slavistisches Jahrbuch Jahrbuch des osteuropa-instituts zu Breslau (heraus. Hans-Jürgen Seraphim), Breslau no. 2, 1941 1942 *[Jakobson, Roman] Roman Jakobson : a bibliography of his writings , The Hague 1971. no.134, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Jakobson, Roman, A Bibliography of the Publications of Roman Jakobson on Language, Literature and Culture , Cambridge, Mass. 1951. Published by friends and students of Roman Jakobson to mark his 35th year of significant contribution to these fields *Jakobson, Roman, Essais de linguistique générale , Paris tome 2, Rapports internes et externes du langage 1973. no.57, Arguments *[Jakobson, Roman] For Roman Jakobson : essays on the occasion of his sixtieth birthday, 11 October 1956 (eds. Halle, Lunt, McLean, van Schooneveld), The Hague 1956 [*Jakobson, Roman] Roman Jakobson’s Science of Language (by Linda R. Waugh), Lisse 1976. no.2, PdR Press publications on Roman Jakobson Jakobson, Roman, L. L. Hammerich and Eberhard Zwirner (eds.), Form and Substance : phonetic and linguistic papers presented to Eli Fischer-Jørgensen , Copenhagen 1971 *Jakobson, Roman, Form und Sinn : sprachwissenschaftliche Betrachtungen , München 1974. band 13, Internationale Bibliothek für algemeine Linguistik *Jakobson, Roman and Morris Halle, Fundamentals of Language , ‘s-Gravenhage 1956, 1971 (2nd ed.), 1975 (2nd ed., 2nd prtg.). no.1, Janua Linguarum, series minor Jakobson, Roman, The Gender Pattern of Russian , Bucharest 1960. offprint from Studii si cercetari lingvistice omagiu liu al. graur cu prilejul implinirii a 60 de ani, 3 anul XI 1960 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 81

Jakobson, Roman and Morris Halle, Grundlangen der Sprache , Berlin 1960. no.1, Schriften zur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kommunikationsforschung *Jakobson, Roman, History of Choll. Van Schooneveld-bound course notes *Jakobson, Roman, History of the Russian Language . bound course notes : two sets (Chizhevskaja notes, de Wese notes) *[Jakobson, Roman] To Honor Roman Jakobson , The Hague 1967 vol.I, no.31, Janua Linguarum, series maior vol.II, no.32, Janua Linguarum, series maior vol.III, no.33, Janua Linguarum, series maior Jakobson, Roman, Linguistics . offprint from Main Trends of Research in the Social and Human Sciences, I, 1970 *Jakobson, Roman, Kindersprache, Aphasie und allgemeine Lautgesetze , Copenhagen (?) 1942. from : Sprakvet. Sällsk. Förhandl. 1940-42 Jakobson, Roman, Linguistics and Poetics , Cambridge, Mass. 1960. offprint from Style in Language (ed. Thomas A. Sebeok) Jakobson, Roman, Main Trends in the Science of Language , New York 1974. no.6, Main trends in the social sciences, Harper torchbook TB1809 Jakobson, R., Novejshaja russkaja poèzija : nabrosok pervij , Praha 1921 Jakobson, R., Opyt fonologicheskogo podloda k istoricheskim voprosam slavjanskoj akcentologii , The Hague 1963. preprint, American Contributions to the Fifth International Congress of Slavists, Sofia Jakobson, Roman, Roxvala Konstantina filosofa Grigorija Bogoslovy , offprint from Slavia 39, 1970, ch.3 *Jakobson, R., C. G. M. Fant and M. Halle, Preliminaries to Speech Analysis : the distinctive features and their correlates , Cambridge, Mass. 1951, 1961 (4th prtg. - two copies), 1969 (9th prtg., paperback, two copies) Jakobson, Roman, Pushkin and his Sculptural Myth (transl. & ed. John Burbank), The Hague 1975. no.116, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Jakobson, Roman, Remarques sur l’évolution phonologique du russe comparée à celle des autres langues slaves , Prague 1929. no.2, Travaux du cercle linguistique de Prague Jakobson, R., Retrospective Phonology . photocopy, class notes - two sets (Chizhevskaja and de Wese) *[Jakobson, Roman] Roman Jakobson : a bibliography of his writings. with a foreward by C. H. van Schooneveld , The Hague 1971. (copy inscribed by Jakobson; no.III of ten number copies) *Jakobson, R., Russian Linguistics . bound class notes, van Schooneveld (bound with Jakobson articles : “Zur Struktur des russischen Verbums” and “Russian Conjugation” [Word 4, no.3]) Jakobson, Roman, Selected Writings , The Hague vol.I, Phonological Studies 1962 (two copies), 1971 (rev. ed., two copies) vol.II, Word and Language 1971 (three copies) vol.IV, Slavic Epic Writings 1966 (two copies) Jakobson, Roman and Lawrence G. Jones, Shakespeare’s Verbal Art in “th’expence of spirit” , The Hague 1970. no.35, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 82

Jakobson, Roman, Shifters, Verbal Categories and the Russian Verb , Cambridge, Mass. 1957. from Russian language project, department of Slavic languages and literatures Jakobson, Roman, Slavic Civilization . bound photocopies of class notes - Louise de Wese Jakobson, Roman, Slavic Languages , New York 1949. in Columbia Slavic studies Jakobson, Roman, Slav. klankleer en vormleer . van Schooneveld bound class notes Jakobson, Roman and D. Svjatopolk-Mirskij, Smert’ Vladimira Majakovskogo , The Hague 1975. no.70, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Jakobson, Roman and Dean S. Worth, Sofonija’s Tale of the Russian-Tatar Battle on the Kulikovo Field , The Hague 1963. no.LI, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) Jakobson, R., Structure . two sets, bound copies of course notes : van Schooneveld and Chizhevskaja Jakobson, Roman, Studies in Comparative Slavic Metrics , Oxford 1952. from Oxford Slavonic Papers, vol.III, 1953 Jakobson, Roman, Studies in Russian Philology , Ann Arbor, Mich. 1962. no.1, Michigan Slavic Studies Jakobson, Roman, Studies in Verbal Art : texts in Czech and Slovak , Ann Arbor, Mich. no.4, Michigan Slavic contributions Jakobson, Roman, Studies on Child Language and Aphasia , The Hague 1971. no.114, Janua Linguarum, series minor Jakobson, Roman, Syntax and Metrics . bound photocopy of course notes : Lunt Jakobson, Roman, On Visual and Auditory Signs , Basel - New York 1964. from Phonetica 11 / 216-220 (1964) Jakobson, Roman and Marc Szeftel, The Vseslav Epos , Philadelphia 1949. offprint, vol.42 (1947), Russian epic studies (R. Jakobson and E. J. Simmons, eds.) *Jakobson und Husserl : ein Beitrag zur Genealogie des Strukturalismus (by Elmar Holenstein). offprint from Tijdschrift voor Filosofie, 35, no.3, 1973 (two copies) Jakovenko, N. P., Slovesnoe udarenie v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke , Kiev 1966 Jakovlev, A., Xolopstvo i xolopy v moskovskom gosudarstve XVII v. : po arxivnym dokumentam xolop’ego i posol’skogo prikazov, oruzhejnoj palaty i razrjada , Moskva - Leningrad. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii [reprint The Hague] tom I 1943 [1970] Jakovlev, N. and D. Ashxamaf, Grammatika adygejskogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1941. in ANSSSR, Institut jazyka i pis’mennosti narodov SSSR, Adygejskij nauchno-issledovatel’skij institut kul’turnogo stroitel’stva Jakovlev, N. F., Sintaksis chechenskogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1940. in ANSSSR, Institut jazyka i pis’mennosti narodov SSSR, Checheno-ingushskij nauchno- issledovatel’skij institut istorii, jazyka i literatury Jaksche, Harald, Slovenisch , Wiesbaden 1965. no.II, Slavische akzentuation Jakubec, J., Dejiny literatury cheske , Praha vol.I, Od nejstarshich dob do probuzeni politickeho 1929 vol.II, Od osvicenstvi po druzhinu maje 1934 Jakubovich, P. F., Stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 83

[James, Henry] Henry James’s Psychology of Experience : innocence, responsibility and renunciation in the fiction of Henry James (by Granville H. Jones), The Hague 1975. no.79, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Jameson, Fredric, The Prison-house of Language : a critical account of structuralism and Russian formalism , Princeton, N.J. 1972. in Princeton essays in European and comparative literature Janicke, Hermann, Der Infinitiv nach Präpositionen (ausgenommen de und a) im Französischen , Göttingen 1913. Inaugural-dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen Janin, V. L., Aktovye pechati drevnej rusi X-XV vv. , Moskva. in ANSSSR, otdelenie istorii tom I, Pechati X - nachala XIII v. 1970 tom II, Novgorodskie pechati XIII-XV vv. 1970 Janion, Maria, Lucjan Siemienski : poeta romantyczny , Krakow 1955 Janko, Josef (hlavni redakce), Priruchni slovnik nemecko-chesky , Prag 1944-1948. four volume set Janko-Trinickaja, N. A., Vozvratnye glagoly v sovremennom russkom jazyke , Moskva 1956 Jankovski, F., Belaruskae literaturnae vymaülenne , Minsk 1966 *Jansky, Herbert, Lehrbuch der türkischen Sprache , Leipzig 1943 (one copy), Wiesbaden 1966 (two copies) *Janssen, H. H., Historische grammatica van het latijn , Den Haag deel I, De klanken 1952 (B9a:6, Servire’s encyclopaedie, Afd. practische taalwetenschap) Jantzen, Hans, Kunst der Gotik , Hamburg 1957. no.48, Rowohlts deutsche Enzyklopädie Janua Linguarum, series anastatica, The Hague no.1/1, 2, 3, Vsevolod Fedorovich Miller, Osetinsko-russko-nemeckij slovar 1972 *no.5, V. N. Voloshinov, Marxism and the Philosophy of Language 1972 no.7, B. T. Rudenko, Grammatika gruzinskogo jazyka 1972 Janua Linguarum, series critica (ed. Werner Winter), The Hague no.1, S. A. Wurm, Languages of Australia and Tasmania 1972 no.4, Margaret Langdon, Comparative Hokan-Coahuiltecan Studies 1974 no.5, Nils Erik Enkvist, Linguistic Stylistics 1973 no.11, Viktor Krupa, Polynesian Languages : a survey of research 1973 no.12/1, 2, I. M. Oranskij, Die neuiranischen Sprachen der Sowejtunion 1975 no.14, Josef Vachek, Written Language : general problems and problems of English 1973 *no.16, Viola G. Waterhouse, The History and Development of Tagmemics 1974 Janua Linguarum, series didactica, The Hague no.1, Klaus Bung, Towards a Theory of Programmed Language Instruction 1973 no.2, Marianna W. Davis, Transformational Grammar and Written Sentences 1973 no.3, Jacques Zajicek, Etudes stylistiques comparatives : néerlandais - français 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 84

no.5, Henri Holec, Structures lexicales et enseignement du vocabulaire 1974 no.6, James W. Ney, Linguistics, Language Teaching and Composition in the Grades 1975 no.7, Tadeusz Milewski, Introduction to the Study of Language 1973 no.8, G. R. Tucker, W. E. Lambert and A. A. Rigault, The French Speaker’s Skill with Grammatical Gender : an example of rule-governed behavior 1977 no.10, E. Glyn Lewis, Linguistics and Second Language Pedagogy : a theoretical study 1974 no.12, C. M. Overdulve, Apprendre la langue rwanda 1975 no.15, André Malecot, Introduction à la phonétique française 1977 no.16, Harris Winitz and James Reeds, Comprehension and Problem Solving as Strategies for Language Training 1975 Janua Linguarum, series maior, The Hague no.1, Sign, Language Culture 1970 no.5, A. R. Luria, Traumatic Aphasia 1970 *no.7, Alf Sommerfelt, Diachronic and Synchronic Aspects of Language 1971 no.10, Proceedings of the 4th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences 1962 no.11, Evidence for Laryngeals (ed. Werner Winter) 1965 *no.14, Ruth Hirsch Weir, Language in the Crib 1970 no.15, Sebeok et al., Approaches to Semiotics 1964, 1972 no.17, Proceedings ot the Eighth International Congress of Onomastic Sciences 1966 no.18, Pierre Delattre, Studies in French and Comparative Phonetics 1966 no.20, William Bright (ed.), Sociolinguistics 1971 no.24, Kenneth L. Pike, Language in Relation to a Unified Theory of the Structure of Human Behavior 1967, 1971 no.25, Austin (ed.), Papers in Linguistics in Honor of Léon Dostert 1967 no.26, Robert D. Sutherland, Language and Lewis Carroll 1970 no.27, Mélanges Marcel Cohen 1970 no.28, Gertrude H. Eggert, Wernicke’s Works on Aphasia : a sourcebook and review , vol.I 1977 *no.31, 32, 33, To Honor Roman Jakobson , vols. I-III 1967 no.35, Lawrence W. Rosenfield, Aristotle and Information Theory 1971 no.37, James L. Rosier (ed.), Philological Essays in Honour of Herbert Dean Meritt 1970 no.38, Rudolf P. Botha, The Function of the Lexicon in Transformational Generative Grammar no.39, Ladislav Zgusta, Manual of Lexicography 1971 no.40, Paul L. Garvin (ed.), Method and Theory in Linguistics 1970 no.41, Johnnye Akin et al. (eds.), Language Behavior 1970 no.42, Bertil Malmberg, Phonétique générale et romane 1971 no.43, Bierwisch and Heidolph (ed.), Progress in Linguistics 1970 no.44, R. C. Lugton, M. Salzer (eds.), Studies in Honor of J. Alexander Kerns 1970 no.46, Carlo B. Giannoni, Conventionalism in Logic : a study in the linguistic C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 85

foundation of logical reasoning 1971 no.49, Studies by Einar Haugen (ed., Firchow et al.) 1972 no.51, Bennison Gray, The Grammatical Foundations of Rhetoric : discourse analysis 1977 no.52, M. Estellie Smith (ed.), Studies in Linguistics in Honor of George L. Trager 1972 no.53, Dwight Bolinger, Degree Words 1972 no.54, Albert Valdman (ed.), Papers in Linguistics and Phonetics to the Memory of Pierre Delattre 1972 no.55, Ruth M. Brend (ed.), Kenneth L. Pike : selected writings 1972 no.57, Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Phonetic Sciences 1972 no.58, Leo Zawadowski, Inductive Semantics and Syntax 1975 no.59, Studies for Einar Haugen 1972 [no.60, Slama-Cazacu, Intorduction to Psycholinguistics 1973 ( N.B. never published)] no.61, Milan Romportl, Studies in Phonetics 1973 no.62, Formal Analysis of Natural Languages : proceedings of the first international conference 1973 no.63, Teun A. van Dijk, Some Aspects of Text Grammars 1972 no.64, Jana Ondrachkova, The Physiological Activity of the Speech Organs 1973 no.65, V. Honsa and M. J. Hardman-de-Bautista (eds.), Papers on Linguistics and Child Language 1978 no.66, Bertil Malmberg, Linguistique générale et romane : études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et français 1973 no.67, Maria Nowakowska, Language of Motivation and Language of Actions 1973 no.68, F. H. H. Kortlandt, Modelling the Phoneme 1972 no.69, Isidore Dyen, ed., Lexicostatistics in Genetic Linguistics 1973 no.70, Yvan Lebrun and Richard Hoops (eds.), Neurolinguistic Approaches to Stuttering 1973 no.71, Emanuel Vasiliu, Outline of a Semantic Theory of Kernel Sentences 1972 no.72, E. D. Polivanov, Selected Works 1974 no.73, A. R. Luria, Basic Problems of Neurolinguistics 1976 no.74, Michael J. Kenstowicz and Charles W. Kisseberth (eds.), Issues in Phonological Theory 1973 no.76, Jan Safarewicz, Linguistic Studies 1974 no.77, Victoria Fromkin (ed.), Speech Errors as Linguistic Evidence 1973 no.79, Irmengard Rauch and Gerald F. Carr (eds.), Linguistic Method : essays in honor of Herbert Penzl 1979 no.80, Mariusz Maruszewski, Language Communication and the Brain 1975 no.81, F. Rossi-landi, Linguistics and Economics 1975 (two copies) no.83, A. M. Schaerlaekens, The Two-word Sentence in Child Language Development 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 86

no.84, Rodulf P. Botha, Justification of Linguistic Hypotheses 1973 no.85, Jacob L. Mey, Pragmalinguistcs, : theory and practice 1979 no.93, Herman Parret, Discussing Language 1974 no.94, Reinhold Solle, Sprechbewegung und Sprachstruktur 1975 no.95, A. Rosetti, Etudes linguistiques 1973 no.98, Uhlan von Slagle, Language, Thought and Perception 1974 no.103, Roland Posner, Rational Discourse and Poetic Communications 1982 Janua Linguarum, series minor, The Hague *no.1, Jakobson - Halle, Fundamentals of Language 1956, 1971 no.2, N. van Wijk, Les langues slaves : de l’unité à la pluralité 1956 no.4, Noam Chomsky, Syntactic Structures 1957, 1966, 1975 no.5, N. van Wijk, Die baltischen und slavischen Akzent- und Intonationssysteme 1958 no.6, Geiger, Halasi-Kun, Kuipers, Menges, Peoples and Languages of the Caucasus 1959 no.7, Pulgram, Introduction to the Spectrography of Speech 1959 no.9, Rosetti, Sur la théorie de la syllable 1959 no.10, U. and B. Weinreich, Yiddish Language and Folklore 1959 no.12, Ebeling, Linguistic Units 1960 no.13, Shelomo Morag, The Vocalization Systems of Arabic, Hebrew and Aramaic 1972 no.14, Bolinger, Generality, Gradience and the All-or-none 1961 no.15, Alphonse Juilland, Structural Relations 1961 no.16, Roger Bastide (ed.), Sens et usages du terme structure dans les sciences humaines et sociales 1972 no.17, W. Sidney Allen, Sandhi 1972 no.18, Pierre Juliard, Philosophies of Language in Eighteenth-century France 1970 no.21, N. E. Collinge, Collectanea linguistica 1970 no.24, Alphonse Juilland and James Macris, The English Verb System 1973 no.26/2, H. Mol, Fundamentals of Phonetics , II 1970 no.28, Dixon, Linguistic Science and Logic 1963 no.30, Garvin, On Linguistic Method : selected papers 1963, 1972 no.31, Antal, Content, Meaning and Understanding 1964 no.33, Longacre, Grammar Discovery Procedures 1964, 1973 no.34, Cooper, Set Theory and Syntactic Description 1964, 1974 no.35, Prieto, Principes de noologie 1964 no.38, Chomsky, Current Issues in Linguistic Theory 1964 no.41, S. K. Shaumjan, Problems of Theoretical Phonology 1968 no.42, Milka Ivic, Trends in Linguistics 1970 no.43, Fodor, The Rate of Linguistic Change 1965 no.49, S. Abraham and F. Kiefer, A Theory of Structural Semantics 1966 no.53, R. S. Meyerstein, Reduction in Language 1974 no.56, Chomsky, Topics in the Theory of Generative Grammar 1966, 1972, 1974 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 87

no.57, Haas, The Prehistory of Languages 1969 no.59, Greenberg, Language Universals 1966 no.62, Uspensky, Principles of Structural Typology 1968 no.63, V. Z. Panfilov, Grammar and Logic 1968 no.65, Honsa and Hardman-de-Bautistia (eds.), Papers on Child Language. Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume 1978 no.66, Eugène Brière, A Psycholinguistic Study of Phonological Interference 1968 no.67, Robert L. Miller, The Linguistic Relativity Principle and Humboldtian Ethnolinguistics 1968 no.69, I. M. Schlesinger, Sentence Structure and the Reading Process 1968 no.71, H.-H. Lieb, Communication Complexes and their Stages 1968 no.73, Charles F. Hockett, The State of the Art 1970, 1975 no.74, Alphonse Juilland and Hans-Heinrich Lieb, "Klasse" und Klassifikation in der Sprachwissenschaft 1968 no.75, Jiri Kramsky, The Word as a Linguistic Unit 1969 no.76, Ursula Oomen, Automatische syntaktische Analyse 1968 no.77, Aldo D. Scaglione, Ars grammatica 1970 no.78, Dragan D. Milivojevich, Current Russian Phonemic Theory 1952-1962 1973 no.79, John Heintz, Subjects and Predicables 1973 no.80, Jon Wheatley, Language and Rules 1970 no.81, Ernst Pulgram, Syllable, Word, Nexus, Cursus 1970 no.82, Richard L. Venezky, The Structure of English Orthography 1970 no.83, Radoslav Katichic, A Contribution to the General Theory of Comparative Linguistics 1970 no.84, Rita Nolan, Foundations for an Adequate Criterion of Paraphrase 1970 no.85, Richard Butrick, Jr., Carnap on Meaning and Analycticity 1970 no.86, Sidney Greenbaum, Verb-Intensifier Collocations in English 1970 no.87, Miriam Therese Larkin, Language in the Philosophy of Aristotle 1971 no.88, Geoffrey Sampson, Stratificational Grammar 1970 no.89, Uriel Weinreich, Explorations in Semantic Theory 1972 no.91, P. N. Denisov, Principles of Constructing Linguistic Models 1973 no.94, Ernesto Zierer, The Theory of Graphs in Linguistics 1970 no.95, F. J. Damerau, Markov Models and Linguistic Theory 1971 no.96, Joan Safran Ganz, Rules : a systematic study 1971 no.97, Yakov Malkiel, Linguisitcs and Philology in Spanish America 1972 no.98, Susan H. Houston, A Survey of Psycholinguistics 1972 no.99, R. S. Meyerstein, Functional Load 1970 no.100, Warren B. Smerud, Can There be a Private Language ? 1970 no.101, O. Akhmanova, Phonology, Morphonology, Morphology 1971 no.102, Ernesto Zierer, Formal Logic and Linguistics 1972 no.103, Donald A. Sanborn, The Language Process 1971 no.104, Charles S. Hardwick, Language Learning in Wittgenstein’s Later Philosophy 1971 no.105, Rudolf P. Botha, The Methodological Status of Grammatical C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 88

Argumentation 1970 no.106, Henrik Birnbaum, Problems of Typological and Genetic Linguistics Viewed in a Generative Framework 1970 no.107, Noam Chomsky, Studies on Semantics in Generative Grammar 1972, 1975 no.108, Gerald A. Sanders, Equational Grammar 1972 no.109, Samir K. Ghosh, Man, Language and Society 1972 no.110, Manfred Bierwisch, Modern Linguistics : its development, methods and problems 1971 no.111, Bimal K. Matilal, Epistemology, Logic and Grammar in Indian Philosophical Analysis 1971 no.112, Rudolf P. Botha, Methodological Aspects of Transformational Generative Phonology 1971 no.113, Erhard Agricola, Semantische Relationen im Text u. im System 1972 no.114, Roman Jakobson, Studies on Child Language and Aphasia 1971 no.115, Gerhard Helbig, Beiträge zur Valenztheorie 1971 no.116, Kurt R. Jankowsky, The Neogrammarians 1972 no.117, D. L. Olmsted, Out of the Mouth of Babes 1971 no.118, Probleme der Sprachwissenschaft 1971 no.119, Herman Parret, Language and Discourse 1971 no.120, Julia M. Penn, Linguistic Relativity versus Innate Ideas 1972 no.121, Robert J. Scholes, Acoustic Cues for Constituent Structure 1971 no.122, Thomas A. Sebeok, Perspectives in Zoosemiotics 1972 no.123, John W. Oller, Jr., Coding Information in Natural Languages 1971 no.124, Philip Tartaglia, Problems in the Construction of a Theory of Natural Language 1972 no.125, Jiri Kramsky, The Article and the Concept of Definiteness in Language 1972 no.126, Gerd Quinting, Hesitation Phenomena in Adult Aphasic and Normal Speech 1971 no.127, Mamud M. Okby, Verbal Cues of Organizational Information in Message Decoding 1972 no.128, Paul L. Garvin, On Machine Translation 1972 no.129, Myrna Gopnik, Linguistic Structures in Scientific Texts 1972 no.130, Alphonse Juilland and Alexandra Roceric, The Linguistic Concept of Word 1972 no.131, Suokko, The Semantics of Choice and Chance 1972 no.132, Philip L. Peterson, Concepts and Language 1973 no.133, Karel Ohnesorg (ed.), Colloquium paedolinguisticum 1972 no.134, Roman Jakobson, A Bibliography of his Writings 1971 no.135, Daniel J. Cook, Language in the Philosophy of Hegel 1973 no.136, J. W. F. Mulder, S. G. J. Hervey, Theory of the Linguistic Sign 1972 no.137, Gabor O. Nagy, Abriss einer funktionellen Semantik 1973 no.139, Daniel Hirst, Intonative Features : a syntactic approach to English intonation 1977 no.140, Janos Zsilka, Sentence Patterns and Reality 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 89

no.141, Raymond D. Gumb, Rule-governed Linguistic Behavior 1972 no.142, A. E. Kibrik, The Methodology of Field Investigations in Linguistics (setting up the problem) 1977 no.143, Jan Prucha, Soviet Psycholinguistics 1972 no.144, Ju. D. Apresjan, Principles and Methods of Contemporary Structural Linguistics 1973 no.145, Bryan G. Norton, Linguistic Frameworks and Ontology 1977 no.146, W. W. Schuhmacher, Cybernetic Aspects of Language 1972 no.147, F. Danesh, Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective 1974 no.148, Philip Lieberman, The Speech of Primates 1972 no.149, Tatiana Slama-Casacu, Dialogue in Children 1977 no.150, Raoul N. Smith, Probabilistic Performance Models of Language 1973 no.151, Irena Khlebnikova, Oppositions in Morphology 1973 no.152, Don Lee Fred Nilsen, Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case 1972 no.153, Sheila E. Blumstein, A Phonological Investigation of Aphasic Speech 1973 no.154, Lois Bloom, One Word at a Time 1973, 1975 no.155, Dwight Bolinger, That’s That 1972 no.156, Don L. F. Nilsen, The Instrumental Case in English 1973 no.157, Justus Hartnack, Language and Philosophy 1972 no.158, Jan Prucha, Information Sources in Psycholinguistics 1972 no.159, Aleksandr D. Shvejcer, Standard English in the United States and England 1978 no.160, Edmund L. Erde, Philosophy and Psycholinguistics 1973 no.161, Torben Vestergaard, Prepositional Phrases and Prepositional Verbs 1971 no.162, Glenn G. Gilbert and Jacob Ornstein (eds.), Problems in Applied Educational Sociolinguistics 1978 no.164, John W. Large (ed.), Vocal Registers in Singing 1973 no.165, Harley C. Shands and James D. Meltzer, Language and Psychiatry 1973 no.166, Muhammad Hassan Ibrahim, Grammatical Gender 1973 no.167, John Anderson, An Essay Concerning Aspect 1973 no.168, Samuel Fillenbaum, Syntactic Factors in Memory ? 1973 no.169, J. M. E. Moravcsik, Understanding Language 1975 no.170, Eric Wanner, On Remembering, Forgetting and Understanding Sentences 1974 no.172, Eric Hamp (ed.), Themes in Linguistics : the 1970’s 1973 no.173, Nathan Stemmer, An Empiricist Theory of Language Acquisition 1973 no.174, Jost Trier, Aufsätze und Vorträge zur Wortfeldtheorie 1973 no.178, Jeffrey Thomas Price, Language and Being in Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations 1973 no.180, Daniel E. Gulstad, A Modern Theory of ‘langue’ 1973 no.182, Noam Chomsky, Strukturen der Syntax 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 90

no.183, Joseph Patrick O’Rourke, Toward a Science of Vocabulary Development 1974 no.184, Joseph Greenberg, Language Typology 1974 no.185, Richard Timon Daly, Applications of the Mathematical Theory of Linguistics 1974 no.186, John Haiman, Targets and Syntactic Change 1974 no.189, Robin S. Chapman, The Interpretation of Deviant Sentences in English 1974 no.192/1, 2, 3, W. J. M. Levelt, Formal Grammars in Linguistics and Psycholinguistics , vols. I, II, III 1974 no.193, Ton van der Geest, Evaluation of Theories on Child Grammars 1974 no.195, Diana Major, The Acquisition of Modal Auxiliaries in the Language of Children 1974 no.197, John Lehrberger, Functor Analysis of Natural Language 1974 no.199, Joann Vogt, The Linguistic Work of Friedrich Karl Fulda 1974 no.200, Donald E. Allen and Rebecca F. Guy, Conversation Analysis 1974 no.201, Carol Wall, Predication : a study of its development 1974 no.202, T. v.d. Geest, R. Gerstel, R. Appel, B. Th. Tervoort, The Child’s Communicative Competence 1973 no.203, David E. Cooper, Presupposition 1974 no.205, Lawrence Elwayne Nogle, Method and Theory in the Semantics and Cognition of Kinship Terminology 1974 no.206, Steven Bradley Smith, Meaning and Negation 1975 no.211, Silas Griggs and Curt M. Rulon, English Verb Inflection : a generative view 1974 no.213, Shuan-Fan Huang, A Study of Adverbs 1975 no.215, John E. Clifford, Tense and Tense Logic 1975 no.217, Royal Skousen, Substantive Evidence in Phonology 1975 no.231, B. F. O. Hildebrandt, Struktur Elemente der deutschen Gegenwartshochsprache: Phone und Phonaden 1976 Janua Linguarum, series practica, The Hague no.2, André Malécot, Contribution à l’étude de la force d’articulation en français 1977 no.6, Gustav Herdan, The Structuralistic Approach to Chinese Grammar and Vocabulary 1964 no.18, Vidya Niwas Misra, The Descriptive Technique of Panini 1966 no.19, Eugene A. Nida, A Synopsis of English Syntax 1966, 1973 no.20, Robert P. Oliphant, The Harley Latin-Old English Glossary 1966 no.25, James W. Marchand, The Sounds and Phonemes of Wulfila’s Gothic 1973 no.26, Andrew MacLeish, The Middle English Subject-Verb Cluster 1969 no.28, Alphonse Juilland and P. M. H. Edwards, The Rumanian Verb System 1971 no.31, Debi P. Pattanayak, A Controlled Historical Reconstruction of Orya, Assamese, Bengale and Hindi 1966 no.32, Abdelghany A. Khalafallah, A Descriptive Grammar of SAEI:DI Egyptian C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 91

Colloquial Arabic 1969 no.34, Saad M. Gamal-Eldin, A Syntactic Study of Egyptian Colloquial Arabic 1967 no.36, Irmengard Rauch, The Old High German Dipthongization 1967 no.37, J. H. Friend, The Development of American Lexicography 1798-1864 1966 no.41, Kazuko Inoue, A Study of Japanese Syntax 1969 no.43, H. H. Hess, The Syntactic Structure of Mezquital Otomi 1968 no.44, Paul W. Pillsbury, Descriptive Analysis of Discourse in Late West Saxon Texts 1967 no.45, M. E. Ehrman, The Meanings of the Modals in Present-day American English 1966 no.50, Mary R. Key, Comparative Tacanan Phonology 1968 no.53, Harold H. Key, Morphology of Cayuvava 1967 no.55, Luigi Romeo, The Economy of Diphtongization in Early Romance 1968 no.56, John J. Chew, Jr., A Transformational Analysis of Modern Colloquial Japanese 1973 no.57, Alan Campbell Wares, A Comparative Study of Yuman Consonatism 1968 no.58, Jean Praninskas, Trade Name Creation 1968 no.59, George Giacumakis, Jr., The Akkadian of Alalah 1970 no.61, Salman Al-ani, Arabic Phonology 1970 no.62, Curtis P. Herold, The Morphology of King Alfred's Translation of the Orosius 1968 no.63, Jan Svartvik, On Voice in the English Verb 1966 no.64, Marvin R. Wilson, Coptic Future Tenses 1970 no.67, John D. Tinkler, Vocabulary and Syntax of the Old English Version in the Paris Psalter 1971 no.68, Udom Warotamasikkhadit, Thai Syntax 1972 no.70, Berlin, Tzeltal Numeral Classifiers 1968 no.71, Robert D. Stevick, Suprasegmentals, Meter and the Manuscripts of "Beowulf" 1968 no.72, Robert Channon, On the Place of the Progressive Palatalization of Velars in the Relative Chronology of Slavic 1972 no.73/1, 2, Aert H. Kuipers, The Squamish Language , 1, 2 1967, 1969 no.75, Helmut R. Plant, Syntaktische Studien zu den Monseer Fragmenten 1969 no.77, J. R. Rayfield, The Languages of a Bilingual Community 1970 no.79, Schogt, Le système verbal du français contemporain 1968 no.80, Kamil Zvelebil, Comparative Dravidian Phonology 1970 no.81, David Cohen, Etudes de linguistiaue sémitique et arabe 1970 no.82, Parker, Ayacucho Quechua Grammar and Dictionary 1969 no.83, James W. Gair, Colloquial Sinhalese Clause Structures 1970 no.85, Elmar Seebold, Vergleichendes und etymologisches Wörterbuch der germanischen starken Verben 1970 no.86, Geneviève N’Diaye, Structure du dialecte basque de Maya 1970 no.87, Anna Fuchs, Morphologie des Verbs im Cahuilla 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 92

no.88, Allen H. Chappel, Saga af Victor ok Blavus 1972 no.89, C. M. Carlton, A Linguistic Analysis of … Late Latin Documents 1973 no.90, Ursula Wiesemann, Die phonologische und grammatische Struktur der Kaingang-Sprache 1972 no.91, James E. Copeland, A Stepmatrical Generative Phonology of German 1970 no.92, C. R. Longyear, Linguistically Determined Categories of Meanings 1971 no.93, Mario Saltarelli, A Phonology of Italian in a Generative Grammar 1970 no.94, Vladimir Miltner, Theory of Hindi Syntax 1970 no.95, D. Barton Johnson, Transformations and Their Use in the Resolution of Syntactic Homomorphy 1970 no.97, Rodolfo Jacobson, The London Dialect of the Late 14th c. 1970 no.98, A. Capell and H. E. Hinch, Maung Grammar 1970 no.99, Ronald Andrew Zirin, The Phonological Basis of Latin Prosody 1970 no.100, Q. I. M. Mok, Contribution à l’étude des catégories morphologiques 1968 no.101, William H. Brown, Jr., A Syntax of King Alfred’s Pastoral Care 1970 no.102, Gary D. Prideaux, The Syntax of Japanese Honorifics 1970 no.103, David L. Shores, A Descriptive Syntax of the Petersborough Chronicle 1971 no.104, John Hewson, Article and Noun in English 1972 no.105, Sandra S. Babcock, The Syntax of Spanish Reflexive Verbs 1970 no.108, Roger J. Steiner, Two Centuries of Spanish and English Bilingual Lexicography 1590-1800 1970 no.109, B. R. Glover, A History of Six Spanish Verbs Meaning “to take, seize grasp” 1971 no.111, Charles Carlton, Descriptive Syntax of the Old English Charters 1970 no.112, Michael Grady, Syntax and Semantics of the English Verb Phrase 1970 no.113, Isachenko and Schädlich, A Model of Standard German Intonation 1970 no.114, Rose Nash, Turkish Intonation : an instrumental study 1973 no.115, Alphonse Juilland and André Haudricourt, Essai pour une histoire structurale du phonétisme français 1970 no.116, Samuel N. Rosenberg, Modern French ce 1970 no.120, James Redfern, A Lexical Study of Raeto-Romance and Contiguous Italian Dialect Areas 1971 no.121, Brian Newton, Cypriot Greek 1972 no.123, Thomas Amis Lyman, Dictionary of Mong Njua 1974 no.124, Celia M. Millward, Imperative Constructions in Old English 1971 no.125, Don Lee Fred Nilsen, English Adverbials 1972 no.126, George A. Hough, Structures of Modification in Contemporary American English 1971 no.128, Zaki N. Abdel-Malek, The Closed-list Classes of Colloquial Egyptian Arabic 1972 no.129, Kazimierz A. Sroka, The Syntax of English Phrasal Verbs 1972 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 93

no.130, H. M. Logan, The Dialect of the Life of Saint Katherine 1973 no.131, Stuart A. Ryder II, The D-stem in Western Semitic 1974 no.132, P. David Seaman, Modern Greek and American English in Contact 1972 no.133, E. Otha Wingo, Latin Punctuation in the Classical Age 1972 no.134, Lorand Benkö and Samu Imre, The Hungarian Language 1972 no.136, James Larkin Wyatt, A Computer Validated Portuguese to English Transformational Grammar 1972 no.137, Dimitri Sotiropoulos, Noun Morphology of Modern Demotic Greek : descriptive analysis 1972 no.138, Reine Cardaillac Kelly, A Descriptive Analysis of Gascon 1973 no.139, Karen R. Bahnick, The Determination of Stages in the Historical Development of the Germanic Languages 1973 no.140, Faith F. Gardner, An Analysis of Syntactic Patterns of Old English 1971 no.141, Thomas W. Gething, Aspects of Meaning in Thai Nominals 1972 no.142, Marius Sala, Phonétique et phonologie du judéo-espagnol de Bucarest 1971 no.143, Paul J. Hopper, The Syntax of the Simple Sentence in Proto-Germanic 1975 no.144, Charles Michael Barrack, A Diachronic Phonology from Proto- Germanic 1975 no.145, Joseph B. Voyles, West Germanic Inflection, Derivation and Compounding 1974 no.146, Lowell Bouma, The Semantics of the Modal Auxiliaries in Contemporary German 1973 no.147, G. Jochnowitz, Dialect Boundaries and the Question of Franco- provençal 1973 no.148, Lilo Moessner, Automatische syntaktische Analyse englischer nominaler Gruppen 1973 no.149, A. G. Sciarone, La place de l’adjectif en italien moderne 1970 no.150, Edzard J. Furnée, Die wichtigsten konsonantischen Erscheinungen des Vorgriechischen 1972 no.151, Richard J. E. d’Allquen, Aothic ai and au 1974 no.152, Anne Salmond, A Generative Syntax of Luangiua 1974 no.153, George Hemphill, A Mathematical Grammar of English 1973 no.154, Einar Haugen and Thomas L. Markey, The Scandinavian Languages 1972 no.155, V. Y. Plotkin, The Dynamics of the English Phonological System 1972 no.158, Munro S. Edmonson (ed.), Meaning in the Mayan Languages 1973 no.159, Actes du premier congrès international de linguistique sémitique et chamito-sémitique 1974 no.160, Margaret K. Omar, The Acquisition of Egyptian Arabic as a Native Language 1973 no.161, David Cohen, Le parler arabe des juifs de Tunis : tome II : étude linguistique 1975 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 94

no.162, M. J. Chayen, The Phonetics of Modern Hebrew 1973 no.163, C. T. Hodge (ed.), Afroasiatic : a survey 1971 no.164, Liana Lupas, Phonologie du grec attique 1972 no.166, F. G. Hensey, Sociolinguistics of the Brazilian-Uruguayan Border 1972 no.167, Paul P. DeWolf, The Noun Class System of Proto-Benue-Congo 1971 no.168, J. C. Atkinson, The Two Forms of Subject Inversion in Modern French 1973 no.169, Pierre Maranda, French Kinship: structure and history 1974 no.170, Klaus Detering , Automatische Erzeugung englischer Sätze 1973 no.173, Jan Schroten, Concerning the Deep Structures of Spanish Reflexive Sentences 1972 no.174, Jacob Ornstein (ed.), Three Essays on Linguistic Diversity… 1975 no.175, Eldon G. Lytle, A Grammar of Subordinate Structures in English 1974 no.177, Raleigh Morgan, Jr., The Regional French of County Beauce, Quebec 1975 no.180, Kamil Zvelebil, A Sketch of Comparative Dravidian Morphology 1977 no.182, Frede Jensen and Thomas Lathrop, The Syntax of the Old Spanish Subjunctive 1973 no.184, Maria Iliescu, Le frioulan à partir des dialectes parlés en Roumanie 1972 no.185, Hubert J. Defromont, Les constructions perfectives du verbe anglais contemporain 1973 no.189, Yehiel Hayon, Relativization in Hebrew : a transformational approach 1973 no.191, Philip A. Luelsdorff, A Segmental Phonology of Black English 1975 no.192, Ernesto Zierer, The Qualifying Adjective in Spanish 1974 no.193, Jack Conner, English Prosody from Chauder to Wyatt 1974 no.194, Weber D. Donaldson, Jr., French Reflexive Verbs 1973 no.195, Emanuel Vasiliu and Sanda Golopentia-Eretescu, The Transformational Syntax of Romanian 1973 no.196, Ronald A. Wells, Dictionaries and the Authoritarian Tradition 1973 no.197, Aaron Bar-Adon, The Rise and Decline of a Dialect 1975 no.198, William Patterson and Hector Urrutibeheity, The Lexical Structure of Spanish 1975 no.200, James and Theodora Bynon (ed.), Hamito-Semitica 1975 no.201, Melvyn C. Resnick, Phonological Variants and Dialect Identification in Latin American Spanish 1975 no.203, Frederick J. Newmeyer, English Aspectual Verbs 1975 no.204, Michael H. Gertner, The Morphology of the Modern French Verb 1973 no.210, William R. Cantrall, Viewpoint, Reflexives and the Nature of Noun Phrases 1974 no.213, Solomon I. Sara, A Description of Modern Chaldean 1974 no.215, Mira Rothemberg, Les verbes à la fois transitifs et intransitifs en français contemporain 1974 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 95

no.216, Franklin Eugene Horowitz, Siever’s Law and the Evidence of the Rigveda 1974 no.218, Richard Jordans, Handbook of Middle English Grammar : Phonology 1974 no.220, Frede Jensen, The Syntax of the Old French Subjunctive 1974 no.221, K. H. M. Rensch, Nordkalabrischer Sprachatlas anhand der Parabel vom verlorenen Sohn 1973 no.223, Dennis E. Baron, Case Grammar and Diachronic English Syntax 1974 no.225, Aert H. Kuipers, The Shuswap Language 1974 no.226, Emily Norwood Pope, Questions and Answers in English 1976 no.227, Marvin D. Moody, A Classification and Analysis of “noun + de + noun” constructions in French 1973 no.229, Sanda Reinheimer-Ripeanu, Les dérivés parasynthétiques dans les langues romanes 1974 no.231, Francis I. Andersen, The Sentence in Biblical Hebrew 1974 no.232, M. Grossmann and B. Mazzoni, Bibliographie de phonologie romane 1974 no.235, Leonard Harvey Babby, A Transformational Grammar of Russian Adjectives 1975 no.236, Alan S. Kaye, Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the Light of Comparative Arabic Dialectology 1976 no.240, Tibor Mikola, Die alter Postpositionen des Nenzischen 1975 no.241, Jürgen B. Heye, A Sociolinguistic Investigation of Multilingualism in the Canton of Ticino, Switzerland 1975 no.242, Berta Grattan Lee, Linguistic Evidence for the Priority of the French Text of the Ancrene Wisse 1974 no.246, Lazlo Honti, System der paradigmatischen Suffixmorpheme des wogulischen Dialekts an der Tawda 1975 *The Japanese Language (by Roy Andrew Miller), Chicago - London 1970. in History and structure of languages *Japan Unmasked (by Ichiro Kawasaki), Rutland, Vermont - Tokyo 1971 Jaqaru: outline of phonological and morphological structure , The Hague 1966. no.22, Janua Linguarum, series practica Jarceva, V. N., Istoricheskij sintaksis anglijskogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1961. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija *Jasnaja poljana muzej - usad’ba L. N. Tolstogo . (collection of postcards) *Jaspers, Karl, Die grossen Philosophen , München vol. I 1957 *Jaspers, Karl, Die grossen Philosophen : Leseprobe , München 1948 (?) *Jaspert, W. Pincus, W. Turner Berry and A. F. Johnson, The Encyclopaedia of Type Faces , New York 1970 Jassem, Wiktor, Akcent jzeyka polskiego , Wroclaw 1962 no.31, Prace jezykoznawcze, PAN Jaszczun, Wazyl; Phonetic, Morphological and Lexical Peculiarities of the Shnyriv Dialect , Winnipeg - Pittsburg 1964. no.49, Slavistica Jaszunski, Salomon, Prace jezykoznawcze , Warszawa 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 96

Javorov, P. K., Sabrani sachinenija , Sofija vol.4, kritika, publicistika 1960 vol.5, prevodi, pisma, materiali 1960 Jazdzewski, Konrad, Atlas to the Prehistory of the Slavs , Lodz 1948. no.I, Acta praehistorica universitatis Ludziensis, no.2, wydzial II, Lodzkie towarzystwo naukowe Jazovickij, E. V., Govorite pravil’no : posobie dlja uchashchixsja , Moskva - Leningrad 1964 Jazyk a povod prizinskych pamiatok (Sprache und Herkunft der freisinger Denkmäler) (by Alexander V. Isachenko), Bratislava 1943. sväzok 1, Slovenska akadémia vied a umeni Jazyka mira (redaktor : R. A. Budagov, N. S. Chemodanov) (serija posobij), Moskva vyp.3, E. M. Vol’f and B. A. Nikonov, Portugal’skij jazyk 1965 *vyp.4, S. A. Mironov, Niderlandskij (gollandskij) jazyk : grammaticheskij ocherk, literaturnye teksty s kommentarijami i slovarem) 1965 vyp.7, V. P. Gudkov, Serboxorvatskij jazyk : grammaticheskij ocherk, literaturnye teksty s kommentarijami i slovarem 1969 Jazyka narodov Azii i Afriki (redaktor : G. P. Serdjuchenko), Moskva L. V. Savel’eva, Jazyk gudzharati 1965 L. G. Gercenberg, Xotano-sakskii jazyk 1965 T. Ja. Elizarenkova and V. N. Toporov, Jazyk pali 1965 V. S. Rastorgueva, Sredne-persidskij jazyk 1966 I. M. D’jakonov, Semito-xamitskie jazyki 1965 E. G. Titov, Sovremennyj amxarskij jazyk 1971 Jazyki narodov SSSR (red. V. V. Vinogradov, et al.), Leningrad vol.I, Indoevropejskie jazyki (red. V. V. Vinogradov et al.) 1966 vol.II, Tjurkskie jazyki (red. N. A. Vaskakov, et al.) 1966 vol.III, Finno-ugorskie i samodijskie jazyki (red. K. E. Majtinskaj) 1966 vol.IV, Iberijsko-kavkazskie jazyki (red. K. V. Lomtatidze) 1967 vol.V, Mongol’skie, tungusoman’chzhurskie i paleo-aziatskie jazyki (red. P. Ja. Skorik et al.) 1968 Jazyk i poznanie mira (by B. Ismailov), Tashkent 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut filosofii i prava Jazyk, istorija i sovremennost( (by R. A. Budagov), Moskva 1971 Jazyk kak sistemno-strukturnoe obrazovanie (by V. M. Solncev), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut vostokovedenija Jazyki zarubezhnogo vostoka i Afriki (red. G. P. Serdjuchenko), Moskva V. V. Invanov and V. N. Toporov, Sanskrit 1960 Ch. Sekxar and Ju. Ja. Glazov, Jazyk malajalam 1961 Ju. A. Gorgoniev, Kxmerskij jazyk 1961 Ju. A. Rubinchik, Sovremennyj persidskij jazyk 1960 Jazykov, N. M., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat. K. K. Buxmejer), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ Jazykov, N. M., Stixotvorenija, skazki, poemy, dramaticheskie sceny, pis’ma (ed. I. D. Glikmana), Moskva - Leningrad 1959 Jazykovedy mira, Moskva Ferdinand de Sossjur, Trudy po jazykoznaniju 1977 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 97

Jazykovedne shtudie, Bratislava vol. I, Spisovny jazyk 1956 Jazykovedny Sbornik , Slovenskej Akadémie Vied a umeni, Bratislava vol.IV (hlavny red. Jan Stanislav) 1950 vol.V (hlavny red. Shtefan Peciar) 1951 vol.VI (hlavny red. Shtefan Peciar) 1952 Jazykovoe rodstvo slavjanskix narodov (by K. I. Xodova), Moskva 1960. in ANSSSR, institut slavjanovedenija (two copies) Jazykovye kontakty : lingvisticheskaja problematika (by V. Ju. Rozencvejg), Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po teorii sovetskogo jazykoznanija, pri otdelenii literatury i jazyka ANSSSR Jazyk Pushkina : Pushkin i istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (by V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva - Leningrad 1935. (photocopy of 455 pp. book) *Jean Chrysostome, Lettres à Olmpias (introd. et trad. Anne-Marie Malingrey), Paris 1947. no.13, Sources chrétienne *Jean Chrysostome, Sur l’incompréhensibilité de Dieu (introd. Ferdinand Cavallera et Jean Danielou, trad. et notes : Robert Flacelière), Paris 1951. no.28, Sources chrétiennes *Jean Moschus, Le pré spirituel (introd. et trad. M.-J. Rouët de Journel), Paris 1946. no.12, Sources chrétiennes *Jeans, Sir James, Science and Music , Cambridge 1953 Jedlichka, Alois and Bohuslav Havranek, Cheska mluvnice , Praha 1960 (two copies - one with authors’ inscription) Jedlichka, Alois, Josef Jungmann : a obrozenska terminologie literarne vedna a linguisticka , Praha 1949. svazek I, Rozpravy o dile jungmannovich Jegers, Benjaminsh and William R. Schmalstieg (transl.), Janis Endzelins’ Comparative Phonology and Morphology of the Baltic Languages , The Hague 1971. no.85, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Jelavich, Barbara, A Century of Russian Foreign Policy : 1814 - 1914 , Philadelphia - New York 1964. in the Lippincott history series (ed. Robert F. Byrnes) *Jelavich, Charles and Barbara Jelavich, The Balkans , Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 1965. in The modern nations in historical perspective Jensen, Frede, The Syntax of the Old French Subjunctive , The Hague 1974. no.220, Janua Linguarum, series practica Jensen Frede and Thomas A. Lathrop, The Syntax of the Old Spanish Subjunctive , The Hague 1973. no.182, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Jensen, Hans, Neupersische Grammatik : mit Berücksichtigung der historischen Entwicklung , Heidelberg 1931. no.22, Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung :Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Jerabek, Dushan, Vitezslav Halek : a jeho uloha ve vyvoji cheske kiterarni kritiky 19. stoleti , Praha 1959. no.58, Opera universitatis purkynianae brunensis, facultas philosophica Jervis, Henry Jervis-White, History of the Island of Corfu, and of the Republic of the Ionian Islands , Chicago 1970 [Jesenin] De kinderen van Jesenin en andere essays (by Charles B. Timmer), Amsterdam 1969 Jespersen, Otto, Efficiency in Linguistic Change , København 1941. no.XXVII, 4, Det Kgl. Danske videnskabernes selskab, historisk-filologiske meddeleiser C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 98

*Jespersen, Otto, Language : its nature, development and origin , London - New York 1934 Jespersen, Otto, Lehrbuch der Phonetik , Leipzig - Berlin 1932 *Jespersen, Otto, The Philosophy of Grammar , London 1948 Les jésuites de Russie 1772-1785. La compagnie de Jésus conservée en Russie après la supression de 1772: récit d’un Jésuite de la Russie-Blanche , Paris 1872 [reprint The Hague 1970]. no.113, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings The Jew in Post-Stalin Soviet Literature (by Maurice Friedberg), Washington, D.C. 1970 O jezichkoj prirodi i jezichkom razvitku : lingvistichka ispitivanja (by A. Belic), Beograd 1941. kn.35, Filosofski i filoloshki spisi, kn.CXXXIV, posebna izdanja i srpska kraljevska akademija Jezichni savjetnik (by T. Maretic), Zagreb 1924. no.VII, Znanstvena djela za opcu naobrazbu Jezichni savjetnik s gramatikom (ured. Slavko Paveshic), Zagreb 1971. in Matica hrvatska Jezik (by Stjepan Babic), Zagreb 1966. in Shkolski leksikon Jezik i knjizhevno djelo (by Zdenko Leshic), Sarajevo 1971. in Lingvistika poetika Jezik i knjizhevno djelo : ogledi za lingvostilistichku analizu knjizhevnih tekstova (by Krunoslav Pranjic), Zagreb 1968 Jezik i lingvistika (by Ranko Bugarski), Beograd 1972. no.34, Biblioteka sazvezhda Jezik i stil Iva Andrica (funkcije sinonimskih odnosa) (by Zhivojin S. Stanojchic), Beograd 1967. kn.XI, Monografije, filoloshki fakultet Beogradskog univerziteta Jezik nash svagdashnji (by Asim Peco), Sarajevo 1969 (two copies) Jezeik novina Stefana Novakovica (1792-1794) (by Aleksandar Albin), Novi Sad 1968 Jezikoslovni ogledi (by Radoslav Katichic), Zagreb 1971 Jezowa, Maria, Dawne slowianskie dialekty meklemburgii w swietle nazw miejscowych i osbowych , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow cz.I, Fonetyka 1961. vol.26, Prace jazykoznawcze, PAN Jezowa, Maria, Sufiks -ika w jezykach slowianskich , Wroclaw-Warszawa-Krakow-Gdansk 1975. no.34, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Jiranek, Jaroslav, Asafjevova teorie intonace jeji geneze a vyznam , Praha 1967 Jiri z podebrad (by Josef Macek), Praha 1967. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti Jisha, Jan, Cheska poesie dvacatych let : a basnici sovetskeho Ruska , Praha 1956. in Studie a prameny, sekce jazyka a literatury, ChAV [O Jmenech] Mapova priloha ke studii v. vazhneho o Jmenech motylu ve slovenskych narechich (Stav administrativniho rozdeleni k.1.11.1949) maps pt. 1 - 10 *Joad, C. E. M., Guide to Philosophy , London 1948; New York [from 1936 ed. Dover T297] Joan Ekzarx balgarski slova (by Dora Ivanova-Mircheva), Sofija tom I 1971. in Institut za balgarski ezik, BAN Joannes Chrysostomus over het priesterschap (door J. J. M. Doornik), Nijmegen - Utrecht 1954. no.XII, Ellenike glotta *Jochnowitz, George, Dialect Boundaries and the Question of Franco-Provençal , The Hague 1973. no.147, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 99

*Joergensen, Joergen, The Development of Logical Empiricism , Chicago 1951. vol.II, no.9, International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, vols. I and II : Foundations of the unity of science *Johnson, A. F., W. Pincus Jaspert, W. Turner Berry, The Encyclopaedia of Type Faces , New York 1970 Johnson, Alexander Byran, A Treatise on Language (ed. David Rynin), Berkeley - Los Angeles 1959 Johnson, C. Douglas, Formal Aspects of Phonological Description , The Hague 1972. no.3, Monographs on linguistic analysis *Johnson, Donald B., Deans S. Worth, Andrew S. Kozak, Russian Derivational Dictionary , New York 1970 Johnson, D. Barton, Transformations and Their Use in the Resolution of Syntactic Homomorphy : prepositional ot constructions in Contemporary Standard Russian , The Hague 1970. no.95, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Johnson, Francis, Hitopadesa : the Sanskrit text, with a grammatical analysis, alphabetically arranged , Hertford - London 1864 [Johnson, Samuel] Samuel Johnson’s Allegory (by Bernard L. Einbond), The Hague 1971. no.24, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Johnston,Harold W. (ed.), Selected Orations and Letters of Cicero , Chicago 1906. in Lake classical series *Johnson-Laird, Philip N. and George Miller, Langage and Perception , Cambridge, Mass. 1976 Jokay, Zoltan, Denes Szabo and Zoltan Banhidi, Learn Hungarian , Budapest 1965 (two copies) *Jokl, N. Albanisch , Straßburg 1917. in Bd. 3 of Grundriss der indogermanischen Sprach- und Altertumskunde, II. die Erforschung der indogermanischen Sprachen *Jolles, André, Einfache Formen : Legende. Sage. Mythe. Rätsel. Spruch. Kasus. Memorabile. Märchen. Witz , Tübingen 1968 [Jones, Daniel] In Honour of Daniel Jones , London 1964 *Jones, Daniel, The Phoneme : its nature and use , Cambridge 1950 Jones, Granville H., Henry James’s Psychology of Experience: innocence,responsibility and renuncation in the fiction of Henry James , The Hague 1975. no.79, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Jones, Lawrence G., The Contextual Variants of the Russian Vowels (excursus in Halle, The Sound Pattern of Russian ), ‘s-Gravenhage 1959. no.1, Description and Analysis of Contemporary Standard Russian Jones, Lawrence G. and Roman Jakobson, Shakespeare’s Verbal Art in “th’expence of spirit” , The Hague 1970. no.35, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Jones, Linda Kay, Theme in English Expository Discourse , Lake Bluff, Ill. 1977. no.2, Edward Sapir monograph series in language, culture and cognition Jones, Louisa E., Poetic Fantasy and Fiction : the short stories of Jules Supervielle , The Hague 1973. no.83, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Jones, Roy G., Language and Prosody of the Russian Folk Epic , The Hague 1972. no.275, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *de Jong, Christiaan , In Memoriam , Leiden 1945. uitgegeven door leerarenverzet 1942- 1945 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 100

*de Jong, J. W., De studie van het boeddhisme : problemen en perspectieven , ‘s-Gravenhage 1956. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van gewoon hoogleraar aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 28 September 1956 Jonke, L., "Dikcionar” Adam Patachica : studija iz hrvatske kajkavske ledsikografije , Zagreb 1949. offprint from Rad, 275, odjel za jezik i knizhevnost, kn.II, Jugoslavenska akademija snanosti i umjetnosti Jonke, Ljudevit, Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik 19. i 20. stoljeca , Zagreb 1971. in Matica hrvatska, izvanredno izdanje Jonke, Ljudevit, Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik danas , Zagreb 1971. in Obzor-enciklopedija suvremenog znanija Jonke, Ljudevit, Knjizhevni jezik u teorija i praksi , Zagreb 1964 *Joos, Martin, Description of Language Design , from Readings in Linguistics, by Martin Joos, ed., ACLS 1963, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.53, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Joos, Marin, The English Verb : form and meanings , Madison and Milwaukee 1964 *Joos, Martin, Readings in Linguistics : the development of descriptive linguistics in America since 1925 , New York 1958 *Joos, Martin, Semology : a linguistic theory of meaning , from Studies in Linguistics, vol.123, nos.3-4, 1958, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.54, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Jordan, Richard, Handbook of Middle English Grammar : phonology (translated and revised by Eugene J. Crook), The Hague 1974. no.218, Janua Linguarum, series practica *de Josselin de Jong, J. P. B., Lévi-Strauss’s Theory on Kinship and Marriage , Leiden 1952. no.10, Mededelingen van het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden The Jouranl of Abnormal and Social Psychology , Baltimore supplement to vol.49, no.4, pt.2, Psycholinguistics : a survey of theory and research problems October 1954 The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America , Lancaster, Pa. vol.22, no.6 November 1950 The Jouranl of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol.5, no.2, special issue on Baroque style in various arts December 1946 Journal of American Folklore , Philadelphia vol.68, no.270, Myth : a symposium Oct.-Dec.1955 Journal of Biblical Literature, monograph series (Robert A. Kraft, ed.), Nashville no.XIV, Francis I. Andersen, The Hebrew Verbless Clause in the Pentateuch 1970 Jovkov, Jordan, Razkazi (red. Ilija Volen), Sofija vol.I 1968 Jubilarna izdanja o stotoj godishnjici matice hrvatske 1842-1942, Zagreb kolo II., knjiga 7, Mihovil Kombol, Poviest hrvatske knjizhevnosti do varodnog preporoda 1945 Jugoslavenske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti u Zagrebu, Rasprave Instituta za Jezik, Zagreb Rasprave instituta za jezik jazu , kn.I 1968 *Juhos, Béla, Elemente der neuen Logik , Frankfurt/Main - Wien 1954. no.48, Sammlung “die universität” C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 101

Juilland, Alphonse and James Macris, The English Verb System , The Hague 1973. no.24, Janua Linguarum, series minor Juilland, Alphonse and André Haudricourt, Essai pour une histoire structurale du phonétisme français , The Hague 1970 (second, revised edition) no.115, Janua Linguarum, series practica Juilland, Alphonse and Hans-Heinrich Lieb, “Klasse” und Klassifikation in der Sprachwissenschaft , The Hague 74, Janua Linguarum, series minor Juilland, Alphonse and Alexandra Roceric, The Linguistic Concept of Word : analytic bibliography , The Hague 1972. no.130, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Juilland, Alphonse and P. M. H. Edwards, The Rumanian Verb System , The Hague 1971. no.28, Janua Linguarum, series practica Juilland, Alphonse, Structural Relations , ‘s-Gravenhage 1961. no.15, Janua Linguarum series minor Juldashev, A. A., Analiticheskie formy glagola v tjurkskix jazykax , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija *Juilard, Pierre, Philosophies of Language in Eighteenth-century France , The Hague 1970. no.18, Janua Linguarum, series minor Jump, John D., Burlesque , London 1972. no.22, The critical idiom series Jump, John D., The Ode , London 1974. no.30, The critical idiom series Junak nad junaci (red. Jovan Boshkovski), Skopje 1948. no.5, Narodni umotvorbi *Jung, Carl G., M.-L. von Franz, Joseph L. Lenderson, Joland Jacobi, Aniela Jaffé, Man and His Symbols , Garden City, N.Y. 1964 [Jungmann, Josef] Josef Jungmann : a obrozenska terminologie literarne vedna a linguisticka (by Alois Jedlichka), Praha 1949. svazek I, Rozpravy o dile Jungmannove *Junker, Heinrich F. J. and Bozorg Alavi, Persisch-deutsches Wörterbuch , Leipzig 1965 Juranchich, Janko, Slovenachki jezik : gramatika slovenachkog jezika za Hrvate i Srbe , Ljubljana 1965, 1971 (total : two cpies) Juranchich, Janko, Srbskohrvatsko-slovenski in slovensko-hrvatskosrbski slovar , Ljubljana 1970 *Juranchich, Janko, Srbskohrvatsko-slovenski slovar , Ljubljana 1955, 1972 (total : two copies) Jurgens Buning, J. E. and C. H. van Schooneveld, The Sentence Intonation of Contemporary Standard Russian as a Linguistic Structure , ‘s-Gravenhage 1961. no.III, Description and Analysis of Contemporary Standard Russian Jürgensmann, Wilhelm, Die französischen Ortsadverbia in pronominaler Verwendung , Borna- Leipzig 1907. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosphishchen Fakultät der Georg-Augusts-Universität zu Göttingen Jurishic, Blazh, Rjechnik govora otoka vrgade , Zagreb. in Biblioteka hrvatskog dijalektoloshkog zbornika I. dio uvod 1966 Jurkowski, Jan, Dziela wszystkie , Wroclaw tom I., Tragedia o polskim scylurusie i trzech synach koronnych ojczyzny polskiej zolnierzu rozkosniku i filozofie ktorych imie Herkules, Parys, Dyjogenes (oprac. J. Krzyzanowski and S. Rospond) 1958. no.11, seria B, Biblioteka pisarzow polskich C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 102

Jushkov, S. V., Obshchestvenno politichekij stroj i praévo Kievskogo gosudarstva , Moskva 1949. tom I, Kurs istorii gosudarstva i prava SSSR [reprint The Hague 1969], no.237, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Jushkov, S. V., Ocherki po istorii feodalizma v Kievskoj Rusi , Moskva - Leningrad 1939. ANSSSR, Institut istorii [reprint The Hague 1969], no.232, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings The Justification of Linguistic Hypotheses : a study of nondemonstrative influence on transformational grammar (by Rudolf Botha), The Hague 1973. no.84, Janua Linguarum, series maior Juzhnonotranjski govori : akcent in glasoslovje govorov med snezhnikom in slavnikom (by Jakob Rigler), Ljubljana 1963. in Slovenska akademija znanosti in umetnosti, dela 13, razred za filoloshke in literarne vede, no.7, institut za slovenski jezik Juzhnoslavjanskie jazyki : annotirovannyj bibliograficheskij ukazatel’ literatury opublikovannoj v Rossii i v SSSR s 1835 po 1965 gg. (by I. E. Mozhaeva), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki

K

Kabazanov, Stajko, Edin starinen balgarski govor : tixomirskijat govor , Sofija 1963 Kabashnikaü, K. P., Belaruskaja kazka u kazachnym epase slavjan , Minsk 1968. daklady, VI mizhnarodny z’ezd slavistaü Kabelak, J., Kristijono donelaichio rashty leksika , Vilnius 1964 Kacnel’son, S. D., Soderzhanie slova, znachenie i oboznachenie , Moskva - Leningrad 1965 (two copies) Kacnel’son, S. D., Tipologija jazyka i rechevoe myshlenie , Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija (two copies) Kadic, Ante, Croatian Reader with Vocabulary , ‘s-Gravenhage 1960 Kadic, Ante, Domovinska Rijech : knjizhevno-povijesni ogledi , München - Barcelona 1978. in Knjizhnica hrvatske revije, ljudi i krajevi Kadic, Ante, From Coratian Renaissance to Yugoslav Socialism : essays , The Hague 1969. no.90, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kadic, Ante, Vinko Nikolic trubach iz daljinc , Roma - Chicago 1976. no.16, Ziral (with author’s inscription) *de Kadt, J., Uit mijn communistentijd , Amsterdam 1965 *Kaegi’s grieksche grammatica (herhalingstabellen bewerkt door Dr. P. V. Sormani), Groningen 1930 *Kaegi’s griekse grammatica (bewerkt door P. V. Sormani, vernieuwd door H. M. Braaksma), Groningen - Batavia 1943 Kafedra russkogo jazyka , Leningrad 1958. no.144, Uchenye zapiski Kafengauz, B. B., Drevnij Pskov : ocherki po istorii feodal’noj respubliki , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii SSSR C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 103

Kagan-Kans, Eva, Hamlet and Don Quixote : Turgenev’s ambivalent vision , The Hague 1975. no.288, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Kahane, Henry and Renée, and Ralph L. Ward, Spoken Greek , New York 1946. two volumes V kakom smysle mozhno govorit’ o sushchestvovanii feodalizma v Rossii ? Po povodu teorii Pavlova-Sil’vanskago (by N. Karev), St. Petersburg 1910 [reprint The Hague 1965] no.45, Russian reprint series *Kaiser, L. (ed.), Manual of Phonetics , Amsterdam 1957 *Kaiser, L., Phonetiek , Den Haag 1950. in Servire’s encyclopadie, afdeling : theoretische taalwetenschap B9a : 5 Kako ne valja-kako valja pisati (by Radovan Vidovic), Zagreb 1969. in Matica hrvatska, izvanredno izdanje Kalchev, Kamen, At Life’s Source , Sofia 1966 Kalima, Jalo, Die ostseefinnischen Lehnwörter im Russischen , Helsinki 1919. no.XLIV, Mémoires de la société finno-ougrienne Kalina, Paul (Pawel), Dictionnaire français-polonais et polonais-français, Warszawa première partie : français - polonais 1956 Kalina, Pawel, Slownik podreczny niemiecko-polski i polsko-niemiecki , Warszawa czesc pierwsza, niemiecko-polska 1956 czesc druga, polsko-niemiecka 1956 Kalina, Pawel, Slownik polsko-francuski , Warszawa 1956 *Kalista, Zdenek, Cheske baroko : studie. texty. poznamky , Praha 1940 (two copies) *Kalnyn’, L. E., Razvitie korreljacii tverdyx i mjagkix soglasnyx fonem v slavjanskix jazykax , Moskva 1961 (two copies) Kalnyn’, L. E., Tipologija zvukovyx dialektnyxw razlichij v nizhneluzhickom jazyke , Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija (two copies) Kamen’. Stixi. (by O. Mandel’shtam), S.-Peterburg 1913 [reprint Ann Arbor 1971] (two copies) Kamenceva, E. I., Xronologija , Moskva 1967 Kamennye skazy : sokrovishcha drevnej russkoj arxitektury jazoslavskoj oblasti (by Mixail Aleksandrovich Papov), Jaroslavl’ 1972 Kaminska, Maria, Gwary polski centralnej , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1968. no.49, Prace jezykoznawczwe, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN *Kamke, E., Theory of Sets (transl. Friedrick Bagemihl), New York 1950 Kangrga, Jovan, Rechnik nemachko-srpskoxrvatski , Beograd 1953 Kanizhlic, Antun, Antun Ivanoshic and Matije Petra Katanchica, Pjesme , Zagreb 1940. vol.XXVI, Stari pisci hrvatski Katemir, A., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume I (vstup. stat. G. P. Makogonenko), Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Kantemir, Antiox, Sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat. F. Ja. Prijma), Leningrad 1956. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ Kantor, Marvin, Aspectual Derivation in Contemporary Serbo-Croatian, The Hague 1972. no.271, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kapanski narodni pesni , Sofija 1956. section III, no.47, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 104

Kapitoly ze srovnavaci mluvnice ruske a cheske, Praha vol.I, Studie syntakticke (Premysl Adamec, et al.) 1956 Kapitoly z dejin cheskych narechi a mistnich i pomistnich jmen (by Frantishek Curin), Praha 1969. Sbornik pedagogicke fakulty university karlovy Kapnist, V., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Kappes, Konrad, Wir lernen Serbokroatisch sprechen , Leipzig 1968. in Sprachen für Jedermann Kapterev, N. F., Xarakter otnoshenij Rossii k pravoslavnomu vostoku v XVI i XVII stoletijax , Sergiev Posad 1914 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.107, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Karacic, Vuk (by Golub Dobrashinovic), Beograd 1964. no.14, Knjiga za nas Karacic, Vuk Stefanovic, O jeziku i knjizhevnosti , Beograd no.I 1968. kn.12, Sabrana dela Vuka Karacica Karacic, Vuk Stefanovic, Sabrana dela Vuka Karacica (urech. odbor Golub Dobrashinovich et al.), Beograd kn.2, Srpski rjechnik (1818) 1966 kn.12, O jeziku i knjizhevnosti , I 1968 Karacic, Vuk Stef., Skupljeni istoricheski i etnografski spisi , Beograd vol.I, Grada za srpsku istoriju nashega vremena i shivoti najzanatnijix poglavica ovoga vremena 1898 [Karacic] Karadzhic, Vuk Stefanovic, Slavica Pragensia VI : k stemu vyrochi smrti Stefanovice Karadzhice , Praha. Acta Universitatis Carolinae, philologica 1964, no.2 Karacic, Vuk. Stef., Srpske narodne pjesme , Beograd vol.I, Ukojoj su razlichne zhenske pjesme 1932 vol.IX, Ukojoj su pjesme junachke novijx vremena c vojevanju crnogoraca i xercegovaca 1936 Karacic, Stef., Srpske narodne poslovice i druge razlichne kao one u obichaj uzete rijeci i zagonetke , Beograd 1933 Karacic, Stef.(ed.), Srpski rjechnik istumachen njemachkijem i latinskijem rijechima , Beograd 1935 [Karacic, Vuk Stef.] Zhivot i rad vuka Stef. Karacica (26 okt. 1787 - 25 jan. 1864) (by Ljub. Stojanovic), Beograd 1924 Karadschitsch, Stef., Deutsch - serbosches Wörterbuch (troshkom narodnijex priloga) , Wien 1872, 1877 Karamzin, N. M., Bednaja Liza : povest’ , Moskva 1957 Karamzin, N. M., Istorija gosudarstva rossijskago , S.-Peterburg 1892 [reprint The Hague 1969] tom I, Ezhemesjachnoe prilozhenie k zhurnalu “Xever” za janvar 1892’ [reprint, no.189/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, … “Sever” za fevral’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings] tom III, … ”Sever” za mart 1892 [reprint, no.189/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom IV,… “Sever” za aprel 1892 [reprint, no.189/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 105

tom V, … “Sever” za maj 1892 [reprint, no.189/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom VI, … “Sever” za jun’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom VII, … “Sever” za ijul’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom VIII, … “Sever” za avgust 1892 [reprint, no.189/8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom IX, … “Sever” za sentjabr’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/9, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom X,… ”Sever” za oktjabr’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/10, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom XI, … ”Sever” za nojabr’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/11, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom XII,… “Sever” za dekabr’ 1892 [reprint, no.189/12, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Karamzin, N., Izbrannye stixotvorenija (with I. Dmitriev) (red. A. Ja. Kucherova), Leningrad 1953. in Biblioteka poèta : osnovana M. Gor’kim, sol’shaja serija Karamzin, N. M., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat.: Ju. M. Lotman), Moskva - Leningrad 1966. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Karas Mieczyslaw, Orawskie teksty gwarowe z obszaru czechoslowarji , Krakow 1965. vol.LXXII, zes.8, Studia orawskie no.2, Zayzyty naukowe uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego, prace jezykoznawcze (two copies) Karas, Mieczyslaw and Alfred Zareba, Orawskie teksty gwarowe z obszaéru polski (wstepem poprzedzil : Witold Taszycki), Krakow 1964. no.LXIX, Zeszyty naukowe uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego, zeszyt 6, prace jzeykoznawcze, no.2, studia orawskie Karaveluv, Ljuben, Bargari ot staro vreme , Sofija 1968. in Biblioteka za uchenika Karcevski, Serge, Système du verbe russe : essai de linguistique synchronique , Prague 1927 Kardinalovskaja, Mirtala, Stixy , Boston 1972 Karev, N., V kakom smysle mozhno govorit’ o sushchestvovanii feodalizma v Rossii ? Po povodu teorii Pavlova-Sil’vanskago , St. Petersburg 1910 [reprint The Hague 1965] no.45, Russian reprint series [Karger, M. K.], Kul’tura i iskusstvo drevnej rusi : sbornik statej v chest’ professora M. K. Kargera , Leningrad 1967 Karinskij, Nikolaj, Jazyk Pskova i ego oblasti v XV veke , S.-Peterburg 1909. (photocopy) *Karlgren, Bernhard, Sound and Symbol in Chinese , London 1929. in Language and literature series (ed. C. T. Onions) Karlowicz, Jan, Adam Krynski and Wladyslaw Niedzwiedzki, Slownik jezyka polskiego , Warszawa [photooffprint 1952-1953 of 8 volume set (1900-1927)] *Karlshtejn : guidebook , Praha 1967 Karmannyj bolgarsko-russkij slovar’ (sost : M. A. Leonidova), Moskva 1962 *Karmi, Hasan S., Al-manar, an English-Arabic Dictionary , London - Beirut 1970 Karolek, Stanislaw, Zagadnienia rekcji przyimkowej czasownika w jezyku rosyjskim , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1966. in Komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 106

Karpatoruske pomistni nazvy z pol. XIX a z poch. XX st. (by A. Petrov), Praha 1929 Karpatskaja dialektologija i onomastika (otvet. red. G. D. Klepikova), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Karsavin, L., Filossofija istorii , Berlin 1923 Karskij, E. F., Belorusy jazyk belorusskogo naroda , Moskva pt.I, Istoricheskij ocherk zvukov belorusskogo jazyka 1955 pt.II, Istoricheskij ocherk slovoobrazovanija i slovoizmenenija v belorusskom jazyke ; (bound with:) pt.III, Ocherki sintaksisa belorusskogo jazyka 1956 Karskij, E., Geschichte der weißrussischen Volksdichtung und Literatur , Berlin 1926. in Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte Karskij, E. F. (sost.), Listki undol’skago otryvok Kirillovskago evangelija XI-go veka , Sanktpeterburg 1904 tom I, vyp.3, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka Karskij, E. F., Trudy po belorusskomu drugim slavjanskim jazykam , Moskva 1962 Karttunen, Lauri, What do Referential Indices Refer to ? , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. Indiana University linguistics club mimeograph Karulina, Ju. A. and M. M. Glushko (eds.), Tekstologija anglijskoj nauchnoj rechi , Moskva 1978. Posvjashchaetsja doktoru filologicheskix nauk professoru MGU Ol’ge Sergeevna Axmanovoj Kasatkin, L. L., Progressivnoe assimiljatvnoe smjagchenie zadnenebnyx soglasnyx v russkix govorax , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Katalog : jazykoveda literarni veda umeni , Praha 1956 Katalog periodichnix vidan’ : vseukrajns’koj akademij nauk na 1934-35 rik , Kijv 1934 Katalog publikaci filosoficke fakulty university karlovy v Praze 1954-1968 , Praha 1968 Katanchic, Matije Petar, Pjesme Antuna Kanizhlica, Antuna Ivanoshica i Matije Petra Katanchica (prir T. Matic), Zagreb 1940. no.XXVI, Stari pisci hrvatski *Katara, Pekka, Finnish-deutsches Wörterbuch , Porvoo - Helsinki 1939 Katenin, P. A., Izbrannye proizvedenija (vstup. stat. G. V. Ermakova-Bitner), Moskva - Leningrad 1965. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ (two copies) Katichic, Radoslav, A Contribution to the General Theory of Comparative Linguistics , The Hague 1970. no.83, Janua Linguarum, series minor Katichic, Radoslav, Jezikoslovni ogledi , Zagreb 1971 Katichic, Radoslav, Osnovni pojmovi suvremene lingvistichke teorije , Zagreb 1967. in Manualia universitatis studiorum Zagrebiensis Katorga i ssylka. istoriko-revolucionnyj vestnik (obshch. red. F. Ja. Kon), Moskva [reprint The Hague] no.37-39 1927 [1971], no.143/13, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.40-42 1928 [1971], no.143/14, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.43-46 1928 [1971], no.143/15, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.47-49 1928 [1971], no.143/16, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.50-52 1929 [1968], no.143/17, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.53-55 1929 [1968], no.143/18, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.56-58 1929 [1971], no.143/19, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.59-61 1929 [1971], no.143/20, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 107

no.62-64 1930 [1968], no.143/21, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.65-67 1930 [1968], no.143/22, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.71-73 1930 [1971], no.143/24, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.74-76 1931 [1971], no.143/25, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.77-79 1931 [1971], no.143/26, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.80-82 1931 [1968], no.143/27, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.83-85 1931 [1968], no.143/28, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Katz, David, Gestaltpsychologie , Basel 1948 *Katz, Jerrold J. and Paul M. Postal, An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Descriptions , Cambridge, Mass. 1964; 1973. Research monograph no.26, M.I.T. Press (total two copies) Katz, Jerrold J., The Philosophy of Language , New York 1966. in Studies in language series Katz, Jerrold J., The Problem of Induction and its Solution , Chicago - London 1962 Katz, Jerrold J., The Underlying Reality of Language and its Philosophical Import , New York 1971. in Harper essays in philosophy Katzner, Kenneth, A Russian Review Text , New York 1962 Kauzativnye konstrukcii v nemeckom jazyke : analiticheskij kauzativ (by V. P. Nedjalkov), Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija (with author’s inscription) Kaverin, V., Ispolnenie zhelanij : roman , Moskva 1956 Kavkazskie jazyki (by G. A. Klimov), Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Kawasaki, Ichiro, Japan Unmasked , Rutland, Vt. - Tokyo 1971 Kay, Burg, The Theatre of Jean Mairet : the metamorphosis of sensuality , The Hague 1975. no.97, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Kaye, Alan S., Chadian and Sudanese Arabic in the Light of Comparative Arabic Dialectology , The Hague 1976. no.236, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Kayser, Wolfgang, Kleine deutsche Versschule , Bern 1954. vol.306, Dalp-taschenbücher *Kayser, Wolfgang, Das sprachliche Kunstwerk : eine Einführung in die Literaturwissenschaft , Bern 1951 Kazanskaja istorija (podgot. G. N. Moiseeva, red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc), Moskva - Leningrad 1954. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Kazaxskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut im Abaja Alma-Atinskij pedagogicheskij institut inostrannyj jazykov, Alma-Ata A. P. Komarov, O lingvisticheskom statuse kauzal’noj svjazi 1970 Kazlauskas, J., Lietuviu kalbos istorine gramatika (dirchiavimas, daiktavardis, veiksmazhodis) , Vilnius 1968 *Keith, Arthur Berriedale, The Religion and Philosophy of the Veda and Upanishads , Cambridge, Mass. - London 1925 part 1, chapters 1-19. no.31, Harvard oriental studies part 2, chapters 20-29. no.32, Harvard oriental studies Kelco, Pavol, Andrej Selecky, Jozef Chihak and Jan Kotoch, Literarna vychova : pre 8. rochnik vsheobecnozdelavcich shkol , Bratislava 1957 Keller, Georg Siegmund, Das Asyndeton in den balto-slavischen Sprachen , Heidelberg 1922. no.4, Slavica (heraus. von M. Murko) Kellner, Adolf, Uvod do dialektologie , Praha 1954 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 108

Kelly, Reine Cardaillac, A Descriptive Analysis of Gascon , The Hague 1973. no.138, Janua Linguarum, series practica Keltische Gräberfelder der südwest-Slowakei (by B. Benadik, E. Vlchek, C. Ambros), Bratislava 1957. tomus 1, Slovenska akadémia vied, archeologica slovaca - fontes Keltské pohrebiska na juhozapadnom slovensku (by B. Benadik, E. Vlchek, C. Ambros), Bratislava 1957. tomus 1, Slovenska akadémia vied, archeologica slovaca - fontes Kempson, Ruth M., Semantic Theory , Cambridge 1977. in Cambridge textbooks in linguistics *Kennan, George F., American Diplomacy 1900-1950 , New York 1951. Charles R. Walgreen Foundations lectures. Mentor MP360 *Kennan, George F., Russia and the West under Lenin and Stalin , New York - Toronto 1961. Mentor MQ459 Kenstowicz, Michael J. and Charles W. Kisseberth (eds.), Issues in Phonological Theory : proceedings of the Urbana conference on phonology , The Hague 1973. no.74, Janua Linguarum, series maior Kent, Leonard J., The Subconscious in Gogol’ and Dostoevskij, and its Antecedents , The Hague 1969. no.75, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kenyon, John S., ‘One of those who is …’ , from American Speech, vol.26, Oct.1951, reprint Indianapolis n.d., no.12, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Kepeski, Krume, Makedonska gramatika , Skopje 1950 Ker, W. P., Epic and Romance : essays on medieval literature , New York 1957. Dover T355 *Kerensky, Alexander, Russia and History’s Turning Point , New York 1965 *Die Kerenzer Mundart des Kantons Glarus in ihren grundzügen Dargestellt (by J. Winteler), Leipzig-Heidelberg 1876 [reprint Wiesbaden 1972] Kerimova, A. A., A. K. Mamedzade, L. A. Pirejko, D. I. Edel’man and V. S. Rastorgueva, Giljanskij jazyk , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija *Kern, H., Manual of Indian Buddhism , Strassburg 1898. III. band, pt.8, Encyclopaedia of Indo-Aryan research (Grundriss der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde). bound with : A. A. Macdonnell, Vedic Mythology and Athelstang Baines, Ethnography (Castes and Tribes) Kernic’kij, I. M., Sistema slovozmini v ukraïns’kij movy na materialax pam’jatok XVI st. , Kiïv 1967 (two copies) [Kerns, J. Alexander] Studies in Honor of J. Alexander Kerns (ed. Robert C. Lugton and Milton Saltzer), The Hague 1970. no.44, Janua Linguarum, series maior van Keulen, H., Hereenigingswerk in Nederland : over de geschiedenis en de werkzaamheid van het apostolaat der hereeniging , Hilversum (?) 1941. no.X, Het christelijke oosten Key, Harold H., Morphology of Cayuvava , The Hague 1967. no.53, Janua Linguarum, series practica Key, Mary R., Comparative Tacanan Phonology. With Cavineda phonology and notes on Pano-Tacanan relationship , The Hague 1968. no.50, Janua Linguarum, series practica Khalafallah, Abdelghany A., A Descriptive Grammar of SAEI:DI Egyptian Colloquial Arabic , The Hague 1969. no.32, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 109

Khlebnikova, Irina, Oppositions in Morphology : as exemplified in the English tense system , The Hague 1973. no.151, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Khouri, Mounah A., Ernest N. McCarus, Raji M. Rammuny, Peter A. Abboud, Najm A. Bezirgan, Wallace M. Erwin, Elementary Modern Standard Arabic , Ann Arbor 1968 part 1 (two copies) part 2 writing suplement to Elements of Modern Standard Arabic Kibernetika semiotika lingvistika (by V. V. Martynov), Minsk 1966 Kibernetika v monografijax, Novosibirsk. ANSSSR, joint publication, Institut matematiki sibirskogo otdelenija and Institut jazykoznanija 1, I. A. Mel’chuk, Avtomaticheskij sintaksicheskij analiz 1964 Kibrik, A. E., The Methodology of Field Investigations in Linguistics (setting up the problem) , The Hague 1977. no.142, Janua Linguarum, series minor Kidrich, Francè, Korytkova smrt in ostalina , Ljubljana 1947. pruochila 1, Akademija znanosti inumetnosti v Ljubljana Kidrich, Francet, Slavistichna revija, III. letnik, 1-2 : v spomin Franceta Kidricha , Ljubljana 1950 *Kieckers, E., Historische griechische Grammatik , Berlin - Leipzig I., Lautlehre 1925 II., Formenlehre 1926. no.118, Sammlung Göschen Kiev’s Hagia Sophia. state architectural-historical monument (comp. Hrihoriy Logvin), Kiev 1971 De Kinderen van Jesenin en andere essays (by Charles B. Timmer), Amsterdam 1969 *Kinross, Lord, Atatürk bir milletin yeniden dogusu , Istanbul 1967. two volumes Kiparsky, Paul and Carol Kiparsky, Fact , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. Indiana University linguistics club mimeograph of January 1968 paper Kiparsky, Paul, How Abstract is Phonology ? , Bloominton, Ind. 1968. Indiana University linguistics club mimeograph *Kiparsky, Paul, Tense and Mood in Indo-European Syntax , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. Indiana University linguistics club mimeograph Kiparsky, V., Die gemeinslavischen Lehnwörter aus dem Germanischen , Helsinki 1934. no.XXXII,2, ser.B, Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae Kiparsky, V., L’histoire du morse , Helsinki 1952. series B, tom 73 3, Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae Kiparsky, Valentin, Russische historische Grammatik , Heidelberg. in neue folge Slavica - Sammlung Lehr- und Handbücher vol.I 1963 (three copies - one hardbound) vol.II 1967 Kiparsky, Valentin, Der Wortakzent der russischen Schriftsprache , Heidelberg 1962 Kipriskij ciki v drevnerusskoj literature (by O. A. Belobrova), Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Kirdan, B. P., Ukrainskij narodnyj èpos , Moskva 1965 [Kireevskij, I. V.] An Introduction to Nineteenth-century Russian Slavophilism , vol.II : I. V. Kireevskij (by Peter K. Christoff), The Hague 1972. no.23/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 110

Kirichenko, I. N. (glavnyj redaktor), Ukrajins’ko-rosijs’kij slovnik , Kiev 1953-1963. six volume set Kiril i Metodi (by A. Teodorov-Balan), Sofija pt.I 1920. broy I, Universitetska biblioteka Kiriljuk, E. P., Ukraïns’kij realizm i literaturi slov’jans’kix narodiv u XIX st. , Kiïv 1968. Dopovidi radjans’koï delegaciï na VI mizhnarodnomu z’ïzdi slavistiv, Praga, Serpen’ 1968 g. Kirkeby, Willy, Norsk engelsk ordbok , Oslo 1970 Kisseberth Charles W. and Michael J. Kenstowicz (eds.), Issues in Phonological Theory : proceedings of the Urbana conference on phonology , The Hague 1973. no.74, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Kissling, Hans Joachim, Osmanisch-türkische Grammatik , Wiesbaden 1960. no.III, neue series, Porta linguarum orientalium (two copies) *Kittel, Rud. (ed.), Biblia hebraica , vols I & II, Stuttgart 1925 Kizevetter, A. A., Istoricheskie ocherki , Moscow 1912 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.41, Russian reprint series Kizevetter, A. A., Mestnoe samoupravlenie v Rossii IX-XIX st. Istoricheskij ocherk , Petrograd 1917 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.124, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Kjellman, Nils, Die Verbal-zusammensetzungen mit “durch”, Lund 1945 Kjuxel’beker, V., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. B. Mejlaxa), Leningrad 1952. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Klagstad, Harold L., Jr., Toward a Morpho-syntactic Treatment of the Balkan Linguistic Group , The Hague 1963. preprint from American contributions to the fifth international congress of Slavists, Sofij 1963 Klanowski, Tadeuza, Stanislaw Kubiak and Miroslawa Stempniewicz, Bibliografia ; publikacji pracownikow uniwersytetu im. Adama Mickiewicza w Poznaniu 1945- 1964 , Poznan 1965. no.4, seria : Prace biblioteki uniwersyteckiej, Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickiewicza w Poznaniu Klanowski, Tadeusz, Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickiewicza w Poznaniu 1945-1964 , Poznan 1965. no.3, Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickiewicza w Poznaniu, seria : prace z zakresu dziejow uniwersytetu *von Klaproth, Julius, Travels in the Caucasus and Georgia (performed in the years 1807 and 1808) by Command of the Russian Government (transl. F. Shoberl), London 1814 Klasov, G., X. Maxmudov and M. Prodanova, Türkçe-bulgarca knousma kitabi (tursko- balgarski razgovornik) , Sofija 1961 Klasichni nauchni spisi, srpska akademija nauka, matematichki institut, Beograd klas. nauch.III, mat. inst.3, N. I. Lobachevskog, Geometriska ispitivanija iz teorija paralelnix linija 1951 “Klasse” und Klassifikation in der Sprachwissenschaft (by Alphonse Juilland and Hans- Heinrich Lieb), The Hague 1968 no.74, Janua Linguarum, series minor Klassifikacii jazykov i ix principy (by T. S. Sharadzenidze), Tblisi 1958. in AN Gruzinskoj SSR, Institut jazykoznanija C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 111

Klabanowska, Barbara, Znaczenia lokatywne polskich przyimkow wlasciwych , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gadnsk 1971. no.64, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN *Kleine Enzyklopädie, Leipzig Die deutsche Sprache (heraus. v. Erhard Agricola, Wolfgang Fleischer and Helmut Protze) 1969-1970. two volumes Kleiner, Julius, Die polnische Literatur , Potsdam 1929. in Literaturen der slawischen Völker in series Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft Kleiner, Julius, Die polnische Literatur , Potsdam 1929. in Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft. (bound with : P. N. Sakulin, Die russische Literatur 1927) Kleines literarisches Lexikon (ed. Wolfgang Kayser), Bern 1953. vol.15-17, Sammlung Dalp *Kleine sprachtheoretische Schriften (by Heymann Steinthal), Hildesheim - New York 1970. no.XII, Collectanea Kleine Texte für theologische und philologische Vorlesungen und Übungen (heraus. von Hans Lietzmann), Bonn no.66, Die Frösche des Aristophanes (heraus. v. Wilhelm Süss) 1911 no.72, Die Vitae vergilianae und ihre antiken Quellen (heraus. von Ernst Diehl) 1911 no.89, Euripides Medea mit Scholien (heraus. v. Ernest Diehl) 1911 Klemensiewicz, Z., T. Lehr-Splawinski, S. Urbanczyk, Gramatyka historyczna jezyka polskiego , Warszawa 1955 (two copies) Klemensiewicz, Zenon, Historia jezyka polskiego , Warszawa part I, Doba staropolska (od czaow najdawniejszych do poczatkow XVI wieku) 1961 (two copies) Klemensiewicz, Zenon, W kregu jezyka literackiego i artystycznego , Warszawa 1961 Klemensiewicz, Zenon, Pogadanki o jezyku , Warszawa 1966. no.18, Biblioteczka towarzystwa milosnikow jezyka polskiego Klemensiewicz, Zenon, Skladnia opisowa wspolczesnej polszczyzny kulturalnej , Krakow 1937 Klemensiewicz, Zenon, Zarys skladni polskiej , Warszawa 1957; 1961 (total :two copies) Klementinske zlomky : nejstarshich cheskych legend (rediguje : Jan Petrmichl), Praha 1959 Klenin, Emily Ruth, Russian Reflexive Pronouns and the Semantic Roles of Noun Phrases in Sentences , Ann Arbor 1974. Princeton University dissertation - bound xerox copy Klimas, P., Der Zerdegang des litauischen Staates von 1915 bis zur Bildung der provisorischen Regierung im November 1918 , Berlin 1919 Kliment Oxridski : materiali za negovoto chestvuvane po sluchaj 1050 godini ot smartta mu (red. D. Angelov, E. Georgiev, P. Dinekov, K. Mirchev), Sofija 1968 Kliment Oxridski : sbornik ot statii po sluchaj 1050 godini ot smartta mu 916-1966 (red. B. St. Angelov et al.), Sofia 1966 *Klimov, G. A., Kavkazskie jazyki , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Klinger, W., Doroczne swieta ludowe , Krakow 1931. no.2, Bibjotèka ludu slowianskiego Kljuchevskij, V., Bojarskaja duma : drevnej rusi , Moskva 1909 [reprint The Hague 1965], no.VI, Russian reprint series C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 112

*Klooster, A. G., E. H. C. Elffers-van Ketel, J. H. J. Liuf, E. C. Schermer-Vermeer, H. J. Verkuyl, G. E. Booij, Transformationele taalkunde , Utrecht-Antwerpen 1974. 509, het wetenschappelijke pocketboek, Aula Kluchenskij, V., Drevnerusskija zhitija Svjatyx , Moskva 1870 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.115, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kljuchevskij, V., Kurs russkoj istorii , Moskva 1937. five volumes Kljuev, Nikolaj, Polnoe sobranie sochinenij (red. Boris Filippov), N’ju-York 1954. two volumes Kljueva, V. N., Kratkij slovar’ sinonimov russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1956 Klonowic, Sebastian Fabian, Worek judaszow (oprac. Kazimierz Budzuk, Antonina Obrebska-Jablonska), Wroclaw 1960. no.10, Biblioteka pisarzow polskich, seria B *Klooster, W. G., H. J. Verkuyl, J. H. J. Luif, Inleiding tot de syntaxis : praktische zinsleer van het nederlands , Culemborg 1969 *Klooster, W. G. and A. Kraak, Syntaxis , Columborg 1968 Klopskyj, Mixail, Povesti o zhitii Mixaila Klopskogo (podgot. L. A. Dmitriev), Moskva - Leningrad 1958. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Kluckhohn, Clyde, Culture and Behavior : collected essays of Clyde Kluckohn (ed. Richard Kluckhohn), New York - London 1965 Kluckhohn, Clyde, Patterning as Exemplified in Navaho Culture , from Language, Culture and Personality : essays in memory of Edward Sapir (Edward Sapir, Leslie Spier, A. Irving Hollowell, Stanley S. Newman, eds.), The Sapir Memorial publication fund, Menasha, Wisc. 1941, reprint Indianapolis, n.d. no.147, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Knapp, Peggy Ann, The Style of John Wyclif’s English Sermons , The Hague 1977. no.16, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica The Knife in the Stone : essays in literary theory (by Frederic Will), The Hague 1973. no.9, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor (two copies) The Knights Hospitaliers in Poland and Lithuania (by Boleslaw B. Szczesniak), The Hague 1969. no.19, Studies in European history Knigoizdtel’stvo M. V. Pirozhkova, Istoricheskij otdel, S.-Peterburg [reprint The Hague] no.2, Mix. Lemke, Ocherki po istorii russkoj cenzury i zhurnalistiki XIX stoletija 1904 [1970] Kniho o prekladani : prispevky k otazkam prekladu z rushtiny (napsali : F. Travnichek et al.), Praha 1953, no.11, Knizhnice cheskoslovensko-sovetskeho institutu Knihovna-sboru pro vyzkum slovenska p podkarpatske rusi pri slovanskem ustavu v Praze, Praha chislo 4 : A. Prazhak, Literarni slovensko 1932 Knizhnica linguistica slovaca, Bratislava sväzok 6, Vincent Blanar, Bibliografia jazykovedny na slovensku v rokach 1939-1945 1950 Knizhnica osvety, Martin sväzok 23, Jan Stanislav, Slovenska vyslovnost 1953 Knizhnice cheskoslovensko-sovetskeho institutu, Praha no.11, Kniha o prekladani : prispevky kotazkam prekladu z rushtiny 1953 Knjazevskaja, O. A., V. G. Dem’janov, M. V. Ljapon, Uspenskij sbornik XII-XIII vv. (red. S. I. Kotkov), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 113

Knjazhnin, Ja. B., Izbrannye proizvedenija (vstup. L. I. Kulakova), Leningrad 1961. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ Knjazhnin, Ja . in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Knjazhoe pravo v drevnej Rusi (by A. E. Presnjakov), St. Petersburg 1909 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.15, Russian reprint series Knjiga srpsko-xrvatsko-cheske knoverzacije sa kratkim pregledom srpske gramatike i uzorcima trgovachke korespondencije (sast. Josip il Ettel de Xvozdomil), Prag n.d. Knjiga za naz (glav. ured. Ljubomir Krneta), Beograd no.14, Golub Dobrashinovic, Vuk Karacic 1964 [nash] Knjizhevni jezik danas (by Jovan Vukovic), Sarajevo 1972 Knjizhevnost i jezik u shkoli , Belgrade vol.1, pt.2 1954 vol.2, pt.1 1955 Knjizhnica hrvatske revije, Ljudi i krajevi, München - Barcelona Ante Kadic, Domovinska Rijech : knjizhevno-povijesni ogledi 1978 *Knobloch, Johann (ed.), Sprachwissenschaftliches Wörterbuch , Heidelberg lieferung 1 1961 2 1963 3 1965 4 1967 5 1969 6 1971 7 1974 8 1977 Knowlton, Sister Mary Arthur, The Influence of Richard Rolle and of Julian of Norwich on the Middle English Lyrics , The Hague 1973. no.51, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Knowles, David, The Evolution of Medieval Thought , Baltimore 1962 Koc’, L. M., Dieprislivnik u suchasniy ukrajins’kiy literaturniy movi (specifika zv’jazkiv ma jix znachen’) , Kijiv 1964. in ANURSR, Institut suspil’nyx nauk Kochanowski, Jan, Dziela Polskie , Warszawa 1955. three volumes Kochanowski, Jan, Dziela Polskie : wydanie kompletne (red. Antonina Jelicz), Warszawa 1955. three volumes Kochanowski, Jan, Fraszki (przedmowe i glossy dolaczyl Dr. Stanislax Lempicki), Lwow 1928 Kochanowski, Pisma zbiorowe (wydal Aleksander Brückner), Warszawa 1924. two volumes [Kochanowski] Jan, Swiadomosc slowianska Jana Jochanowskiego z zagadnien psychiki polskiego renesansu (by Tadeuza Ulewicz), Krakow 1948. no.8, Prace z historii literatury polskiej Kochol, Viktor, Anton Popovich, Viliam Turchany, Frantishek Shtraus, Jan Sabol, Gabriel Cherny, Frantishek Miko, Rytmus a metrum , Bratislava 1968. no.XI, Litteraria - shtudie a dolumenty *Kockelmans, A., Edmund Husserl : een inleiding tot zijn fenomenologie , Den Haag 1963. no.5, Denkers over God en wereld C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 114

Kocmanek, Vaclav Frantishek, Sedm interludii , Praha 1953. no.15, Pamatky stare literatury cheske (matice cheska), ChSAV Kodov, Xristo, Udarenieto v balgarskija knizhoven ezik , Sofija 1966 (two copies) Koehler, Ludmilla, Anton Antonovich Del’vig : a classicist in the time of romanticism , The Hague 1970. no.79, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Koerner, E. F. K., Bibliographia Saussureana 1870 - 1970 : an annotated, classified bibliography on the background, development and actual relevance of Ferdinand de Saussure’s general theory of language , Metuchen, N. J. 1972. (two copies) *Koerner, E. F. K., Ferdinand de Saussure : origin and development of his linguistic thought in western studies of language. a contribution to the history and theory of linguistics , Braunschweig 1973. no.7, Schriften zur linguistik *Koffka, K., Principles of Gestalt Psychology , New York 1963 Kokorev, I. T., Moskva sorokovyx godov : ocherki i povesti o Moskve XIX veka , Moskva 1959 Kokovcov, V. N., Iz moego proshlago : vospominanija 1903-1919 gg. Paris 1933 [reprint The Hague 1969] tom I, no.200/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, no.200/2, Slavistic Printings and Repr!ntings Kol’cov, A. V., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat. L. A. Plotkin), Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija Kol’cov, A. V., Sochinenija (vstup. stat. Ju. L. Akimov), Moskva 1955 (two copies) Kol’cov, A. V., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. L. Plotkin), Leningrad 1953. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Kolesov, V. V., Istorija russkogo udarenija : imennaja akcentuacija v drevnerusskom jazyke , Leningrad 1972. in Leningradskij ordena Lenina i ordena trudovogo krasnogo znameni gosudarst’vennyj universitet imeni A. A. Zhdanova (two copies) Das Kollektivum und das Pluraletatum im Russischen : ein bedeutungsgeschichtlicher Versuch (by Maxmillian Braun), Leipzig 1930. photocopy dissertation, Leipzig University “Kolokol” : izdanie A. I. Gercena i N. P. Ogareva 1857-1867 : sistematizirovannaja rospis statej i zametok , Moskva 1957 Kolomiec’, V. T., Spil’ni tendenciï rozvitku lekciki slov’jans’kix mov u pisljavoennij period , Kiïv 1968. offprint, VI mizhnardonij z’ïzd slavistiv [Koloshin, P.] Poèty-dekabristy : V. Raevskij, A. Bestuzhev, P. Koloshin, N. Bobrishchev- Pushkin, P. Bobrishchev-Pushkin, N. Lorer, N. Bestuzhev, G. Baten’kov, N. Chuzhov, M. Bestuzhev, V. Davydov , Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Kolshanskij, G. V., Logika i struktura jazyka , Moskva 1965 Komarek, Miroslav, Hlaskoslovi , Praha 1969. in Historicka mluvnice cheska, vol.I (two copies) Komarov, A. P., O lingvisticheskom statuse kauzal’noj svjazi (k voprosv o sistemnosti sredstv vyrazhenija prichinno-sledstvennyx otnoshenij v sovremennom nemeck om jazyke) , Alma-Ata 1970. in Kazaxskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut im. Abaja, Alma-Atinskij pedagogicheskij institut inostrannyj jazykov Kombol, Mihovil, Poviest hrvatske knjizhevnosti : donarodnog prepoboda , Zagreb 1945. kolo II., knjiga 7, Jubilarna izdanja ostotoj godishnici matice hrvatske 1842-1942 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 115

Komensky, Jan Amos (by J. Polishensky), Praha 1963. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minolosti [Komensky, Jan Amos] Knizhni dilo Jana Amose Komenskeho : studie bibliograficka (by Josef Brambora), Praha 1957 Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow Milolaj Kruszewski, Wybor pism 1967 Listy J. Baudouina de Courtenay do A. Chernego (red. Teodor Beshta) 1972 Komitet jezykoznawstwa polskiej akademii nauk (PAN), Gdanskie towarzystwo naukowe, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow Bernard Sychta, Slownik gwar kaszubskich na tle kultury ludowej , II, V 1968, 1972 Komitet jezykoznawstwa PAN, Wydawnictwa zrodlowe, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow Biblia krolowej zofii (szaroszpatacka) cz. 1 1965 cz. II 1967 cz.III 1971 Komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow Stanislaw Karolak, Zagadnienia rekcja przyimkowet czasownika w jezyku rosyjskim 1966 Kommunikation und Kybernetik in Einzeldarstellungen (ed. H. Wolter and W. D. Keidel), Berlin - Heidelberg - New York no.2, Bertil Malmberg, Structural Linguistics and Human Communication 1967 Kommunisticheskaja akademija, sekcija literatury, iskusstva i jazyka, Moskva Literaturnaja enciklopedija (otvet. red. A. V. Lunacharskij), vols. 1 - 8 1930 - 1934 [Konach z Hodishkova, Mikulash] Literarni dilo Mikulashe Konache z Hodishkova (by Milan Kopecky), Praha 1962. no.74, Opera universitatis purlynianae Brunensis, fakultas philosophica (with author’s inscription) Konach z Hodishkova, Mikulash, Pravidlo lidskeho zhivota (vyd. prip. Milan Kopecky), Praha 1961. no.24, Pamatky stare literatury cheske (zalozhila matice cheska), sekce jazyka a literatury, ChSAV (two copies) Konarski, Stanislaw, Pisma Wybrane (oprac. J. Nowak-Dluzewski), Warszawa 1955. two volumes Kondrashov, N. A., Osip Maksimovich Bodjanskij , Moskva 1956. in Zamechatel’nye uchenye Moskovskogo universiteta *Kondrashov, N. A., Roman Fedorovich Brandt , Moskva 1963. in Zamechatel’nye uchenye Moskovskogo universiteta (two copies) Kondrashov, N. A., Slavjanskie jazyki , Moskva 1962 Kondratov, A., Zvuki i znaki , Moskva 1966 Koneska, Milica, Mariovskiot govor , Skopje 1951. no.3, Filozofski fakultet na univerzitetot Skopje, katedra za juzhnoslovenski jazici Koneski, Blazhe, Gramatika na makedonskiot literaturen jazik , Skopje no.I, Uvod za akcentot za glasovite 1952, 1957 (total : two copies) no.II, Za formite inivnata upotreba 1954 (two copies) Koneski, Blazhe, Istorija na makedonskiot jazik , Skopje - Belgrad 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 116

Koneski, Blazhe, Kon makedonskata prerodba : makedonskite ucebnici ot 19 vek , Skopje 1959 Koneski, Blazhe, Makedonski jezik u razvoju slavenskih knjizhevnih jezika , Zagreb 1968. in Biblioteka ‘svijet suvremene stvarnosti' Koneski, Blazhe, Vezilka , Skopje 1961 (with author’s inscription) Koneski, Blazhe, Vraneshnichki apostol , Skopje 1956. no.I, Institut za makedonski jazik - Skopje, stari tekstovi *Konev, I(van) S(tepanovich), Sorok pjatyj , Moskva 1966. in Voennye memuary Konev, I. S., Marshal Sovetskogo Sojuza, Zapiski komandujushchego frontom 1943-1944 , Moskva 1972 (two copies) Koni, A. F., Sobranie sochinenij (v vos’mi tomax) , Moskva tom 1, Iz zapisok sudebnogo dejatelja 1966 tom 2, Vospominanija o dele Very Zasulich 1966 tom 3, Sudebnye rechi 1967 tom 4 1967 tom 5 1967 tom 6, Stat’i i vospominanija o russkix literaturax 1968 tom 7, Sobranie sochinenij 1969 tom 8, Pis’ma 1868 - 1927 1969 Koninklijke Bibliotheek catalogus der geschiedenis van de balkanstaten en griekenland 1903 Kontuxova, El’vira Ivanovna, Slavjano-russkie rukopisi XIII-XVII vv. , Moskva 1964 *Kononkov, A. F., Petr Ivanovich Strakov , Moskva 1959. in Zamechatel’nye uchenye Moskovskogo universiteta Kononov, A. N., Grammatika sovremennogo tureckogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1956 Kononov, A. N., Tjurskaja filologija v SSSR 1917 - 1967 , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut narodov azii [Konrad, N. I.] Istorikofilologicheskie issledovanija sbornik statej k semidesjatipjatiletiju akademika N. I. Konrada , Moskva 1967 [Konstantin and Methodius] Les légendes de Constantin et de Méthode vue de Byzance (by Fr. Dvornik), Praha 1933. no.I, Byzantinoslavica, supplementa *Konstantin und Method : Lehrer der Slaven (by Franz Grivec), Wiesbaden 1960 (two copies) Konstantinopol’skij patriarx i ego vlast’ nad russkoju cerkoviju (by T. Barsov), S.-Peterburg 1878 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.103, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Konstantinov, Aleko, Baj Gan’o , Sofija 1968 Konstantinov, Aleko, Do Chikago i nazad , Sofija 1966 Konstantinov, Aleko, Izbrani patepisi fejletoni razkazi i ocherki , Sofija 1968. in Biblioteka za uchenika Konstantinov, G., Cv. Minkov and St. Velikov, Balgarski pisateli i biografii, bibliografija , Sofija 1961 Konstantinov, G., Nova balgarska literatura : expoxa na vazrazhdaneto ot paisij xilendarski do Ivan Vazov , Sofija 1947 Konstantinov, G., Nova balgarska literatura : ot paisij xilendarski do nashi dni , Sofija 1942 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 117

Konstantinov, G., Stara balgarska literatura : ot sv. sv. Kiril i Metodij do paisij xilendarski , Sofija 1942 Kontekst 1972 : literaturno - teoreticheske issledovanija (red. A. S. Mjasnikov, P. V. Palievskij, Ja. E. El’sberg), Moskva 1973. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kovo *Kontou, Panag and Georg Mpampiniote, Sugxronike grammatike tes koines neas ellenikes : feoria - askeseis , Athens 1967 Konush, Joseph J., New English - Slovak Dictionary , Pittsburgh 1941 (or 1943) *Koolemans-Beijnen, G. J. W., A Comparative Analysis of Word Order in Contemporary Standard Russian and Polish . copy of a 1967 Stanford dissertation Kopanev, A. I., M. V. Kukushkina, O. P. Lixacheva, N. Ju. Bubnov (sost.), Istoricheskie sborniki XVIII-XIX vv. , Leningrad 1971. tom 3, vyp.3, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela biblioteki Akademii Nauk SSSR [Kopeckeho, L. V.] Rusko-cheske studie : venovano prof. L. V. Kopeckemu k petashedesatym narozeninam , Praha 1960. no.II, Sbornik vysoke shkoly pedagogicke v Praze, jazyk a literatura Kopecky, Milan, Literarni dilo Mikulashe Konache z Hodishkova , Praha 1962. no.74, Opera universitatis purkynianae Brunensis, fakultas philosophica (with author’s inscription) Kopechny, Frantishek, Narechi urchic a okoli : prostejovsky usek hanackeho narechi centralniho , Praha 1957. in ChAV, Sekce jazyka a literatury, cheska narechi, ustav pro jazyk chesky Kopechny, Frantishek, Slovesny vid v cheshtine , Praha 1962. rochnik 72, seshit 2, Rozpravy, ChAV [Kopitar] Kopitarjeva spomenica (vredil. Josip Marn), Ljubljana 1880 Kopitar, Jerne, Spisov (priredil : Rajko Nahtigal), Ljubljana II. del, Srednja doba : doba sodelovanja v “Jahrbücher der Literatur” 1818 - 1834 , 2. kniga 1945 Kopman, H., Rencontres with the Inanimate in Proust’s Recherche, The Hague 1971. no.43, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Kopylenko, M. M., Sochetaemost’ leksem v russkom jazyke posobie dlja studentov , Moskva 1973 Korinek, J. M., Od indoeuropskeho prjazyka k praslovanchine , Bratislava 1948. sväzok 3, Nauchna knizhnica, slovenskej akadémie vied a umeni Korn, David, Sentence Separators , Washington 1959. no.12, Georgetown University occasional papers on machine translation; pt.XI, General analysis technique Russian - English research reports, GAL Kornaszewski, M., Nazewnictwo jeziora powidzkiego , Poznan 1965. no.8, Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickiewicza, praca wydzialu filologicznego, seria filologia polska Körner, Josef, Die Botschaft der deutschen Romantik an Europa , Augsburg 1929. no.9, Schriften zur deutschen Literatur für die Görresgesellschaft Körner, Josef, Einführung in die Poetik , Frankfurt-am-Main 1949 Kornilov, A., Kurs istorii rossii XIX veka , Moskva [reprint The Hague] chast I 1912 [1969], no.201/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast II 1912 [1969], no.201/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast III 1914 [1969], no.201/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 118

Kornilov, Alexander, Modern Russian History : from the age of Catherine the Great to the end of the nineteenth century , New York 1948 Kornilov, A. A., Ocherki po istorii obshchestvennago dvizhenija i krest’janskago dela v Rossii , S.-Peterburg 1905 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.VII, Russian reprint series Kornilovich, A. O., Sochinenija i pis’ma (izd. podgot. A. G. Grumi-Grzhimajlo and B. B. Kafengauz), Moskva - Leningrad 1957. in Literaturnye pamjatniki Korolenko, V. G., in Na chuzhkoj storone , vol.I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Korolenko, V. G., Sobranie sochinenij , Moskva. ten volumes vol.1, Povesti i rasskazy 1953 vol.2, Povesti i rasskazy 1954 vol.3, Rasskazy i ocherki 1954 vol.4, Povesti, rasskazy i ocherki 1954 vol.5, Istorija moego sovremennika 1954 vol.6, Istorija moego sovremennika 1954 vol.7, Istorija moego sovremennika 1955 vol.8, Literno-kriticheskie stat’i i vospominanija. istoricheskie ocherki 1955 vol.9, Publicistika 1955 vol.10, Pis’ma 1879-1921 1956 Korotaeva, E. I., Sojuznoe podchinenie v russkom literaturnom jazyke XVII veka , Moskva - Leningrad 1964 (two copies) *Kortlandt, F. H. H., Modelling the Phoneme : new trends in East European phonemic theory , The Hague 1972. no.68, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Kortlandt, F. H. H., Slavic Accentuation : a study in relative chronology , Lisse 1975. no.1, PdR Press publications in Slavic accentuation (three copies) Korveziroci, M., B. Blagoeski, A. Cukeski, G. Miloshev, B. Gruik, Srpskoxrvatsko- makedonski rechnik , Skopje 1964 Korytkova smrt in ostalina (by France Kidrich), Ljubljana 1947. porochila 1, Akademija znanosti in umetnosti v Ljubljana Korzeniowski, Jozef, Krewni , Wroclaw 1955. no.156, ser.1, Biblioteka narodowa Koschmieder, Erwin, Zeitbezug und Sprache : ein Beitrag zur Aspekt- und Tempusfrage , Leipzig - Berlin 1929. no.11, Wissenschaftliche Grundfragen *The Kosciuszko Foundation Dictionary , The Hague. in Poland’s millenium series of the Kosciuszko Foundation volume I, Kazimierz Bulas and Francis J. Whitfield, English - Polish 1959 volume II, Kazimierz Bulas and Lawrence L. Thomas, Polish - English 1961 Koseska-Toszewa, Violetta, System temporalny gwar bulgarskich na tle jezyka literackiego , Wroclaw-Warszawa-Krakow-Gdansk 1977. no.38, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Kosmas (by Dushan Treshtik), Praha 1966. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti Kosovskij, B. I., Obshchee jazykoznanie : fonetika, fonologija, grammatika , Minsk 1968 (two copies) Kossek, N. V., K voprosu o leksicheskoj sochetaemosti , 1966. photocopy of article in Voprosy jasykoznanija no.1 Kossev, D., H. Hristov, D. Angelov , A Short History of Bulgaria , Sofia 1963 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 119

*Koster, W. J. W., Aanteekeningen bij P. Vergilius Maro : Aeneis I - VI , Zwolle 1931. no.XX, Scriptores graeci et romani (two copies) Kosterina, Nina, Dnevnik Niny Kosterinoj (otvet. red. G. V. Bystrova), Moskva 1964 Kostis, Nicholas, The Exorcism of Sex and Death in Julien Green’s Novels , The Hague 1973. no.71, De Proprietatibus Litteraturm Kostochkin, V. V., Drevnie russkie kreposti , Moskva 1964. in ANSSSR, Nauchno- popujarnaja serija Kostomarov, N., Ocherk torgovli Moskovskago gosudarstva v XVI i XVII stoletijax , St. Petersburg 1862 [reprint The Hague 1966] no.3, Russian reprint series Kostomarov, N., Sobranie sochineni. The Hague. vols. 1-8. in Russian reprint series Kostov, Nikola, Balgarska gramatika , Sofija 1939 Kostrov, E., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Kosuchinas, V. and A. Lyberis, Lietuviu - rusu kalbu zhodynas , Vilnius 1956 Koshutic, Rad., Gramatika ruskog jezika , Beograd pt. II, Oblici 1950 Koshutic, Radovan, O tonskoj metrici u novoj srpskoj poeziji , Beograd 1941 Kot, Stanislaw, Georges Niemirycz et la lutte contre l’intolérance au 17 e siècle , ‘s- Gravenhage 1960. no.VIII, Musagettes Kot, Stanislas, Socinianism in Poland : the social and political ideas of the Polish antitrinitarians in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries , Boston 1957 (with author’s inscription) Kotkov, S. I. and N. P. Pankratova, Istochniki po istorii russkogo narodnorazgovornogo jazyka XVII - nachala XVIII veka , Moskva 1964 Kotkov, S. I., Usvoenie norm literaturnogo jazyka v uslovijax juzhnovelikorusskogo dialekta , Moskva 1957 Kotnik, Janko, Slovene - English Dictionary , Ljubljana 1954 Kotoch, Jan, Ondrej Selecky, Josef Chihak, Pavol Kelco, Literarna vychova : pre 6. rochnik useobecnovzdelavacich shkol , Bratislava 1957 *Kotoshixin, Gregorij (soch.), O Rossii v carstvovanie Alekseja Mixailovicha , S.-Peterburg 1906 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.126, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kotto, P., Chesko-nemecky slovnik : zvlashte grammaticko : fraseologicky , Prague 1878 - 1893. seven volumes Koutsoudas, Andreas, The A over A Convention , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University linguistics club Koutsoudas, Andreas, The Morpheme Reconsidered , from IJAL, vol.29, no.2, April 1963, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.55, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Koutsoudas, Andreas, On wh-words in English , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University linguistics club *Koutsoudas, Andreas, Verb Morphology of Modern Greek , Bloomington, Ind. 1962. IJAL, vol.28, pt.2, no.4 (publication 24) Koutsoudas, Andreas, Verb Morphology of Modern Greek : a descriptive analysis , Ann Arbor. xerox of 1961 dissertation Kovachev, N. P., Mestnite nazvanija v Gabrovsko , Sofija 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 120

Kovachev, N. P., Toponimijata na Trojansko , Sofija 1969. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Kovalevskij, V. I., Rossija v konce XIX veka , S.-Peterburg 1900 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.245, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kovaliv, P., Participial Adjectives in the Slavic Languages , Winnipeg 1957. no.29, Slavistica Kovtun, L. S., Russkaja leksikografija epoxi srednevedovja , Moskva - Leningrad 1963 Kovtnova, I. I., Porjadok slov v russkom literaturnom jazyke XVIII - pervoj treti XIX v. : puti stanovlenija sovremennoj normy , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Kozak, Andrew S., Dean S. Worth, Donald B. Johnson, Russian Derivational Dictionary , New York 1970 Kozlov, I. I., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij , Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pistael’ Kozevetter, A. A., in Na chuzhkoz storone , vol.I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Koz’min, B., P. N. Tkachev i revoljucionnoe dvizhenie 1860-x godov , Moskva 1922 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.161, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kraak, Albert, Negatieve Zinnen : een methodologische en grammatische analyse , Hilversum 1966 *Kraak, A. and W. G. Klooster, Syntaxis , Culemborg 1968 Kraemer, Ernst, Lehrbuch der litauischen Sprache , Kaunas I. teil 1938 Krafft, Ludwig, Person und Numerus des Verbs im Französischen , Borna - Leipzig 1904. Inauguram-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-Augusts - Universität zu Göttingen *Kraft, Victor, Der Wiener Kreis : der Ursprung des Neopositivismus. ein Kapitel der Jüngsten Philosophiegeschichte , Wien - New York 1968 Von den Kräften der deutschen Sprache (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf I, Grundzüge der inhaltbezogenen Grammatik 1971 II, Die sprachliche Gesaltung der Welt 1962 III, Die Muttersprache im Aufbau unserer Duktur 1971 IV, Die geschichtliche Kraft der deutschen Sprache 1971 Krahe, Hans, Indogermanische Sprachwissenschaft , Berlin 1948. vol.59, Sammlung göschen Krahe, Hans, Sprache und Vorzeit : europäische Vorgeschichte nach dem Zeugnis der Sprache , Heidelberg 1954 Krajchovich, Rudolf, A Historical Phonology of the Slovak Language , Heidelberg 1975. no.IX, Historical phonology of the Slavic languages Kralik, Oldrich, Slavnikovske interludium : k chesko-polskym kulturnim vztahum kolem rodu 1000 , Moravska Ostrave 1966 *Kramer, J. P., E. F. Kramer-Bijdendijk, H. Plantefol, A la recherche du mot propre : receuil de phrases et de mots à l’usage des étudiants de langue française , Zutphen n.d. Kramer, Karl D., The Chameleon and the Dream : the image of reality in Chexov’s stories , The Hague 1970. no.78, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 121

Kramer, Walther, Die Syntax des Possessivpronomens im Französischen , Göttingen 1905. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen *Kramers, J. H., De semietische talen , Leiden 1949 *Kramsky, Jiri, The Article and the Concept of Definiteness in Language , The Hague 1972. no.125, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Kramsky, Jiri, The Word as a Linguistic Unit , The Hague 1969. no.75, Janua Linguarum, series minor Krbec, Miloslav and Vera Michalkova, Der Briefwechsel zwischen Josef Dobrovsky und Karl Gottlob von Anton , Berlin 1959. no.21, Veröffentlichungen des Instituts für slawistik (herausgegevan von H. H. Bielfeldt) Kranjchevic, Silvije Strahimir, Izabrane pjesme (uredio : Dragutin Tadijanovic, pogovor napisao : Emil Shtampar), Zagreb 1956. in Hrvatski pjesnici Krasinski, Zygmunt, Pisma , Mikolow tom I 1906, tom IX, Nowa biblioteka pisarzy polskich Krasnova, T. E., G. T. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, N. P. Kruglova, V. L. Lapshina, A. N. Marchenko, E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova, Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Kraszewski, J. I., Dziecie starego miasta : obrazek narysowany z natury , Krakow 1928. no.71, Bibjoteka narodowa, serja I *Krathwohl, David R., How to Prepare a Research Proposal , Syracuse, N.Y. 1965-66 Kratka balgarska enciklopedija (red. Vladimir Georgiev, et al.), Sofija 1963 - 67 vols. 1 - 4 (of 5) Kratka istorija na balgarskata arxitektura (red. Dimitar P. dimitrov, et al.), Sofija 1965 Kratkij albansko-russkij slovar’ (sost. R. D. Kochi, A. Kostalari and D. I. Skendi), Moskva 1951 Kratkij etimologicheskij sloavr’ russkogo jazyka : posobie dlja uchitelja (by N. M. Shanskij, V. V. Ivanov, T. V. Shanskaja), Moskva 1971 Kratkij ocherk metodologii istorii russkoj literatury (by V. N. Peretc), Petrograd 1922 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.213, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kratkij russko-gruzinskij slovar’ (sost. A. G. Torotadze), Tbilisi 1969 (two copies) Kratkij slovar’ shesti slavjanskix jazykov (russkago s cerkovnoslavjanskim, bolgarskago, serbskago, cheshcago i pol’skago) a takzhe francuzskij i nemeckij (by F. Mikloshich), S.-Peterburg - Moskva - Vena 1885 Kratkoe uchenie o bogosluzhenii pravoslavnij cerkvi (by Aleksandr Rudakov), S.-Peterburg 1890 *Kratochvil, Paul, The Chinese Language Today : features of an emerging standard , London 1970. no.109, Modern languages (two copies) Krausova, Nora, Jan Findra, Viliam Marchok, Frantishek Miko, Segmenty a kontext , Bratislava 1973. no.XV, Litteraria Krauss, Freidrich S., Sreca Glück und Schicksal im Volksglauben der Südslaven , Wien 1886 Krauss, Friedrich S., Theseus im Guslarenlied : ein herzogländisches Guslarenlied aufgezeichnet , Thessalonike 1953. Band XI, Sonderabdruck aus der Laographia Krauss, Michael, On the Classification in the Athapascan, Eyak and the Tlingit Verb , Baltimore 1969. memoir 24, IJAL, vol.35, no.4, part II C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 122

*Kravchenko, Victor, I Chose Freedom : the personal and political life of a Soviet official , Garden City, N. Y. 1947 Kravcov, N. I., Problemy slavjanskogo fol’klora , Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka, nauchnyj sovet po fol’kloru Kridl, Manfred, Literatura polska (na tle rozwoju kultury) , New York 1945 Kridl, Manfred, The Lyric Poems of Julius Slowacki , ‘s-Gravenhage 1958. no.VI, Musagettes Krievu-latvieshu vardnica (sastadtjis Janis Loja), Moskva 1951 Die Krisis der europäischen Wissenschaften und die transzendentale Phänomenologie : eine Einleitung in die phänomenologische Philosophie (heraus. Walter Biemel) (by Edmund Husserl), Den Haag 1962. Band VI, Husserliana *Kristeva, Julia, Epistémologie de la linguistique : hommage à E. Benveniste , Paris 1971. no.24, Langages Kriticheskija stat’i ob I. S. Turgeneve i L. N. Tolstom (1862-1885) (by N. Straxov), Kiev [reprint The Hague] tom I 1901 [1968], no.147, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings two copies) Kriticke studie staroslovanskeho textu biblickeho, Praha no.IV, Evangelium sv. Marka, text rekonstruovany (vydal Josef Vajs) 1935 Kritike, posebno izdanje chasopisa (glav. ured. Vlatko Pavletic), Zagreb sv.1, Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik i pitanje varijanata 1969 sv.2, Dalibor Brozovic, Rjechnik jezika, ili jezik rjechnika 1969 sv.4, Strukturalizam 1970 Krivickij, A. A., A. E. Mixnevich and A. I. Podluzhnyj , Belorusskij jazyk dlja nebelorusov , Minsk 1973 Krizhanic, Jurij, Politika , Moskva 1965 *Kroeber, A. L., Anthropology , New York 1923 Krolewski, Zamek, Wawel , Krakow 1957 Kröners Taschenausgabe, Stuttgart vol.231, Gero von Wilpert, Sachwörterbuch der Literatur 1955 Kronika trojanska (vyd. prip. Jiri Danhelka), Praha 1951 Kronin, A. Dzh., Vratila si me zhivotu , Sarajevo 1954. no.19, Dzhepna knjiga Kruglova, N. P., V. L. Lapshina, A. N. Marchenko, E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova, G. I. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, I. E. Krasnova, Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 “Kruhu Pratel cheskeho jazyka”, Praha svazek 5, Vladimir Shmilauer, Novocheska skladba 1947 *Kruisinga, F. and P. A. Erades, An English Grammar , Groningen - Batavia vol.I, Accidence and Syntax pt. 1 1947 pt.2 1950 *Kruisinga, E., An English Grammar for Dutch Students , Groningen - Batavia vol.II, Grammar and Idiom 1935 *Kruls, H. J., Generaal in Nederland : memoires , Bussum 1975 *Krumbacher, Karl, Geschichte der byzantinischen Literatur von Justinian bis zum Ende des oströmischen Reiches (527 -1453) (bearbeit. A. Ehrhard u. G. Gelzer), München C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 123

1897. 9. Band, 1. Abteil, Handbuch der klassischen Altertums-wissenschaft in systematischer Darstellung Krumnacker, Horst and Johannes Engelkamp, Satzstruktur und Bildverarbeitung , Saarbrucken 1978. no.57, Arbeiten der Fachrichtung psychologie, Universität des Saarlandes Krupa, Viktor, Polynesian Languages : a survey of research , The Hague 1973. no.11, Janua Linguarum, series critica Krupianka, Aleksandra, Formacje czaszwnikowe z przedrostkiem o-(ob-à w jezyku polskim) , Torun 1969. tom XX, zeszyt 2, Prace wydzialu filologiczno-filozoficznego, towarzystwo naukowe w Toruniu Krushel’nickaja, K. G., Ocherki po sopostavitel’noj grammatike nemeckogo i russkogo jazykov , Moskva 1961 Kruszewska-Michalowska, T., “Rozne Historyje” : studium z dziejow nowelistyki staropolskiej , Wroclaw 1965. vol.XII, Studia staropolskie Kruszewski, Mikolaj, Wybor pism , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1967. in Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Krutikova, N. E. and D. V. Chalij, Formi realizmu v sxidnoslov’jans’kix literaturax drugoi polovini XIX - pochatku XX stolittja , Kiïv 1968. Dopovidi radjans’koï delegaciï na VI mizhnarodnomu z’ïzdi slavistiv (Praga, serpen’ 1968 r.) Krylov, I. A., Basni i stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. N. Stepanov), Leningrad 1954. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Krylov, I. A., Sochinenija (v dvux tomax) (ed. N. L. Stepanov), Moskva 1969. two volumes. in Biblioteka otechestvennoj klassiki Krylov, I. A., Stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1954. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija sovetskij pisatel’ Krylov, K. A., Gotovnost’ traktornogo parka k posevnoj kampanii 1953 g. v SSSR , Mjunxen 1953. no.3, Institut po izucheniju istorii i kul’tury SSSR Krylov, K. A., Xod letnix i osennix rabot v SSSR v 1953 gody , Mjunxen 1954. no.9, Institut po izucheniju istorii i kul’tury SSSR Krylov, K. A., Xod vesennix rabot v SSSR v 1953 gody , Mjunxen 1953. no.5, Institut po izucheniju istorii i kul’tury SSSR Kryzytski, Serge, The Works of Ivan Bunin , The Hague 1971. no.101, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Krzyzanowski, Julian and Kazimiera Zukowska-Billip (oprac), Dawna facecja polska (XVI- XVIII w.) , Warszawa 1960 Krzyzanowski, Julian , W wieku reja i stanczyka , Warszawa 1958 Kubik, Miloslav, Uslovnye konstrukcii i sistema slozhnogo predlozhenija , Praha 1967 Kubin, Josef (zapsal), Lidové povidky z cheského podkrkonoshi : podhori zapadni , Praha 1922. trida III, chislo 51, Rozpravy cheske akademie veda umeni Kubova, Milada, Bibliografia slovenskej etnografie a folkloristiky za roky 1960 - 1969 , Bratislava 1971 Kubrjakova, F. S., Chto takoe slovoobrazovanie , Moskva 1965 Kuby, Erich, The Russians and Berlin 1945 , New York 1969 Kuby, Lolette, An Uncommon Poet for the Common Man : a study of Philip Larkin’s poetry , The Hague 1974. no.60, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 124

Kucala, Marian, Rozwoj iteratiwiw kokonanych w jezyku polskim , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1966. no.8, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, Polska akademia nauk - addzial w Krakowie Kuchera, Henry, Inquiry into Coexistent Phonemic Systems in Slavic Languages , ‘s- Gravenhage 1958. preprint, American contributions to the fourth international congress of slavicists, Moscow, September 1958 Kuchera, Henry, The Phonology of Czech , ‘s-Gravenhage 1961. no.XXX, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kudrjashov, K. V., Pro Igorja Severskogo, pro ezmlju russkuju : istorika-geograficheskij ocherk of poxode Igorja Severskogo na Polovcev v 1185 godu , Moskva 1959 Kuentz, Pierre and Jean-Claude Chevalier, Langage et histoire , Paris 1972. no.15, Langue française Kuev, Kujo M., Chernorizec xrabar , Sofia 1967 *Ter Kuile, E. H., De bouwkunst van hellas tot heden , Arnhem 1965 *Kuiper, F. B. J., van Schooneveld notebook : “ Dictaat van F.B.J. Kuiper (Leiden) indogermanistiek : cursus 1945-1946” Kuiper, F. B. J., Notes on Vedic Noun-inflexion , Amsterdam 1942. deel 5, no.4, Mededeelingen der nederlandsche akademie van wetenschappen, afdeeling letterkunde, nieuwe reeks *Kuipers, A. H., Aspecten van de twintigste-eeuwse russische linguistiek , ‘s-Gravenhage 1960 (two copies) Kuipers, Aert H., The Shuswap Language : grammar, texts, dictionary , The Hague 1974. no.225, Janua Linguarum, series practica Kuipers, Aert H., The Squamish Language , The Hague part 1 1967, no.73/1, Janua Linguarum, series practica (two copies) part 2 1969, no.73/2, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Kukenheim, L., Esquisse historique de la linguistique française et de ses rapports avec la linguistique générale , Leiden 1962. vol.VIII, Leidse romanistische reeks *Kukenheim, L. and H. Roussel, Guide de la litterature française du moyen age , Leiden 1959. deel III, Leidse romanistische reeks Kukuchin, Martijn, Kratke prozy , Bratislava 1955 Kukushkina, M. V., O. P. Lixacheva, N. Ju. Bubnov, A. I. Kopanev (sost.), Istoricheskie sborniki XVIII-XIX vv. , Leningrad 1971. tom 3, vyp.3, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela biblioteki akademii nauk SSSR Kul’bakin, Shtepan, Mluvnice jazyka startslovenskeho (z rukopisu prelozhil : Bohuslav Havranek), Praha 1948 Kul’vakin, St., Le vieux slave , Paris 1929. no.V, Collection de manuels publiée par l’Institut d’études slaves Kul’bakin, S. M; (soob.), Xilandarskie listki, otryvok kirillovskioj pis’mennosti XI-go veka , Sanktpeterburg 1900 Kuleshov, V. I., Istorija russkoj kritiki XVII-XIX vekov , Moskva 1972 Die Kultur der Gegenwart : ihre Entwicklung und ihre Ziele (heraus. Paul Hinneberg), Teil I., Berlin - Leipzig abteilung IX, A. Bezzenberger, et al., Die osteuropäischen Literaturen und die slawischen Sprachen 1908 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 125

Kul’tura drevnej rusi (red. A. L. Mongajt) : posvjashchaetcja 40-letiju nauchnoj dejatel’nosti Nikolaja Nikolaevicha Voronina, Moskva 1966. ANSSSR, Institut arxeologii Kultura drevnej rusi (sost. E. S. Smirova, red. D. S. Lixachev), Leningrad 1967 Kultura i iskusstvo drevnej rusi : sbornik statej v chest’ professora M. K. Kargera , Leningrad 1967 Kul’tura Rusi: èpoxi obrazovanija russkogo nacional’nogo gosudarstva (by D. S. Lixachev), Ogiz 1946 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.39, Russian reprint series Kultura slovenskeho slova (by Jan Horecky), Martin 1956 *Kulturgeschichte griechenlands (by Jacob Burckhardt), Berlin - Leipzig - Wien 1934 Kulturno-istoriskio nasledstvo vo NR. Makedonija (red. Stanko Karaman, et al., urednik : Kosta Balabanov), Skopje no.I, Boris Chipan, Stara gradska arxitektura vo Oxrid n.d. Kuncovo i drevnij setunskij stan : istoricheskija vospominanija (soch. I. Zabelin), Mockva 1873 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.230, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Die Kunst der Polyglottie. Eine auf Erfahrung begründete Anleitung jede Sprache in kürzester Zeit und in Bezug auf Verständnis, Konversation und Schriftsprache durch Selbstunterriche zu erlernen, Wien - Leipzig no.81, A. Dirr, Theoretisch-praktische Grammatik der modernen georgischen (grusinischen) Sprache 1904 *Die Kunstformen des Barockzeitalters : vierzehn vorträge von Hans Barth, Pierre Beausire, Paul-Henry Boerlin, Johann Doerig, Wilibald Gurlitt, Paul Hofer, Hanspeter Landolt, Reto Roedel, Edmund Stadler, Rudolf Stamm, Fritz Strich, Georg Thürer, Hans Tintelnot u. Richard Zürcher (heraus. Rudolf Stamm), Bern 1956. no.82, Sammlung dalp Kunstvormen in poëzie en proza, maat en rijm (by J. Appeldoorn en W. F. van Vliet, Jr.), ‘s- Gravenhage 1901 Kunstmann, Heinrich, Denkmäler der alttschechischen Literatur : von ihren Anfängen bis zur Hussitenbewegung , Berlin 1955. Teil I, Lehrgang des alttschechischen Kunstwerken-schriften, Baden-baden vol.23, Expressionismus und Futurismus : Sonderausgabe der Zeitschrift. Das Kunstwerk 1951 *Küpper, Heinz, Unberufen Toi-Toi-Toi : 99 uralte Regeln, das Glück zu mehren, dem Unglück zu wehren , München 1951 Kuraszkiewicz, W., Gramoty nowogrodzkie na brzozowej kroze , Warszawa 1957 pt. A, Opracowanie jezykowe pt. B, Fotografie i przerysy Kuraszkiewicz, Wladyslaw, Pochodzenie polskiego jezyka literackiego w swietle wynikow dialektologii historycznej , Wroclaw 1953. Z prac przygotowawczych, sesji naukowej odrodzenia, Polskiej akademii nauk Kuraszkiewicz, Wladyskaw, Zarys dialektologii wschodnioslowianskiej z wyborem tekstow gwarowych , Warszawa 1963 *Kuriakopoulou, Dimitriou, Leksikon ellinoanglikon , Athens 1964 Kurkowska, Halina and Stanislaw Skorupka, Stylistyka Polska : zarys , Warszawa 1959 Kurochkin, N. S., in Poèty “iskry” , tom 2, Leningrad 1955. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 126

Kurowski, Ryszard, Mohammed Hussein Hassan, Zwiezly kurs jezyka arabskiego , Warszawa 1973 Kurschat, Friedrich, Wörterbuch der littauischen Sprache , Halle a.S. zweiter theil, Littauisch - deutsches Wörterbuch 1883 Kurs istorii gosudarstva i prava SSSR, vsesojuznyj inst. juridicheskix nauk, min. just. SSSR, Moskva tom I, S. V. Jushkov, Obshchestvenno politicheskij stroj i pravo Kievskogo gusudarstva 1949 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.237, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kurs istorii Rossii XIX veka (by A. Kornilov), Moskva [reprint The Hague] chast I 1912 [1969], no.201/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast II 1912 [1969], no.201/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast III 1914 [1969], no.201/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kurs istoriji ukrajins’koji literaturnoji movi , Kijiv tom I, Dozhovtnevij period (red. I. K. Bilodid) 1958 tom II, Radjans’kij period (red. I. K. Bilodid) 1961 Kursus : “Inleiding in de deskriptieve taalkunde” , Nijmegen deel I 1971 deel II 1972 Kurylowicz, L’accentuation des langues indo-européennes , Krakow 1952. no.37, Prace komisji jezykowej, Polska akademia umiejetnosci Kurylowicz, Jerzy, L’apophonie en indo-européen , Wroclaw 1955. no.9, Prace jezykownawcze, Polska akademia nauk Kurylowicz, Jerzy, Esquisses linguistiques , Wroclaw - Krakow 1960. no.19, Prace jezykoznawcze, Komitet jezykoznawcze, Polska akademia nauk Kurylowicz, Jerzi, Etudes indoeuropéennes , Krakow vol.I 1935, no.21, Prace komisija jezykowej [Kurylowicz] Georgii, Symbolae linguisticae in honorem Goergii Kurylowicz (red. Adam Heinz, et al.; Stanislaw Drewniak), Krakow 1965. no.5, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, Polska akademia nauk *Kurze Ànleitung zum Erlernen der hebräischen Sprache (by C. H. Vosen und Franz Kaulen), Freiburg im Breisgau 1931 Kurzer Lehrgang der tschechischen Sprache (by Josef Brezina), Leipzig 1970 Kurzowa, Zofia, Polskie rzeczowniki meskie na -o na tle slowianskim, Wroclaw, Warszawa - Krakow 1970. no.26, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAB - oddzial w Krakowie Kushchevskij, I., Nikolaj Negorev ili blagopoluchnyj rossijanin , Moskva 1958 Kushelev-Bezborodko, Grigorij, Pamjatniki starinnoj russkoj literatury , Sanktpeterburg [reprint The Hague] vyp. 1 - 2 1860 [1970], no.97/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.3 1862 [1970], no.97/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Kusto, Zak and Dzhejms Djugan, Zhivoto more , Varna 1967 Kutina, L. L., Formirovanie jazyka russkoj nauki (terminologija matematiki, astronomii, geografii v pervoj treti XVIII veka) , Moskva - Leningrad 1964 Kuxarenko, Ju. V., Arxeologija pol’shi , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Ordena trudovogo krasnogo znameni, institut arxeologii C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 127

*Kuzela, Zeno and Jaroslau Rudnyckyt, Ukrainisch - deutsches Wörterbuch (unter Mitwirkung von Karl H. Meyer), Leipzig 1943 Kuz’min, A. G., Rjazanskoe letopisanie : svedenija letopisej o Rojazani i Murome do seredny XVI veka , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii (two copies) Kuz’mina, I. B. and E. V. Nemchenko, Sintaksis prichastnyx form v russkix govorax , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Kuz’mina, V. D., Devgenievo dejanie (dejanie prezhnix vremen xrabryx chelovek) , Moskva 1962. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kogo Kuz’mina, V. D., Rycarskij roman na rusi : bova, petr zlatyx kljuchej , Moskva 1964. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gro’kogo Kuznecov, P. S., Istoricheskaja grammatika russkogo jazyka , Moskva Morfologija 1953 Kuznecov, P. S., Die morphologische Klassifikation der Sprachen , Halle (Saale) 1960 Kuznecov, P. S., Ocherki istoricheskoj morfologii russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1959 (two copies) Kuznecov, P. S., Ocherki po morfologii praslavjanskogo jazyka , Moskva 1961 Kuznecov, P. S., O principax izuchenija grammatiki , Moskva 1961 Kuznecov, P. S., Russkaja dialektologija , Moskva 1960 Kuznecov, P. S., U istokov russkoj grammaticheskoj mysli , Moskva 1958 Kuznecova, A. I., Ponjatie semanticheskoj sistemy jazyka i metody ee issledovanija , Moskva 1963 Kuznecova, A. M., Izmenenija glasnyx pod vlijaniem sosednix mjagkix soglasnyx , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Kyas, V., Cheska predloha staropolskeho zhaltare , Praha 1962. rochnik 72, seshit 1, Rozpravy, cheskoslovenske akademie ved Kytice : vybor z poesie a prozy pro shkoly i verejnost (red. Hugo Siebenschein and Pavel Sula), Praha svazek 15, Spisovatelky dnes 1934